中分五十经注疏显示巴利原文
Majjhimapaṇṇāsa-aṭṭhakathā
1. 居士品显示巴利原文
1. Gahapativaggo
1. 康达罗迦经注释显示巴利原文
1. Kandarakasuttavaṇṇanā
1 “如是我闻”等,这是《康达罗迦经》。其中,“在瞻波城”:指在一座名为瞻波的城市。因为该城的园林、池塘等处,各处长满了瞻波树,故而得名瞻波。“在伽伽罗池畔”:在瞻波城不远处,有一处由一位名叫伽伽罗的王后开凿、因而得名伽伽罗的池塘。池岸四周遍布着青等五色花朵点缀的广大瞻波林。世尊便住在花香馥郁的瞻波林中,因此说“在伽伽罗池畔”。“与大比丘僧团一起”:与数量众多、广大的比丘僧团在一起。“佩索”:是他的名字。“象师之子”:象术师之子。“游方者康达罗迦”:一位名为康达罗迦的裸形游方者。“顶礼后”:他进入六色辉映的稠密佛光之间,犹如沉入清澈的紫胶液中;又如展开金色的上等布料,从头覆盖身体;又如用头顶承接色泽与芳香具足的瞻波花;又如满月趋近须弥山脚;在世尊双足——具足轮相庄严、如胭脂色盛开的莲花般辉煌的双足——顶礼。这便是“顶礼后”的含义。“退坐一面”:他坐在远离六种坐处过失的地方。显示巴利原文
1.Evaṃme sutanti kandarakasuttaṃ. Tattha campāyanti evaṃnāmake nagare. Tassa hi nagarassa ārāmapokkharaṇīādīsu tesu tesu ṭhānesu campakarukkhāva ussannā ahesuṃ, tasmā campāti saṅkhamagamāsi. Gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīreti tassa campānagarassa avidūre gaggarāya nāma rājamahesiyā khaṇitattā gaggarāti laddhavohārā pokkharaṇī atthi. Tassā tīre samantato nīlādipañcavaṇṇakusumapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ mahantaṃ campakavanaṃ. Tasmiṃ bhagavā kusumagandhasugandhe campakavane viharati. Taṃ sandhāya ‘‘gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhinti adassitaparicchedena mahantena bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Pessoti tassa nāmaṃ. Hatthārohaputtoti hatthācariyassa putto. Kandarakoca paribbājakoti kandarakoti evaṃnāmo channaparibbājako. Abhivādetvāti chabbaṇṇānaṃ ghanabuddharasmīnaṃ antaraṃ pavisitvā pasannalākhārase nimujjamāno viya, siṅgīsuvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ dussavaraṃ pasāretvā sasīsaṃ pārupamāno viya, vaṇṇagandhasampannacampakapupphāni sirasā sampaṭicchanto viya, sinerupādaṃ upagacchanto puṇṇacando viya bhagavato cakkalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍite alattakavaṇṇaphullapadumasassirike pāde vanditvāti attho. Ekamantaṃ nisīdīti chanisajjadosavirahite ekasmiṃ okāse nisīdi.
“默然,默然”:无论他看向哪里,那里都全然默然。因为那里没有一位比丘有丝毫手或脚的躁动;所有比丘都因对世尊的恭敬及自身所修的戒行,彼此之间无有交谈,甚至连咳嗽声也不发出。他们犹如深植的门柱般安稳不动,又如无风之处静止的大海水,身体毫无摇动,内心亦不散乱,宛如赤色的雨云围绕须弥山顶一般,围绕着世尊而坐。游方者见到如此安坐的僧众,心中生起极大的喜悦。然而他无法将这喜悦只留在心中,于是说出赞叹之语。因此,经中说道:“真是稀有啊,尊者”……等等。显示巴利原文
Tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtanti yato yato anuviloketi, tato tato tuṇhībhūtamevāti attho. Tattha hi ekabhikkhussāpi hatthakukkuccaṃ vā pādakukkuccaṃ vā natthi, sabbe bhagavato ceva gāravena attano ca sikkhitasikkhatāya aññamaññaṃ vigatasallāpā antamaso ukkāsitasaddampi akarontā sunikhātaindakhīlā viya nivātaṭṭhāne sannisinnaṃ mahāsamuddaudakaṃ viya kāyenapi niccalā manasāpi avikkhittā rattavalāhakā viya sinerukūṭaṃ bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Paribbājakassa evaṃ sannisinnaṃ parisaṃ disvā mahantaṃ pītisomanassaṃ uppajji. Uppannaṃ pana antohadayasmiṃyeva sannidahituṃ asakkonto piyasamudāhāraṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Tasmā acchariyaṃ bhotiādimāha.
其中,“稀有”一词,如同盲人登山,并非时常发生,故称稀有。这是从词源来说的。而依注疏之义,“稀有”指值得弹指,即值得赞叹。“希有”则指前所未有之事。两者皆是表达惊叹的称谓。进一步,这种稀有又分为贬斥的稀有和赞叹的稀有两种。例如:“目犍连真是稀有!目犍连真是希有!竟能预知那位愚人延长寿命,直至被捉住手臂!”这便是贬斥的稀有。又如:“难陀母真是稀有!难陀母真是希有!她竟能净化内心所生的念头!”这便是赞叹的稀有。此处是取赞叹稀有之义,那位游方者正是以赞叹的方式如此说出。显示巴利原文
Tattha andhassa pabbatārohanaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva saddanayo. Ayaṃ pana aṭṭhakathānayo , accharāyogganti acchariyaṃ. Accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho. Abhūtapubbaṃ bhūtanti abbhutaṃ. Ubhayampetaṃ vimhayassevādhivacanaṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ garahaacchariyaṃ, pasaṃsāacchariyanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha acchariyaṃ moggallāna abbhutaṃ moggallāna, yāva bāhāgahaṇāpi nāma so moghapuriso āgamessatīti (cūḷava. 383; a. ni. 8.20), idaṃ garahaacchariyaṃ nāma. ‘‘Acchariyaṃ nandamāte abbhutaṃ nandamāte, yatra hi nāma cittuppādampi parisodhessasīti (a. ni. 7.53) idaṃ pasaṃsāacchariyaṃ nāma. Idhāpi idameva adhippetaṃ’’ ayañhi taṃ pasaṃsanto evamāha.
“何等”一词中,“id”仅是一个无实义的小品词。“何等”表示程度的限定,意思是:以这样的程度正确地教导,被如此教导所引导,我便无法用言语来赞叹其功德,只能说“这真是稀有,这真是希有”了。“如此最上”是说,这个比丘僧团被如此正确地教导,僧团所达到的教导极致就是“如此最上”;他们使僧团达到了这种教导的顶峰,再无超越的可能。第二种解释是:未来他们也将如此教导,同样没有超越。这里的“被教导”是指从增上行仪等开始,被妥善地安置在顺从、不违逆的修行道路上。那么,这位游方者为何能说出过去与未来的佛陀呢?难道他拥有三时智吗?并非如此。他只是通过类比推论,心想:“既然这个比丘僧团如此安静地坐着,已调伏、已训练、已寂静,那么过去的诸佛必定也只是这样教导到最上,未来的诸佛也将如此教导,没有比这更超胜的教导方式了。”因此,他基于自己的推论而这样说。显示巴利原文
Yāvañcidanti ettha idanti nipātamattaṃ. Yāvāti pamāṇaparicchedo, yāva sammā paṭipādito, yattakena pamāṇena sammā paṭipādito, na sakkā tassa vaṇṇe vattuṃ, atha kho acchariyamevetaṃ abbhutamevetanti vuttaṃ hoti. Etaparamaṃyevāti evaṃ sammā paṭipādito eso bhikkhusaṅgho tassāpi bhikkhusaṅghassa paramoti etaparamo, taṃ etaparamaṃ yathā ayaṃ paṭipādito, evaṃ paṭipāditaṃ katvā paṭipādesuṃ, na ito bhiyyoti attho. Dutiyanaye evaṃ paṭipādessanti, na ito bhiyyoti yojetabbaṃ. Tattha paṭipāditoti ābhisamācārikavattaṃ ādiṃ katvā sammā apaccanīkapaṭipattiyaṃ yojito. Atha kasmā ayaṃ paribbājako atītānāgate buddhe dasseti, kimassa tiyaddhajānanañāṇaṃ atthīti. Natthi, nayaggāhe pana ṭhatvā ‘‘yenākārena ayaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho sannisinno danto vinīto upasanto, atītabuddhāpi etaparamaṃyeva katvā paṭipajjāpesuṃ, anāgatabuddhāpi paṭipajjāpessanti, natthi ito uttari paṭipādanā’’ti maññamāno anubuddhiyā evamāha.
2 “正是如此,康达罗迦”这段话是另一个连接。据说世尊听了之后,心想:“康达罗迦,你说比丘僧团是寂静的,但这比丘僧团为什么寂静,你并不清楚。你并没有圆满三十种波罗蜜、成熟善根、在菩提座上通达一切知智。而我圆满了波罗蜜,使义利行、世间行、佛行都达到了顶点,在菩提座上通达了一切知智,所以这些比丘僧团寂静的原因,我是很清楚的。”为了开示这个道理,所以才开始了这次说法。显示巴利原文
2.Evametaṃ kandarakāti pāṭiekko anusandhi. Bhagavā kira taṃ sutvā ‘‘kandaraka tvaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ upasantoti vadasi, imassa pana bhikkhusaṅghassa upasantakāraṇaṃ tuyhaṃ apākaṭaṃ, na hi tvaṃ samatiṃsa pāramiyā pūretvā kusalamūlaṃ paripācetvā bodhipallaṅke sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhi, mayā pana pāramiyo pūretvā ñātatthacariyaṃ lokatthacariyaṃ buddhatthacariyañca koṭiṃ pāpetvā bodhipallaṅke sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, mayhaṃ etesaṃ upasantakāraṇaṃ pākaṭa’’nti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
“Santi hi kandarakā”这一段也是一个独立的话题。据说世尊这样思惟:“这个游方者说此比丘僧团是寂静的,而此比丘僧团并非经由刻意安排、伪装,以诳惑心态调饰威仪,内心不寂静却示现寂静之相。然而,在此比丘僧团中,既有正在圆满行道者,也有已圆满行道、达至顶点而住立的比丘。其中,已圆满行道、达至顶点者,由自身证得的功德而寂静;正在圆满行道者,由对更高道所修的观而寂静;此外的其余比丘,则依四念处而寂静。我应将他们这些寂静的因由揭示出来。”为了显示“由此因、彼缘,此比丘僧团是寂静的”,世尊遂说“Santi hi kandarakā”等语。显示巴利原文
Santi hi kandarakāti ayampi pāṭiekko anusandhi. Bhagavato kira etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ paribbājako imaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ upasantoti vadati, ayañca bhikkhusaṅgho kappetvā pakappetvā kuhakabhāvena iriyāpathaṃ saṇṭhapento cittena anupasanto na upasantākāraṃ dasseti. Ettha pana bhikkhusaṅghe paṭipadaṃ pūrayamānāpi paṭipadaṃ pūretvā matthakaṃ patvā ṭhitabhikkhūpi atthi, tattha paṭipadaṃ pūretvā matthakaṃ pattā attanā paṭividdhaguṇeheva upasantā, paṭipadaṃ pūrayamānā uparimaggassa vipassanāya upasantā, ito muttā pana avasesā catūhi satipaṭṭhānehi upasantā. Taṃ nesaṃ upasantakāraṇaṃ dassessāmī’’ti ‘‘iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇena ayaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho upasanto’’ti dassetuṃ ‘‘santi hi kandarakā’’tiādimāha.
其中,有关“阿拉汉、诸漏尽者”等应阐述的内容,已在《根本法门经注》中说明。有学行道也在该注中详细解释。“恒常戒”(santatasīlā):即持续不断的戒、无有间断的戒。“恒常生活者”(santatavuttino):是“恒常戒”的同义词,也可理解为“恒常活命者”。意思是,他们安住于此恒常戒以维持活命,宁舍身命,也不犯恶戒。显示巴利原文
Tattha arahanto khīṇāsavātiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanāyameva vuttaṃ. Sekhapaṭipadampi tattheva vitthāritaṃ. Santatasīlāti satatasīlā nirantarasīlā. Santatavuttinoti tasseva vevacanaṃ, santatajīvikā vātipi attho. Tasmiṃ santatasīle ṭhatvāva jīvikaṃ kappenti, na dussīlyaṃ maraṇaṃ pāpuṇantīti attho.
“Nipakā”:指具足审慎、拥有智慧的人。“Nipakavuttino”:即以智慧安住、以智慧维持活命。正如有人在教法中出家之后,为了活命,仍前往六种不该行之处:亲近妓女之处,亲近寡妇、成年童女、黄门、酒肆、比丘尼之处;与国王、大臣、外道、外道弟子混杂共住,行不当的在家交往;从事医师的工作、信使的工作、差役的工作,切开脓疮、涂抹疮药、给人上泻药、给人下泻药,烹制鼻油、烹制饮油,赠送竹筹、赠送钵、赠送花、赠送果、赠送沐浴用品、赠送齿木、赠送漱口水、赠送香粉泥团;说谄媚语,以绿豆汤讨好,阿谀逢迎,四处奔走拉拢关系——以这二十一种不正当方式谋取活命者,便称为不审慎活命者,他并非以智慧安住而活命。他命终之后,会转生为名为沙门夜叉的鬼类,如同经中所说‘他的袈裟炽燃、燃烧起来’,遭受极大痛苦。若未转生为彼类,则即使为活命也不违犯学处,安住于四种遍净戒,尽己所能学习佛语,圆满车乘行道、大牛角行道、大空行道、无秽行道、法嗣行道、那罗迦行道、隐默行道、月喻行道等诸行道。显示巴利原文
Nipakāti nepakkena samannāgatā paññavanto. Nipakavuttinoti paññāya vuttino, paññāya ṭhatvā jīvikaṃ kappenti. Yathā ekacco sāsane pabbajitvāpi jīvitakāraṇā chasu agocaresu carati, vesiyāgocaro hoti, vidhavathullakumārikapaṇḍakapānāgārabhikkhunigocaro hoti. Saṃsaṭṭho viharati rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena (vibha. 514), vejjakammaṃ karoti, dūtakammaṃ karoti, pahiṇakammaṃ karoti, gaṇḍaṃ phāleti, arumakkhanaṃ deti, uddhaṃvirecanaṃ deti, adhovirecanaṃ deti, natthutelaṃ pacati, pivanatelaṃ pacati, veḷudānaṃ, pattadānaṃ, pupphadānaṃ, phaladānaṃ, sinānadānaṃ, dantakaṭṭhadānaṃ, mukhodakadānaṃ, cuṇṇamattikadānaṃ deti, cāṭukamyaṃ karoti, muggasūpiyaṃ, pāribhaṭuṃ, jaṅghapesaniyaṃ karotīti ekavīsatividhāya anesanāya jīvikaṃ kappento anipakavutti nāma hoti, na paññāya ṭhatvā jīvikaṃ kappeti, tato kālakiriyaṃ katvā samaṇayakkho nāma hutvā ‘‘tassa saṅghāṭipi ādittā hoti sampajjalitā’’ti vuttanayena mahādukkhaṃ anubhoti. Evaṃvidhā ahutvā jīvitahetupi sikkhāpadaṃ anatikkamanto catupārisuddhisīle patiṭṭhāya yathābalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhitvā rathavinītapaṭipadaṃ, mahāgosiṅgapaṭipadaṃ, mahāsuññatapaṭipadaṃ, anaṅgaṇapaṭipadaṃ, dhammadāyādapaṭipadaṃ, nālakapaṭipadaṃ, tuvaṭṭakapaṭipadaṃ, candopamapaṭipadanti imāni ariyapaṭipadāni pūrento catupaccaya-santosa-bhāvanārāma-ariyavaṃsapaṭipattiyaṃ kāyasakkhino hutvā anīkā nikkhantahatthī viya yūthā vissaṭṭhasīho viya nipacchābandhamahānāvā viya ca gamanādīsu ekavihārino vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā ajjaajjeva arahattanti pavattaussāhā viharantīti attho.
“善住心者”:指心于四念处中得以善住。其余关于念处的解说,前文已作详细开示。此处所论,则为世间与出世间相融的念处。仅凭这一句,便已将比丘僧团之所以寂静的原因阐明。显示巴利原文
Suppatiṭṭhitacittāti catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suṭṭhapitacittā hutvā. Sesā satipaṭṭhānakathā heṭṭhā vitthāritāva. Idha pana lokiyalokuttaramissakā satipaṭṭhānā kathitā, ettakena bhikkhusaṅghassa upasantakāraṇaṃ kathitaṃ hoti.
3 “yāva supaññattā”:意即极为妥善地安立、善妙地教导。他说“我们亦然,尊者”,这是以自述表明自己同样是修行之人,同时也借以抬举比丘僧团。此处的内在含义是:“我们虽是居家信众,……亦安住于善立之心而住,然而比丘僧团独以这念处为耕耘、为种子、为轭犁与犁头,故于一切时皆以念处为归;而吾等仅在有机缘之时,方能作意于此。我们亦是修行者,并非全然舍弃了业处。”“人间稠林”:由于人类内心的意向犹如密林般稠密,故称稠林;而他们的内心意向,正是因烦恼密林方如此稠密,应如此理解。于‘粗劣’与‘虚伪’亦同此理。其中,‘不清净’是为粗劣,‘奸诈’是为虚伪,当依此而解。因此,世尊极为明彻地了知,对于如此心性稠密、粗劣、虚伪的人类,何为有利益之道,何为无利益之道。‘所谓牲畜’:于此,泛指一切四足动物。‘我能’,意即‘我具足此能力’。‘以多少时间’:……显示巴利原文
3.Yāva supaññattāti yāva suṭṭhapitā sudesitā. Mayampi hi, bhanteti iminā esa attano kārakabhāvaṃ dasseti, bhikkhusaṅghañca ukkhipati. Ayañhettha adhippāyo, mayampi hi, bhante, gihi…pe… suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharāma, bhikkhusaṅghassa pana ayameva kasi ca bījañca yuganaṅgalañca phālapācanañca, tasmā bhikkhusaṅgho sabbakālaṃ satipaṭṭhānaparāyaṇo, mayaṃ pana kālena kālaṃ okāsaṃ labhitvā etaṃ manasikāraṃ karoma, mayampi kārakā, na sabbaso vissaṭṭhakammaṭṭhānāyevāti. Manussagahaneti manussānaṃ ajjhāsayagahanena gahanatā, ajjhāsayassāpi nesaṃ kilesagahanena gahanatā veditabbā. Kasaṭasāṭheyyesupi eseva nayo. Tattha aparisuddhaṭṭhena kasaṭatā, kerāṭiyaṭṭhena sāṭheyyatā veditabbā. Sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānātīti evaṃ gahanakasaṭakerāṭiyānaṃ manussānaṃ hitāhitapaṭipadaṃ yāva suṭṭhu bhagavā jānāti. Yadidaṃ pasavoti ettha sabbāpi catuppadajāti pasavoti adhippetā. Pahomīti sakkomi. Yāvatakena antarenāti yattakena khaṇena. Campaṃ gatāgataṃ karissatīti assamaṇḍalato yāva campānagaradvārā gamanañca āgamanañca karissati. Sāṭheyyānīti saṭhattāni. Kūṭeyyānīti kūṭattāni. Vaṅkeyyānīti vaṅkattāni. Jimheyyānīti jimhattāni. Pātukarissatīti pakāsessati dassessati. Na hi sakkā tena tāni ettakena antarena dassetuṃ.
其中,若有一头象,不论欲于何处站立,皆能保持正念。当某处对人而言是可怖之处时,它不会盘算:‘我先佯装前行,虚晃一下,再站住’,而是直接在欲站立之处,四足犹如深埋地下的木桩一般,纹丝不动地站定,这样的象即被称为‘诡诈者’。另有一头象,不论欲于何处拦腰冲撞,皆能保持正念。当某处对人而言是可怖之处时,它不会盘算:‘我先佯装前行,虚晃一下,再冲撞’,而是直接就地拦腰撞去,这样的象即被称为‘伪诈者’。再有一头象,不论欲于何处离开道路,折返走上相反的路,皆能保持正念。当某处对人而言是可怖之处时,它不会盘算:‘我先佯装前行,虚晃一下,再折返’,而是直接就地离开道路,走上相反的方向,这样的象即被称为‘弯曲者’。还有一头象,不论欲于何处忽左、忽右、或径直前行,皆能保持正念。当某处对人而言是可怖之处时,它不会盘算:‘我先佯装前行,虚晃一下,再这样走’,而是直接就地或左或右或直行;同样地,即便是在排泄之时,它亦能保持正念,并不会因为‘这处地面平整、人来人往、景致美观,不宜在此做这等事’而有所顾忌。显示巴利原文
Tattha yassa kismiñcideva ṭhāne ṭhātukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā vañcetvā ṭhassāmīti na hoti, tasmiṃ ṭhātukāmaṭṭhāneyeva nikhātatthambho viya cattāro pāde niccale katvā tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ saṭho nāma. Yassa pana kismiñcideva ṭhāne avacchinditvā khandhagataṃ pātetukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā vañcetvā pātessāmīti na hoti, tattheva avacchinditvā pāteti, ayaṃ kūṭo nāma. Yassa kismiñcideva ṭhāne maggā ukkamma nivattitvā paṭimaggaṃ ārohitukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā vañcetvā evaṃ karissāmīti na hoti, tattheva maggā ukkamma nivattitvā paṭimaggaṃ ārohati, ayaṃ vaṅko nāma. Yassa pana kālena vāmato kālena dakkhiṇato kālena ujumaggeneva gantukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā vañcetvā evaṃ karissāmīti na hoti, tattheva kālena vāmato kālena dakkhiṇato kālena ujumaggaṃ gacchati, tathā laṇḍaṃ vā passāvaṃ vā vissajjetukāmassa sato idaṃ ṭhānaṃ susammaṭṭhaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ, imasmiṃ ṭhāne evarūpaṃ kātuṃ na yuttaṃ, purato gantvā paṭicchannaṭhāne karissāmīti na hoti, tattheva karoti, ayaṃ jimho nāma. Iti imaṃ catubbidhampi kiriyaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Sabbāni tāni sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni vaṅkeyyāni jimheyyāni pātukarissatīti evaṃ karontāpi te saṭhādayo tāni sāṭheyyādīni pātukaronti nāma.
这样显示了畜生心思浅显易知的特点之后,现在为了显示人类的深隐难知,世尊说:“可是我们,尊者啊……”等等。这里,「奴隶」是指家生的、用钱财买来的、被强行带来的,或自愿为奴的人。「仆使」是指被差遣奔走服役的人。「工人」是指靠饮食与工钱雇来的人。「以身行不同」:他们以一种方式展现身体行为,以另一种方式说话,心也处在另一种状态——为了显示这一点。具体来说,那些当着主人的面起身迎接、从主人手中接过物品、放下这个又拿起那个,以及铺设座位、挥扇、洗脚等一切事都做的人;一旦背着主人,即便油溢出来也不看一眼,就算有价值一百、一千钱的活计受损,也绝不回头看一眼——这样的人称为以身行不同的人。那些当着主人的面,以“我们的主人、我们的老爷”等话语称赞,背后却什么话都敢说,想说什么就说什么的人——这样的人称为以语行不同的人。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pasūnaṃ uttānabhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni manussānaṃ gahanabhāvaṃ dassento amhākaṃ pana, bhantetiādimāha. Tattha dāsāti antojātakā vā dhanakkītā vā karamarānītā vā sayaṃ vā dāsabyaṃ upagatā. Pessāti pesanakārakā. Kammakarāti bhattavetanabhatā. Aññathāva kāyenāti aññenevākārena kāyena samudācaranti, aññenevākārena vācāya, aññena ca nesaṃ ākārena cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ hotīti dasseti. Tattha ye sammukhā sāmike disvā paccuggamanaṃ karonti, hatthato bhaṇḍakaṃ gaṇhanti, imaṃ vissajjetvā imaṃ gaṇhantā sesānipi āsana-paññāpana-tālavaṇṭabījana-pādadhovanādīni sabbāni kiccāni karonti, parammukhakāle pana telampi uttarantaṃ na olokenti, satagghanakepi sahassagghanakepi kamme parihāyante nivattitvā oloketumpi na icchanti, ime aññathā kāyena samudācaranti nāma. Ye pana sammukhā ‘‘amhākaṃ sāmi amhākaṃ ayyo’’tiādīni vatvā pasaṃsanti, parammukhā avattabbaṃ nāma natthi, yaṃ icchanti, taṃ vadanti, ime aññathā vācāya samudācaranti nāma.
4 “四种仆使之人”:这又是一处独特的衔接。因为这位仆使说:“真是不可思议啊,世尊!世尊对于这般深隐难知、这般诡诈、这般虚伪的人类,却能善知众生的利与不利。”前三种人行于非利益之道,后第四种人行于利益之道。为了显示“我如此了知众生的利与不利”,世尊开始了这次说法。也可以把它与下文的康达罗迦的谈论衔接起来。因此他说:“乔达摩尊者如此善巧地教导比丘僧团。”然后,世尊为了显示“我舍弃前三种人,只引导最后第四种人走上利益之道”,而开始了这次说法。显示巴利原文
4.Cattārome pessapuggalāti ayampi pāṭiekko anusandhi. Ayañhi pesso ‘‘yāvañcidaṃ, bhante, bhagavā evaṃ manussagahaṇe evaṃ manussakasaṭe evaṃ manussasāṭheyye vattamāne sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānātī’’ti āha. Purime ca tayo puggalā ahitapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannā, upari catuttho hitapaṭipadaṃ, evamahaṃ sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānāmīti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Heṭṭhā kandarakassa kathāya saddhiṃ yojetumpi vaṭṭati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘yāvañcidaṃ bhotā gotamena sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito’’ti. Athassa bhagavā ‘‘purime tayo puggale pahāya upari catutthapuggalassa hitapaṭipattiyaṃyeva paṭipādemī’’ti dassentopi imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Santoti idaṃ saṃvijjamānāti padasseva vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Santā honti samitā vūpasantā’’ti (vibha. 542) ettha hi niruddhā santāti vuttā. ‘‘Santā ete vihārā ariyassa vinaye vuccantī’’ti ettha (ma. ni. 1.82) nibbutā. ‘‘Santo have sabbhi pavedayantī’’ti ettha (jā. 2.21.413) paṇḍitā. Idha pana vijjamānā upalabbhamānāti attho.
关于自苦等:「自苦者」:折磨自己、使自己痛苦的人。「自苦修行」:指致力于自我折磨的修行。「苦他者」:折磨他人、使他人痛苦的人。「苦他修行」:指致力于折磨他人的修行。「即于此生」:就在这一期生命自身当中。「无饥渴者」:渴爱被称为“饥渴”,他没有这种饥渴,所以称为无饥渴者。「寂灭者」:因为一切烦恼已寂灭,所以称为寂灭者。「清凉者」:因为内在没有热恼烦恼,所以成为清凉者。「感受乐者」:体验禅那、道、果、涅槃之乐。「以殊胜自身」:以最上、最殊胜的自身来体验。「令心满意」:指使心满意,也就是圆满心、充满心、执取心、令心生起净信,这就是此处的意思。显示巴利原文
Attantapādīsu attānaṃ tapati dukkhāpetīti attantapo. Attano paritāpanānuyogaṃ attaparitāpanānuyogaṃ. Paraṃ tapati dukkhāpetīti parantapo. Paresaṃ paritāpanānuyogaṃ paraparitāpanānuyogaṃ. Diṭṭheva dhammeti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Nicchātoti chātaṃ vuccati taṇhā, sā assa natthīti nicchāto. Sabbakilesānaṃ nibbutattā nibbuto. Anto tāpanakilesānaṃ abhāvā sītalo jātoti sītibhūto. Jhānamaggaphalanibbānasukhāni paṭisaṃvedetīti sukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Brahmabhūtena attanāti seṭṭhabhūtena attanā. Cittaṃ ārādhetīti cittaṃ sampādeti, paripūreti gaṇhāti pasādetīti attho.
5 厌苦:即对苦的厌离,处于与苦相反的状态,不愿有苦之意。显示巴利原文
5.Dukkhapaṭikkūlanti dukkhassa paṭikūlaṃ, paccanīkasaṇṭhitaṃ dukkhaṃ apatthayamānanti attho.
6 “智者”:此处并非依四种原因而可称为智者,而是因他在四念处上修习业处,故可称为智者。“大慧者”:亦非依“把握大义”等大慧的特征来解说,而是因他具备了能摄持四念处的智慧,故可称为大慧者。“他将与大利结合而行”:指他将与大利结合而行,意即证得入流果。问:那些具备道果近依缘的人,即使身在诸佛面前,也会有障碍生起吗?答:是的,会有障碍,但这并非因为佛陀,而是由于缺乏运作力,或是由于恶友。其中,缺乏运作力是指:若法将舍利弗当时了知陀然婆罗门的心意而为之说法,那位婆罗门便会成为入流者,这就是缺乏运作力。由于恶友是指:若阿阇世王不听信提婆达多的话,不去造作杀父的恶业,那么他在《沙门果经》宣说的当天便会成为入流者,但因听信了提婆达多的话而造下杀父恶业,故未证得,这就是由于恶友。这位居士也出现了运作力的欠缺,在说法尚未结束时,他便起身离去了。然而,比丘们,到此为止,象兵之子已经与大利结合了。是什么大利呢?是两种利益。据说这位居士获得了对僧团的净信。显示巴利原文
6.Paṇḍitoti idha catūhi kāraṇehi paṇḍitoti na vattabbo, satipaṭṭhānesu pana kammaṃ karotīti paṇḍitoti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Mahāpaññoti idampi mahante atthe pariggaṇhātītiādinā mahāpaññalakkhaṇena na vattabbaṃ, satipaṭṭhānapariggāhikāya pana paññāya samannāgatattā mahāpaññoti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Mahatā atthena saṃyutto agamissāti mahatā atthena saṃyutto hutvā gato bhaveyya, sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇeyyāti attho. Kiṃ pana yesaṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo atthi, buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve ṭhitepi tesaṃ antarāyo hotīti. Āma hoti, na pana buddhe paṭicca, atha kho kiriyaparihāniyā vā pāpamittatāya vā hoti. Tattha kiriyaparihāniyā hoti nāma – sace hi dhammasenāpati dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa āsayaṃ ñatvā dhammaṃ adesayissā, so brāhmaṇo sotāpanno abhavissā, evaṃ tāva kiriyaparihāniyā hoti. Pāpamittatāya hoti nāma – sace hi ajātasattu devadattassa vacanaṃ gahetvā pitughātakammaṃ nākarissā, sāmaññaphalasuttakathitadivaseva sotāpanno abhavissā, tassa vacanaṃ gahetvā pitughātakammassa katattā pana na hoti, evaṃ pāpamittatāya hoti. Imassāpi upāsakassa kiriyaparihāni jātā, apariniṭṭhitāya desanāya uṭṭhahitvā pakkanto. Apica, bhikkhave, ettāvatāpi pessohatthārohaputto mahatā atthena saṃyuttoti katarena mahantena atthena? Dvīhi ānisaṃsehi. So kira upāsako saṅghe ca pasādaṃ paṭilabhi, satipaṭṭhānapariggahaṇatthāya cassa abhinavo nayo udapādi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘mahatā atthena saṃyutto’’ti. Kandarako pana saṅghe pasādameva paṭilabhi. Etassa bhagavā kāloti etassa dhammakkhānassa, catunnaṃ vā puggalānaṃ vibhajanassa kālo.
8 “屠羊者”等词:其中,“屠羊者”:山羊称为urabbhā,杀山羊者即为屠羊者。“屠猪者”等,亦同此理。“残暴者”:指残忍、严酷之人。“杀鱼者”:指捕鱼为业的人。“监狱看守”:指看守监狱的人。“从事残酷职业者”:指从事种种残酷职业的人。显示巴利原文
8.Orabbhikādīsu urabbhā vuccanti eḷakā, urabbhe hanatīti orabbhiko. Sūkarikādīsupi eseva nayo. Luddoti dāruṇo kakkhaḷo. Macchaghātakoti macchabandhakevaṭṭo. Bandhanāgārikoti bandhanāgāragopako. Kururakammantāti dāruṇakammantā.
9 「已灌顶者」:经由刹帝利灌顶仪式,在头顶受灌顶者。「从城市的东方」:由城东方向。「集会堂」:指祭祀的会堂。「穿着带蹄皮衣」:穿着带蹄的兽皮衣。「用酥和油」:即酥油与一般的油。因除酥以外,其余一切油脂皆称为油。「搔着痒」:因指甲被剪去,需搔痒时,便那样搔痒。「在地面上」:指未铺设草垫,直接裸露的地面。「相似的小牛」:指模样相似的小牛。若母牛为白色,小牛亦为白色;若母牛为斑纹或红色,小牛亦同其模样。如此即为“相似的小牛”。「那位国王这样说道」:那位国王如此说。「年轻力壮的小牛」:指已度过小牛犊阶段、变得强壮有力的年轻小牛;对雌犊亦同此说。「为了祭草」:指用做围栏的草,以及铺在祭祀场地的草。其余各处,因前文已详述,故此处文义易明。显示巴利原文
9.Muddhāvasittoti khattiyābhisekena muddhani abhisitto. Puratthimena nagarassāti nagarato puratthimadisāya. Santhāgāranti yaññasālaṃ. Kharājinaṃ nivāsetvāti sakhuraṃ ajinacammaṃ nivāsetvā. Sappitelenāti sappinā ca telena ca. Ṭhapetvā hi sappiṃ avaseso yo koci sneho telanti vuccati. Kaṇḍūvamānoti nakhānaṃ chinnattā kaṇḍūvitabbakāle tena kaṇḍūvamāno. Anantarahitāyāti asanthatāya. Sarūpavacchāyāti sadisavacchāya. Sace gāvī setā hoti, vacchopi setakova. Sace gāvī kabarā vā rattā vā, vacchopi tādiso vāti evaṃ sarūpavacchāya. So evamāhāti so rājā evaṃ vadeti. Vacchatarāti taruṇavacchakabhāvaṃ atikkantā balavavacchā. Vacchatarīsupi eseva nayo. Barihisatthāyāti parikkhepakaraṇatthāya ceva yaññabhūmiyaṃ attharaṇatthāya ca. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā tattha tattha vitthāritattā uttānamevāti.
2. 《八城经》的注释(Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttavaṇṇanā)显示巴利原文
2. Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttavaṇṇanā
17 “如是我闻”等:此为《八城经》。其中,“beluvagāmako”即位于毗舍离南方不远处的黄竹村,以此为所行之村(托钵处)。“dasamo”:因其出身种姓及在殊胜家族中的计数,被算在第十位,故得名“第十”。“aṭṭhakanāgaro”:八城的居民。“kukkuṭārāmo”:由鸡长者所建造的寺院,即鸡园。显示巴利原文
17.Evaṃme sutanti aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ. Tattha beluvagāmaketi vesāliyā dakkhiṇapasse avidūre beluvagāmako nāma atthi, taṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvāti attho. Dasamoti so hi jātigottavasena ceva sārappattakulagaṇanāya ca dasame ṭhāne gaṇīyati, tenassa dasamotveva nāmaṃ jātaṃ. Aṭṭhakanāgaroti aṭṭhakanagaravāsī. Kukkuṭārāmoti kukkuṭaseṭṭhinā kārito ārāmo.
18 “由彼世尊……所宣说……”:此处简略之义为:彼世尊,即圆满三十波罗蜜、摧破一切烦恼、证得无上正自觉者;由彼世尊,知诸众生之意乐随眠,如观掌中余甘子果,照见一切所知法。又以宿住随念等智了知,以天眼照见,或以三明、六通智了知,以无处无碍的遍眼照见,以一切知智了知;又以极清净的肉眼,照见超出众生眼识、能穿透墙壁等的色相。他以成就自利、立足於定的通达智了知,以成就利他、立足於大悲的教导智照见;因已灭尽烦恼怨敌、具足资具等而成为阿拉汉,因自己正确觉悟真理而成为正自觉者。又或,了知障道法,照见出离法;因已灭尽烦恼怨敌而成为阿拉汉,因自己觉悟一切法而成为正自觉者——以此四无畏之理由,依四种原因而受赞叹。“是否有一法被宣说?”显示巴利原文
18.Tena bhagavatā…pe… akkhātoti ettha ayaṃ saṅkhepattho, yo so bhagavā samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā sabbakilese bhañjitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, tena bhagavatā, tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ āsayānusayaṃ jānatā, hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalakaṃ viya sabbaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ passatā. Apica pubbenivāsādīhi jānatā, dibbena cakkhunā passatā, tīhi vijjāhi chahi vā pana abhiññāhi jānatā, sabbattha appaṭihatena samantacakkhunā passatā, sabbadhammajānanasamatthāya paññāya jānatā, sabbasattānaṃ cakkhuvisayātītāni tirokuṭṭādigatānipi rūpāni ativisuddhena maṃsacakkhunā passatā, attahitasādhikāya samādhipadaṭṭhānāya paṭivedhapaññāya jānatā, parahitasādhikāya karuṇāpadaṭṭhānāya desanāpaññāya passatā, arīnaṃ hatattā paccayādīnañca arahattā arahatā, sammā sāmañca saccānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhena. Antarāyikadhamme vā jānatā, niyyānikadhamme passatā, kilesārīnaṃ hatattā arahatā, sāmaṃ sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhenāti evaṃ catuvesārajjavasena catūhi kāraṇehi thomitena. Atthi nu kho eko dhammo akkhātoti.
19 “abhisaṅkhataṃ”:指所造作的、所生的。“abhisañcetayitaṃ”:指所思惟的、所计度的。“so tattha ṭhito”:他安住于那止观法中。“dhammarāgena dhammanandiyā”:以此两句说明了对止观的欲贪。能完全断尽对止观一切欲贪者,证阿罗汉;未能断尽者,则为阿那含。他因对止观的欲贪未断尽,便以第四禅的思心结生净居天——这是诸师一致的说法。显示巴利原文
19.Abhisaṅkhatanti kataṃ uppāditaṃ. Abhisañcetayitanti cetayitaṃ pakappitaṃ. So tattha ṭhitoti so tasmiṃ samathavipassanādhamme ṭhito. Dhammarāgena dhammanandiyāti padadvayehi samathavipassanāsu chandarāgo vutto. Samathavipassanāsu hi sabbena sabbaṃ chandarāgaṃ pariyādiyituṃ sakkonto arahā hoti, asakkonto anāgāmī hoti. So samathavipassanāsu chandarāgassa appahīnattā catutthajjhānacetanāya suddhāvāse nibbattati, ayaṃ ācariyānaṃ samānakathā.
然而,有诡辩者却说:“正因为用了‘法贪’一词,所以是以不善而生净居天。”对此,应反问他:“请出示经文为证。”他显然找不到别的,只会举出这句经文。接着再追问:“那么,这部经是了义还是不了义?”他必定会回答是了义。于是便应这样对他说:“若如此,则希求阿那含果者便应修习对止观的欲贪了——欲贪生起时便证阿那含果。你可别用‘我得到了经文’这种话来搪塞,随你怎样解释都不成立。”须知,解答问题的人,应当在师长座前修学,通达法的义味之后,方能说法。因为从未有过以不善业结生善趣,或以善业结生恶趣之事。这正是世尊所说:显示巴利原文
Vitaṇḍavādī panāha ‘‘teneva dhammarāgenāti vacanato akusalena suddhāvāse nibbattatī’’ti so ‘‘suttaṃ āharā’’ti vattabbo, addhā aññaṃ apassanto idameva āharissati, tato vattabbo ‘‘kiṃ panidaṃ suttaṃ neyyatthaṃ nītattha’’nti, addhā nītatthanti vakkhati. Tato vattabbo – evaṃ sante anāgāmiphalatthikena samathavipassanāsu chandarāgo kattabbo bhavissati, chandarāge uppādite anāgāmiphalaṃ paṭividdhaṃ bhavissati ‘‘mā suttaṃ me laddha’’nti yaṃ vā taṃ vā dīpehi. Pañhaṃ kathentena hi ācariyassa santike uggahetvā attharasaṃ paṭivijjhitvā kathetuṃ vaṭṭati, akusalena hi sagge, kusalena vā apāye paṭisandhi nāma natthi. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“诸比丘,并非由贪所生之业、由嗔所生之业、由痴所生之业,而显现为天,显现为人,或显现为其他任何善趣。然而,诸比丘,正是由贪所生之业、由嗔所生之业、由痴所生之业,才显现为地狱,显现为畜生道,显现为饿鬼道,或显现为其他任何恶趣。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Na, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena kammena devā paññāyanti, manussā paññāyanti, yā vā panaññāpi kāci sugatiyo, atha kho, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena kammena nirayo paññāyati, tiracchānayoni paññāyati, pettivisayo paññāyati, yā vā panaññāpi kāci duggatiyo’’ti –
应这样教示他。若他理解,便让他理解;若不理解,则可打发他离去,说:“去吧,清晨入寺喝些粥吧。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paññāpetabbo. Sace sañjānāti sañjānātu, no ce sañjānāti, ‘‘gaccha pātova vihāraṃ pavisitvā yāguṃ pivāhī’’ti uyyojetabbo.
正如这部经,在《大摩罗迦迦经》、《大念处经》和《身至念经》中,也同样阐述了止与观。其中,本经无论修止还是修观,都以止为重心;《大摩罗迦迦经》则以观为重心;《大念处经》称为以观为最上,《身至念经》则以止为最上。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca pana imasmiṃ sutte, evaṃ mahāmālukyovādepi mahāsatipaṭṭhānepi kāyagatāsatisuttepi samathavipassanā kathitā. Tattha imasmiṃ sutte samathavasena gacchatopi vipassanāvasena gacchatopi samathadhurameva dhuraṃ, mahāmālukyovāde vipassanāva dhuraṃ, mahāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ pana vipassanuttaraṃ nāma kathitaṃ, kāyagatāsatisuttaṃ samathuttaranti.
“居士,这……便是所说的一法。”当被问及一法时,他回答:“这也是一个法。”由于随问而说,这十一种法便都统称为“一法”。因为在《大萨咖卢答夷经》中,十九项是以修行方式而称为“一法”;而这里,十一项则是随问而成为“一法”。或者,从证得不死的意义上说,这所有一切也都可称为“一法”。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ kho gahapati…pe… ekadhammo akkhātoti ekadhammaṃ pucchitena ayampi ekadhammoti evaṃ pucchāvasena kathitattā ekādasapi dhammā ekadhammo nāma jāto. Mahāsakuludāyisuttasmiñhi ekūnavīsati pabbāni paṭipadāvasena ekadhammo nāma jātāni, idha ekādasapucchāvasena ekadhammoti āgatāni. Amatuppattiyatthena vā sabbānipi ekadhammoti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
21 “觅宝藏之口”:意为寻找宝藏的入口。“一次”指仅用一次努力。然而,怎可能只凭一次努力便获得十一种宝藏呢?在此,有人在林中四处寻宝,一位热心帮忙的人看见他,便问:“朋友,你在做什么?”他答:“我在寻找生计。”那人说:“那么,来吧朋友,移开这块石头。”他移开石头,便看见十一只瓮,有的层层相叠,有的瓮腹相挨。就这样,仅一次努力便获得了十一种宝藏。显示巴利原文
21.Nidhimukhaṃ gavesantoti nidhiṃ pariyesanto. Sakidevāti ekapayogena. Kathaṃ pana ekapayogeneva ekādasannaṃ nidhīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti. Idhekacco araññe nidhiṃ gavesamāno carati, tamenaṃ aññataro atthacarako disvā ‘‘kiṃ bho carasī’’ti pucchati. So ‘‘jīvitavuttiṃ pariyesāmī’’ti āha. Itaro ‘‘tena hi samma āgaccha, etaṃ pāsāṇaṃ pavattehī’’ti āha. So taṃ pavattetvā uparūpari ṭhapitā vā kucchiyā kucchiṃ āhacca ṭhitā vā ekādasa kumbhiyo passeyya, evaṃ ekapayogena ekādasannaṃ nidhīnaṃ adhigamo hoti.
“寻求老师的报酬”:外道弟子向某人学习技艺时,在学艺之前、之后或期间,都会从自己家中取出财物赠予老师。若家中无财物,便向亲戚寻求;若仍求不得,甚至托钵乞食也要供养老师。这段话正是针对此种情况而说。显示巴利原文
Ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesissantīti aññatitthiyā hi yassa santike sippaṃ uggaṇhanti, tassa sippuggahaṇato pure vā pacchā vā antarantare vā gehato nīharitvā dhanaṃ denti. Yesaṃ gehe natthi, te ñātisabhāgato pariyesanti, tathā alabhamānā bhikkhampi caritvā dentiyeva. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.
“何况我呢”:外道在非导向解脱的教法中,尚且为只传授技艺的老师寻求财物;那么,在如是能导向解脱的教法中,为开示十一种证得不死之道的老师,我为何不作供养呢?我定当作供养。“以各别的一对布匹作供养”:指给每一位比丘各供养一对布匹。而依经文惯用复数表达,故说“他们供养了”。“建造五百精舍”:意为建造了价值五百钱币的茅草屋。其余内容,各处文义浅显,容易了解。显示巴利原文
Kimaṅgaṃ panāhanti bāhirakā tāva aniyyānikepi sāsane sippamattadāyakassa dhanaṃ pariyesanti; ahaṃ pana evaṃvidhe niyyānikasāsane ekādasavidhaṃ amatuppattipaṭipadaṃ desentassa ācariyassa pūjaṃ kiṃ na karissāmi, karissāmiyevāti vadati. Paccekadussayugenaacchādesīti ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekekaṃ dussayugamadāsīti attho. Samudācāravacanaṃ panettha evarūpaṃ hoti, tasmā acchādesīti vuttaṃ. Pañcasatavihāranti pañcasatagghanikaṃ paṇṇasālaṃ kāresīti attho. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
3. 《有学经释》显示巴利原文
3. Sekhasuttavaṇṇanā
22 「如是我闻」等语句,是《有学经》的开端。其中,「新的集会堂」指刚刚建成的集会堂,即一座大殿堂。国王们在出行等场合站于此处安排队列,规定:「这么多人走在前面,这么多人走在后面,这么多人在两侧,这么多人骑象,这么多人骑马,这么多人乘车。」他们这样划定队列、定下界限,那个地方因此被称为集会堂。此外,从出行场所回来后,直到在家中完成涂抹湿牛粪等工作的两三天里,那些国王们都停留在那里,所以这也是集会堂。集会堂还指与国王们共同商议事务的家屋。因为这些国王都是群主,任何新的事务都不能由某一个人单独决定,必须得到所有人的同意,因此他们都聚集在那里共同商议教导,所以说「与共同商议事务相应的家屋也是集会堂」。再者,由于他们聚集在那里,以「此时适于犁地,此时适于播种」等方式讨论居家事务,因而在集会堂里铺展开种种有缺陷的居家生活,所以也称为集会堂。「刚刚竣工」的意思是,通过木工、石工、彩绘等工艺精心装饰,犹如天宫一般新近落成。在「由沙门或……」这句中,因为在家宅地基刚被占用的那一刻,天神们就已经占显示巴利原文
22.Evaṃme sutanti sekhasuttaṃ. Tattha navaṃ santhāgāranti adhunā kāritaṃ santhāgāraṃ, ekā mahāsālāti attho. Uyyogakālādīsu hi rājāno tattha ṭhatvā ‘‘ettakā purato gacchantu, ettakā pacchā, ettakā ubhohi passehi, ettakā hatthīsu abhiruhantu, ettakā assesu, ettakā rathesu tiṭṭhantū’’ti evaṃ santhaṃ karonti, mariyādaṃ bandhanti, tasmā taṃ ṭhānaṃ santhāgāranti vuccati. Uyyogaṭṭhānato ca āgantvā yāva gehesu allagomayaparibhaṇḍādīni karonti, tāva dve tīṇi divasāni te rājāno tattha santhambhantītipi santhāgāraṃ. Tesaṃ rājūnaṃ saha atthānusāsanaṃ agārantipi santhāgāraṃ gaṇarājāno hi te , tasmā uppannakiccaṃ ekassa vasena na chijjati, sabbesaṃ chando laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā sabbe tattha sannipatitvā anusāsanti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘saha atthānusāsanaṃ agārantipi santhāgāra’’nti. Yasmā panete tattha sannipatitvā ‘‘imasmiṃ kāle kasituṃ vaṭṭati, imasmiṃ kāle vapitu’’nti evamādinā nayena gharāvāsakiccāni sammantayanti, tasmā chiddāvachiddaṃ gharāvāsaṃ tattha santharantītipi santhāgāraṃ. Acirakāritaṃ hotīti kaṭṭhakamma-silākamma-cittakammādivasena susajjitaṃ devavimānaṃ viya adhunā niṭṭhāpitaṃ. Samaṇena vāti ettha yasmā gharavatthupariggahakāleyeva devatā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gaṇhanti, tasmā ‘‘devena vā’’ti avatvā ‘‘samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
「他们前往世尊处」:他们听说集会堂已经完工,心想:「我们前去看看。」于是前往,从门楼开始将整座建筑看了一遍,心想:「这座集会堂如同天宫,极其悦目,光辉灿烂。若由谁先来受用,能为我们带来长远的利益与安乐呢?」接着又想:「即便最先供养我们亲族中的长者,也不如供养导师合适;若从应施者的角度衡量,也以导师最为合适。所以,我们先让导师受用,再邀请比丘僧团前来;等比丘僧团来了,三藏佛语自然也就随之而来;我们再请导师为我们通宵开示法义。这样一来,由三宝先受用,然后我们再受用,这将为我们带来长远的利益与安乐。」如此决定后,他们便前往世尊处。显示巴利原文
Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti santhāgāraṃ niṭṭhitanti sutvā ‘‘gacchāma, naṃ passissāmā’’ti gantvā dvārakoṭṭhakato paṭṭhāya sabbaṃ oloketvā ‘‘idaṃ santhāgāraṃ devavimānasadisaṃ ativiya manoramaṃ sassirikaṃ kena paṭhamaṃ paribhuttaṃ amhākaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya assā’’ti cintetvā ‘‘amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭhassa paṭhamaṃ diyyamānepi satthunova anucchavikaṃ, dakkhiṇeyyavasena diyyamānepi satthunova anucchavikaṃ, tasmā paṭhamaṃ satthāraṃ paribhuñjāpessāma, bhikkhusaṅghassa āgamanaṃ karissāma, bhikkhusaṅghe āgate tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ āgatameva bhavissati, satthāraṃ tiyāmarattiṃ amhākaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathāpessāma, iti tīhi ratanehi paribhuttaṃ mayaṃ pacchā paribhuñjissāma , evaṃ no dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā upasaṅkamiṃsu.
「他们前往集会堂」:据说在那一天,集会堂虽然为了让王族参观而布置得如同天宫一般庄严精美,但还没有为适合佛陀使用而铺设。因为诸佛确实是心向山林、乐于阿兰若的,不一定住在村落当中。因此,释迦王族心想:「应当先了解世尊心意,再作铺设。」于是他们先前往拜见世尊。如今得到了许可,想要铺设,这才前往集会堂。显示巴利原文
Yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti taṃ divasaṃ kira santhāgāraṃ kiñcāpi rājakulānaṃ dassanatthāya devavimānaṃ viya susajjitaṃ hoti supaṭijaggitaṃ, buddhārahaṃ pana katvā appaññattaṃ. Buddhā hi nāma araññajjhāsayā araññārāmā antogāme vaseyyuṃ vā no vā, tasmā bhagavato manaṃ jānitvāva paññāpessāmāti cintetvā te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Idāni pana manaṃ labhitvā paññāpetukāmā yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu.
「遍铺集会堂」:意即让人把整座集会堂完全铺设好。首先,他们认爲“牛粪适用于一切吉祥仪式”,便叫人用湿牛粪将已经灰泥涂饰过的地面再仔细擦拭一遍;待地面完全干透之后,再涂上四种混合的香料,使得踩踏之处不显脚印。在这上面,铺上各色的布块;布块之上,从大板褥开始,依次铺上象皮毯、马皮毯、狮皮毯、虎皮毯、月亮图案毯、太阳图案毯以及种种杂色图案的敷具,把所有应当铺设的地方都铺满了。因此经文说「遍铺集会堂」。显示巴利原文
Sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ santharitvāti yathā sabbameva santhataṃ hoti, evaṃ taṃ santharāpetvā. Sabbapaṭhamaṃ tāva ‘‘gomayaṃ nāma sabbamaṅgalesu vaṭṭatī’’ti sudhāparikammakatampi bhūmiṃ allagomayena opuñchāpetvā parisukkhabhāvaṃ ñatvā yathā akkantaṭṭhāne padaṃ na paññāyati, evaṃ catujjātiyagandhehi limpāpetvā upari nānāvaṇṇe kaṭasārake santharitvā tesaṃ upari mahāpiṭṭhikakojavake ādiṃ katvā hatthattharaka-assattharaka-sīhattharaka-byagghattharaka-candattharaka-sūriyattharaka-cittattharakādīhi nānāvaṇṇehi attharaṇehi santharitabbakayuttaṃ sabbokāsaṃ santharāpesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ santharitvā’’ti.
「铺设座席」:在中央,靠着吉祥柱铺设了极为尊贵的佛座。佛座上,一层又一层铺上柔软悦意的垫褥,并为世尊安放了一个红色的、观感舒适的靠枕。上方扎起饰有金星银星纹样的华丽天篷,并以香鬘、花鬘、叶鬘等饰品庄严覆盖;周围十二肘范围内布置了花网,大约三十肘的区域用布幔围起。靠着西墙,为比丘僧团铺设了结跏趺坐凳、靠背椅和无靠背凳,上面再铺好白色的上等布单;靠着东墙,众人各自铺好自己的大板褥垫,放上填满绵絮等柔软材料的靠枕,心里想:「这样大家整夜听法就不会疲惫了。」这便是「铺设座席」所指的内容。显示巴利原文
Āsanāni paññāpetvāti majjhaṭṭhāne tāva maṅgalatthambhaṃ nissāya mahārahaṃ buddhāsanaṃ paññāpetvā tattha yaṃ yaṃ mudukañca manoramañca paccattharaṇaṃ, taṃ taṃ paccattharitvā bhagavato lohitakaṃ manuññadassanaṃ upadhānaṃ upadahitvā upari suvaṇṇarajatatārakavicittaṃ vitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhadāmapupphadāmapattadāmādīhi paccattharaṇehi alaṅkaritvā samantā dvādasahatthaṭṭhāne pupphajālaṃ karitvā tiṃsahatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭasāṇiyā parikkhipāpetvā pacchimabhittiṃ nissāya bhikkhusaṅghassa pallaṅkapīṭha-apassayapīṭha-muṇḍapīṭhāni paññāpetvā upari setapaccattharaṇehi paccattharāpetvā pācīnabhittiṃ nissāya attano attano mahāpiṭṭhikakojavake paññāpetvā haṃsalomādipūritāni upadhānāni ṭhapāpesuṃ ‘‘evaṃ akilamamānā sabbarattiṃ dhammaṃ suṇissāmā’’ti. Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘āsanāni paññāpetvā’’ti.
「放置水缸」:「水缸」指大肚子的蓄水瓮。「安置」的意思是:为了让世尊与比丘僧团能随自己的需要洗手、洗脚或漱口,便在相应各处放置了盛满如宝石般澄净之水的水缸;为使水带香气,缸内又投入种种香花及水香粉,而后用香蕉叶盖好,如此安放妥当。这便是「安置」一词所指的意思。显示巴利原文
Udakamaṇikanti mahākucchikaṃ udakacāṭiṃ. Upaṭṭhapetvāti evaṃ bhagavā ca bhikkhusaṅgho ca yathāruciyā hatthe vā dhovissanti pāde vā, mukhaṃ vā vikkhālessantīti tesu tesu ṭhānesu maṇivaṇṇassa udakassa pūrāpetvā vāsatthāya nānāpupphāni ceva udakavāsacuṇṇāni ca pakkhipitvā kadalipaṇṇehi pidahitvā patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘upaṭṭhapetvā’’ti.
“点燃油灯”:指在银制、金制等灯柱的灯盏里,以及在希腊人像、基拉塔人像等手中所捧的金、银等材质灯盏中,点亮油灯。至于“他们前往世尊处”这一句:这些释迦王族不仅准备了集会堂,更让人把方圆一由旬内迦毗罗卫城的大小街道都清扫干净,竖起幢幡,在每户门前安置满瓶与芭蕉树。他们将整座城市用灯鬘等点缀得如同繁星散满夜空一般璀璨,然后敲击大鼓,沿街通告:“正在哺乳的母亲请将乳婴喂饱,年幼的孩童尽早吃饱入睡,切莫发出喧哗。今晚,导师将在城中安住一夜,佛陀是喜爱寂静的。”通告完毕,释迦王族便执起火炬,前往世尊所在之处。显示巴利原文
Telappadīpaṃ āropetvāti rajatasuvaṇṇādimayadaṇḍāsu dīpikāsu yonakarūpakirātarūpakādīnaṃ hatthe ṭhapitasuvaṇṇarajatādimayakapallakādīsu ca telappadīpaṃ jalayitvāti attho. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti ettha pana te sakyarājāno na kevalaṃ santhāgārameva, atha kho yojanāvaṭṭe kapilavatthusmiṃ nagaravīthiyopi sammajjāpetvā dhaje ussāpetvā gehadvāresu puṇṇaghaṭe ca kadaliyo ca ṭhapāpetvā sakalanagaraṃ dīpamālādīhi vippakiṇṇatārakaṃ viya katvā ‘‘khīrapāyake dārake khīraṃ pāyetha, dahare kumāre lahuṃ lahuṃ bhojetvā sayāpetha, uccāsaddaṃ mā karittha, ajja ekarattiṃ satthā antogāme vasissati, buddhā nāma appasaddakāmā hontī’’ti bheriṃ carāpetvā sayaṃ daṇḍadīpikā ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu.
那时,世尊穿好下衣,持钵与衣,与比丘僧团一同前往新集会堂。据说,当“尊者世尊,请世尊酌定时节”这样通报之后,世尊将那件以虫漆浸润染成红如黑檀花般的双层布,如用剪刀裁剪红莲一般整齐地整理好,遮覆三处,穿好下衣。随后,他系上那宛如闪电闪耀的腰带,犹如用金带束住一束红莲;他披上那件颜色如同榕树嫩叶的上好红色粪扫衣,那姿态犹如以红毯包裹象额,又如在百宝所成的高耸金柱上抛撒珊瑚网,如同为黄金塔穿上红毡衣,如同用红色的云朵遮掩移动的满月,如同在金山顶上浇灌熬煮好的虫漆液,又如同以闪电缠绕黑眉山巅。他捧着那件震动了包含铁围山、须弥山、牛头山在内的大地方才获得的衣,走出香舍,犹如雄狮从黄金洞窟中步出,又如满月从日出山巅升起。出来之后,世尊便站在香舍门前。显示巴利原文
Athakho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamīti. ‘‘Yassa dāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti evaṃ kira kāle ārocite bhagavā lākhārasena tintarattakoviḷārapupphavaṇṇaṃ rattadupaṭṭaṃ kattariyā padumaṃ kantanto viya saṃvidhāya timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādento nivāsetvā suvaṇṇapāmaṅgena padumakalāpaṃ parikkhipanto viya vijjullatāsassirikaṃ kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā rattakambalena gajakumbhaṃ pariyonaddhanto viya ratanasatubbedhe suvaṇṇagghike pavāḷajālaṃ khipamāno viya suvaṇṇacetiye rattakambalakañcukaṃ paṭimuñcanto viya gacchantaṃ puṇṇacandaṃ rattavaṇṇavalāhakena paṭicchādayamāno viya kañcanapabbatamatthake supakkalākhārasaṃ parisiñcanto viya cittakūṭapabbatamatthakaṃ vijjullatāya parikkhipanto viya ca sacakkavāḷasineruyugandharaṃ mahāpathaviṃ cāletvā gahitaṃ nigrodhapallavasamānavaṇṇaṃ rattavarapaṃsukūlaṃ pārupitvā gandhakuṭidvārato nikkhami kañcanaguhato sīho viya udayapabbatakūṭato puṇṇacando viya ca. Nikkhamitvā pana gandhakuṭipamukhe aṭṭhāsi.
那时,世尊身上散发出道道光芒,如同从云隙中射出的束束闪电,照向园中树木,使得它们枝条、叶、花、果皆如被金液浇灌过一般。与此同时,大比丘僧团各持衣钵,簇拥围绕着世尊。那些围绕而立的比丘,都是这样的人物:少欲、知足、乐于远离、不混杂而居、精进努力、善诲、堪忍批评、善劝诫、诃责恶行、戒具足、定具足、慧具足、解脱具足、解脱知见具足。世尊被这些比丘所围绕,犹如被红毯包裹的金块,犹如红莲丛中的金船,犹如被珊瑚栏杆围起的金色宫殿,光辉闪耀。舍利弗、目犍连等大长老们亦披着云色的粪扫衣,如同披挂宝石铠甲的巨象一般簇拥着世尊;他们已舍离贪欲、断除烦恼、解开缠结、切断束缚,于任何家族或团体皆不执著。显示巴利原文
Athassa kāyato meghamukhehi vijjukalāpā viya rasmiyo nikkhamitvā suvaṇṇarasadhārāparisekamañjaripattapupphaphalaviṭape viya ārāmarukkhe kariṃsu. Tāvadeva ca attano attano pattacīvaramādāya mahābhikkhusaṅgho bhagavantaṃ parivāresi. Te pana parivāretvā ṭhitā bhikkhū evarūpā ahesuṃ appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā āraddhavīriyā vattāro vacanakkhamā codakā pāpagarahī sīlasampannā samādhisampannā paññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanasampannāti. Tehi parivārito bhagavā rattakambalaparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇakkhandho rattapadumasaṇḍamajjhagatā viya suvaṇṇanāvā pavāḷavedikāparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇapāsādo virocittha. Sāriputtamoggallānādayo mahātherāpi naṃ meghavaṇṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ pārupitvā maṇivammavammikā viya mahānāgā parivārayiṃsu vantarāgā bhinnakilesā vijaṭitajaṭā chinnabandhanā kule vā gaṇe vā alaggā.
如此,世尊自身离贪,为离贪者所围绕;自身离嗔,为离嗔者所围绕;自身离痴,为离痴者所围绕;自身无渴爱,为无渴爱者所围绕;自身无烦恼,为无烦恼者所围绕;世尊自身是佛陀,为多闻的觉悟者们所围绕。犹如花蕊为花瓣所拥,花冠为花蕊所绕;恰如六牙象王为八千头大象所簇拥,持国鹅王为九万只鹅所环绕,转轮王为诸部军队所扈从,帝释天王为天众所拥绕,诃利底大梵天为梵众所随侍,又如满月为群星所拱。他以无与伦比的佛陀威容、无量的佛陀光耀,向迦毗罗卫城行去。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi, vītadoso vītadosehi, vītamoho vītamohehi, nittaṇho nittaṇhehi, nikkileso nikkilesehi, sayaṃ buddho bahussutabuddhehi parivārito, pattaparivāritaṃ viya kesaraṃ, kesaraparivāritā viya kaṇṇikā, aṭṭhanāgasahassaparivārito viya chaddanto nāgarājā, navutihaṃsasahassaparivārito viya dhataraṭṭho haṃsarājā, senaṅgaparivārito viya cakkavatti, marugaṇaparivārito viya sakko devarājā, brahmagaṇaparivārito viya hāritamahābrahmā, tārāgaṇaparivārito viya puṇṇacando, asamena buddhavesena aparimāṇena buddhavilāsena kapilavatthugamanamaggaṃ paṭipajji.
那时,从世尊身体的前面放射出金色光芒,遍照八十肘的范围;从身体后面、右手、左手同样升起金色光芒,照彻八十肘的范围;从头顶发际开始,所有发旋处升起如孔雀颈般的光泽,照彻上方虚空八十肘的范围;从脚底升起珊瑚色的光芒,照彻下方大地八十肘的范围。如此,六色佛光在约八十肘的范围内闪耀、颤动,犹如从金制灯盏中跃入虚空的火焰,又如从四大洲雨云中射出的闪电般驰散。一切方所仿佛有金色占婆花不断飘洒,仿佛从金瓶中倾注出金液之流遍洒各处,仿佛被展开的金色布料所裹覆,仿佛被迅猛之风扬起的紫矿花粉与迦尼迦罗花粉,纷纷扬扬地弥漫。显示巴利原文
Athassa puratthimakāyato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmī uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Pacchimakāyato dakkhiṇahatthato, vāmahatthato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmī uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Upari kesantato paṭṭhāya sabbakesāvattehi moragīvavaṇṇā rasmī uṭṭhahitvā gaganatale asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Heṭṭhā pādatalehi pavāḷavaṇṇā rasmī uṭṭhahitvā ghanapathaviyaṃ asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Evaṃ samantā asītihatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo vijjotamānā vipphandamānā kañcanadaṇḍadīpikāhi niccharitvā ākāsaṃ pakkhandajālā viya cātuddīpikamahāmeghato nikkhantavijjullatā viya vidhāviṃsu. Sabbadisābhāgā suvaṇṇacampakapupphehi vikiriyamānā viya, suvaṇṇaghaṭā nikkhantasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi siñcamānā viya, pasāritasuvaṇṇapaṭaparikkhittā viya, verambhavātasamuṭṭhitakiṃsukakaṇikārapupphacuṇṇasamokiṇṇā viya vippakiriṃsu.
世尊的身体辉耀着八十种随形好、一寻光及三十二胜妙相,犹如星辰密布的虚空,犹如盛开的莲花林,犹如百由旬高的波利质多树繁花满枝;其光明甚至压过了依次排列的三十二轮月亮、三十二轮太阳、三十二位转轮王、三十二位天王以及三十二位大梵天的威光。这正是以圆满修习的十种波罗蜜、十种次波罗蜜、十种究竟波罗蜜——总三十种波罗蜜而为庄严。在百千劫又四不可计数劫的漫长时光里,所曾行的布施、所曾持的戒行、所累积的善业,仿佛全都汇集于此生,却尚未现起果报,而显得拥挤满溢。如同将千艘船的货物悉数装于一船,将千辆车的货物悉数装于一车,又如二十五条河流的洪流在入海口汇作一股巨流的时刻。显示巴利原文
Bhagavatopi asītianubyañjanabyāmappabhādvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasamujjalaṃ sarīraṃ samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ, vikasitamiva padumavanaṃ, sabbapāliphullo viya yojanasatiko pāricchattako, paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitānaṃ dvattiṃsūcandānaṃ dvattiṃsasūriyānaṃ dvattiṃsacakkavattīnaṃ dvattiṃsadevarājānaṃ dvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ siriyā siriṃ abhibhavamānaṃ viya virocittha, yathā taṃ dasahi pāramīhi dasahi upapāramīhi dasahi paramatthapāramīhi supūritāhi samatiṃsapāramitāhi alaṅkataṃ. Kappasatasahasādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni dinnadānaṃ rakkhitasīlaṃ katakalyāṇakammaṃ ekasmiṃ attabhāve osaritvā vipākaṃ dātuṃ ṭhānaṃ alabhamānaṃ sambādhapattaṃ viya ahosi. Nāvāsahassabhaṇḍaṃ ekanāvaṃ āropanakālo viya, sakaṭasahassabhaṇḍaṃ ekasakaṭaṃ āropanakālo viya, pañcavīsatiyā nadīnaṃ oghassa sambhijja mukhadvāre ekato rāsībhūtakālo viya ca ahosi.
在世尊自身光辉的照耀下,大众于世尊前、后、左、右各个方位,高举着千万盏金灯。人们洒下种种鲜花——馨香花、占巴花、茉莉花、红莲花、青莲花蕾、辛杜瓦拉花,并抛撒蓝色、黄色等各色妙香粉末,犹如四大洲上空的密云降下倾盆大雨一般纷纷飘落。五支乐器的演奏声,与礼赞佛、法、僧功德的歌声,响彻十方。天人、人、龙、金翅鸟、乾闼婆、夜叉等一切大众,双眼宛如得到甘露的滋润。在此,纵以千偈颂描绘世尊行步之庄严,也全然值得。今且略示其要:显示巴利原文
Imāya buddhasiriyā obhāsamānassāpi ca bhagavato purato anekāni daṇḍadīpikasahassāni ukkhipiṃsu. Tathā pacchato. Vāmapasse dakkhiṇapasse. Jātikusumacampakavanamallikarattuppalanīluppalamakulasinduvārapupphāni ceva nīlapītādivaṇṇasugandhagandhacuṇṇāni ca cātuddīpikameghavissaṭṭhodakavuṭṭhiyo viya vippakiriṃsu. Pañcaṅgikatūriyanigghosā ceva buddhadhammasaṅghaguṇappaṭisaṃyuttā thutighosā ca sabbadisā pūrayiṃsu. Devamanussanāgasupaṇṇagandhabbayakkhādīnaṃ akkhīni amatapānaṃ viya labhiṃsu. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā padasahassena gamanavaṇṇaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Tatridaṃ mukhamattaṃ –
如此,相好庄严悉皆具足的世尊,震撼着大地而行,
无损众生分毫,这位世间导师向前行去。
行走时具足威严,「两足尊」(dvipaduttama):在一切两足众生中最尊贵者,闪耀着光辉。
当世间导师行走时,低洼之处自行隆起;
高耸之处亦成平坦,而大地本无心识。
石块、砂砾、碎瓦、树桩与荆棘,
当世间导师行走时,一切道路上的障碍皆自避让。
抬脚不远,落脚不近;
他行走时,不发生任何碰撞,双膝与脚踝之间也是如此。
具足戒行的牟尼(寂静圣者),不疾不徐地向前行进;
他行走时心意寂定,也不会过于缓慢。
上方、下方与横向,以及诸方与四隅;
他不东张西望而行,目光只注视前方一轭之远。
他具足象王般的威仪行姿,这位胜者在行走时无比庄严;
世间最胜者步履优雅,令诸天世间皆大欢喜。
他如月王般朗照,又如四足雄狮般游步;
令众多有情欢喜,前往那最胜之城。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ sabbaṅgasampanno, kampayanto vasundharaṃ; Aheṭhayanto pāṇāni, yāti lokavināyako. Dakkhiṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ, uddharanto narāsabho; Gacchanto sirisampanno, sobhate dvipaduttamo. Gacchato buddhaseṭṭhassa, heṭṭhā pādatalaṃ mudu; Samaṃ samphusate bhūmiṃ, rajasā nupalippati. Ninnaṭṭhānaṃ unnamati, gacchante lokanāyake; Unnatañca samaṃ hoti, pathavī ca acetanā. Pāsāṇā sakkharā ceva, kathalā khāṇukaṇṭakā; Sabbe maggā vivajjanti, gacchante lokanāyake. Nātidūre uddharati, naccāsanne ca nikkhipaṃ; Aghaṭṭayanto niyyāti, ubho jāṇū ca gopphake. Nātisīghaṃ pakkamati, sampannacaraṇo muni; Na cātisaṇikaṃ yāti, gacchamāno samāhito. Uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyaṃ, disañca vidisaṃ tathā; Na pekkhamāno so yāti, yugamattamhi pekkhati. Nāgavikkantacāro so, gamane sobhate jino; Cāruṃ gacchati lokaggo, hāsayanto sadevake. Uḷurājāva sobhanto, catucārīva kesarī; Tosayanto bahū satte, puraṃ seṭṭhaṃ upāgamī’’ti.
据说,“描述之时”指的是这样的时机:在类似的场合中,无论描述佛陀的身相还是功德,说法者的能力便是衡量的标准,无论用长行还是用偈颂,能说多少就说多少。不应说“讲得不好”,因为诸佛的功德无量,即使是诸佛自身也无法毫无遗漏地讲尽一切功德,更何况是其他众生。世尊以那种祥瑞威仪的庄严,步入已经布置妥当的释迦王城,心中生起净信的人们用香、熏香、衣料、香粉等供养他,就这样进入了集会堂。因此,经中说:“那时,世尊穿好下衣,持钵与衣,与比丘僧团一起,向那座集会堂走去。”显示巴利原文
Vaṇṇakālo nāma kiresa, evaṃvidhesu kālesu buddhassa sarīravaṇṇe vā guṇavaṇṇe vā dhammakathikassa thāmoyeva pamāṇaṃ cuṇṇiyapadehi vā gāthābandhena vā yattakaṃ sakkoti, tattakaṃ vattabbaṃ. Dukkathitanti na vattabbaṃ. Appamāṇavaṇṇā hi buddhā, tesaṃ buddhāpi anavasesato vaṇṇaṃ vattuṃ asamatthā, pageva itarā pajāti. Iminā sirivilāsena alaṅkatappaṭiyattaṃ sakyarājapuraṃ pavisitvā bhagavā pasannacittena janena gandhadhūmavāsacuṇṇādīhi pūjayamāno santhāgāraṃ pāvisi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena evaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamī’’ti.
“以世尊为前行者”的意思是:让世尊走在最前面,以世尊为首。在那种场合,世尊坐在比丘们和近事男们的中央,那景象犹如一尊以香水沐浴过、用细布擦干,再涂上天然朱砂,然后安放在裹着红毯的座椅上的纯金实心之像,光彩夺目。然而,古德们在此处描述景象的方式是:显示巴利原文
Bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvāti bhagavantaṃ purato katvā. Tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnañceva upāsakānañca majjhe nisinno gandhodakena nhāpetvā dukūlacumbaṭakena vodakaṃ katvā jātihiṅgulakena majjitvā rattakambalapaliveṭhite pīṭhe ṭhapitarattasuvaṇṇaghanapaṭimā viya ativirocittha. Ayaṃ panettha porāṇānaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanamaggo –
步入圆堂,步履如象王般威严;
照亮世间的那位无上者,坐上了最殊胜的座位。
就在那里,那位调御者、
天中之天、具足百福之相者;
端坐于佛座中央,大放光明,
犹如一块纯金,置于黄色毛毯之上。
正如一块阎浮金,置放在黄毛毯上;
远离垢染,光明照耀,犹如璀璨宝珠;
犹如盛开的大娑罗树,又如严饰的须弥山王;
犹如金柱,又如白莲与红莲;
犹如山顶燃烧的灯树,又如炽燃的火焰;
如同天界的波利质多树,繁花满树,灿然照耀。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gantvāna maṇḍalamāḷaṃ, nāgavikkantacaraṇo; Obhāsayanto lokaggo, nisīdi varamāsane. Tasmiṃ nisinno naradammasārathi, Devātidevo satapuññalakkhaṇo; Buddhāsane majjhagato virocati, Suvaṇṇanekkhaṃ viya paṇḍukambale. Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva, nikkhittaṃ paṇḍukambale; Virocati vītamalo, maṇiverocano yathā. Mahāsālova samphullo, nerurājāvalaṅkato; Suvaṇṇayūpasaṅkāso, padumo kokanado yathā. Jalanto dīparukkhova, pabbatagge yathā sikhī; Devānaṃ pāricchattova, sabbaphullo virocathā’’ti.
“于迦毗罗卫的韦沙迦月,多夜以法语作开示”一处,所谓的“法语”,应知是指与集会堂、随喜相关的种种开示。那时,世尊犹如将天界恒河引下,犹如抽出地中之乳,犹如抱住大阎浮树的树干摇撼,犹如以榨轮压榨一由旬长的蜜罐而畅饮蜜汁一般,为迦毗罗卫的释迦族人宣说了能带来利益安乐的种种法语。他这样说道:“大王!这种住所的布施,实在极为广大。你们的这一住所,已被我所受用,被比丘僧团所受用,被我与比丘僧团共同受用,更被法宝所受用,因此被称为被三宝所受用。布施了住所,便等于布施了一切。即便是在地上搭起的草屋,或是以树枝搭成的棚舍,其功德亦无法计量。”世尊即如此,以种种理路,丰富多彩地讲说了众多的法语——显示巴利原文
Kāpilavatthavesakye bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāyāti ettha dhammī kathā nāma santhāgāraanumodanappaṭisaṃyuttā pakiṇṇakakathā veditabbā. Tadā hi bhagavā ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya pathavojaṃ ākaḍḍhanto viya mahājambuṃ khandhe gahetvā cālento viya yojanikaṃ madhubhaṇḍaṃ cakkayantena pīḷetvā madhupānaṃ pāyamāno viya kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ hitasukhāvahaṃ pakiṇṇakakathaṃ kathesi. ‘‘Āvāsadānaṃ nāmetaṃ mahārāja mahantaṃ, tumhākaṃ āvāso mayā paribhutto bhikkhusaṅghena paribhutto mayā ca bhikkhusaṅghena ca paribhutto pana dhammaratanena paribhutto yevāti tīhi ratanehi paribhutto nāma hoti. Āvāsadānasmiñhi dinne sabbadānaṃ dinnameva hoti. Bhūmaṭṭhakapaṇṇasālāya vā sākhāmaṇḍapassa vāpi ānisaṃso nāma paricchindituṃ na sakkā’’ti nānānayavicittaṃ bahuṃ dhammakathaṃ kathetvā –
它能抵御寒冷与炎热,也能防避凶猛的野兽;
能防避蛇、蚊虫,以及寒季的雨水。
由此,所生起的厉风与酷热,亦被阻隔;
为了庇护与安乐,也为修习禅那与观照。
向僧伽布施精舍,乃佛陀所赞叹的最上布施;
因此,智者审察了自身的利益,
应建造令人愉悦的精舍,令多闻者安住于此;
并供养他们饮食、衣物与坐卧具。
他们为他开示法——那能断除一切苦的法;
他于此世间了悟此法,便成无漏,证般涅槃。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sītaṃ uṇhaṃ paṭihanti, tato vāḷamigāni ca; Sarīsape ca makase, sisire cāpi vuṭṭhiyo. Tato vātātapo ghoro, sañjāto paṭihaññati; Leṇatthañca sukhatthañca, jhāyituñca vipassituṃ. Vihāradānaṃ saṅghassa, aggaṃ buddhena vaṇṇitaṃ; Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso, sampassaṃ atthamattano. Vihāre kāraye ramme, vāsayettha bahussute; Tesaṃ annañca pānañca, vatthasenāsanāni ca. Dadeyya ujubhūtesu, vippasannena cetasā; Te tassa dhammaṃ desenti, sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ; Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhaññāya, parinibbāti anāsavo’’ti. (cūḷava. 295) –
同样地,这也是精舍的功德,这也是功德——世尊于无数夜晚,以超过半夜乃至更长时间,开示精舍功德之论。这其中,仅有这些偈颂被结集收录,而随缘穿插的法义开示则未予编入。至于“开示了”等语,其义前文已释。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ayampi āvāse ānisaṃso, ayampi ānisaṃsoti bahudevarattiṃ atirekataraṃ diyaḍḍhayāmaṃ āvāsānisaṃsakathaṃ kathesi. Tattha imā gāthāva saṅgahaṃ āruḷhā, pakiṇṇakadhammadesanā pana saṅgahaṃ na ārohati. Sandassesītiādīni vuttatthāneva.
“呼唤尊者阿难”,意思是世尊想要让阿难说法,所以先示意他。那么,当时舍利弗、大目犍连、大迦叶等八十位大长老都在,为何世尊却偏偏将重担托付给阿难长老呢?这是随顺在场大众的心意。因为尊者阿难在多闻众中位居第一,能以圆满周全的字句宣说甘美的法义——这在释迦族中是众所周知、共所公认的。那些释迦族的王族,虽然曾去精舍听过他说法,但他们的后宫妃嫔却不能随心所欲地前往精舍。这些妃嫔心中便想:“啊,但愿世尊只是略说法要,然后把主讲的重担交给我们亲族中最尊贵的阿难!”正是随顺她们的心意,世尊才独独将重担托付给阿难。显示巴利原文
Āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesīti dhammakathaṃ kathāpetukāmo jānāpesi. Atha kasmā sāriputtamahāmoggallānamahākassapādīsu asītimahātheresu vijjamānesu bhagavā ānandattherassa bhāramakāsīti. Parisajjhāsayavasena. Āyasmā hi ānando bahussutānaṃ aggo, pahosi parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi madhuradhammakathaṃ kathetunti sākiyamaṇḍale pākaṭo paññāto. Tassa sakyarājūhi vihāraṃ gantvāpi dhammakathā sutapubbā, orodhā pana nesaṃ na yathāruciyā vihāraṃ gantuṃ labhanti, tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘aho vata bhagavā appaṃyeva dhammakathaṃ kathetvā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭhassa ānandassa bhāraṃ kareyyā’’ti. Tesaṃ ajjhāsayavasena bhagavā tasseva bhāramakāsi.
“有学行道者”,是指已经踏上修途的有学沙门。意思是说,愿这位有学沙门在你心中显现、在你面前呈现——对于这样一位行道者,你应当为他开示行道。这是通过“行道”来确定一个人并指出来。为什么世尊要特别选定这一行道呢?有多方面的原因。第一,这些释迦族人待在吉祥堂中,本来就是期盼吉祥、希求增长,而这有学行道,在我的教法里正是吉祥的行道,也是能令修行增长的行道,因此世尊才选定这一行道。第二,在当时的集会中,在座的多是有学位的修行人。当开示到他们自己已通达的层面时,他们不会感到疲劳,能专注地领会,因此世尊选定这一行道。第三,尊者阿难本来就已证得有学位的无碍解。当他在说自己已经通达、现量亲证的层面时,毫不费力就能让大众明了,因此世尊选定这一行道。再者,在有学行道中,三种学都已完整含摄。其中,开示增上戒学,就等于开示了整部律藏;开示增上心学,就等于开示了整部经藏;开示增上慧学,就等于开示了整部阿毗达摩藏。而且阿难是多闻、能持诵三藏的比丘,他有能力用三藏来解说三学。这样来宣说,对释迦族人而言,便能带来吉祥。显示巴利原文
Sekho pāṭipadoti paṭipannako sekhasamaṇo. So tuyhaṃ paṭibhātu upaṭṭhātu, tassa paṭipadaṃ desehīti paṭipadāya puggalaṃ niyametvā dasseti. Kasmā pana bhagavā imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi? Bahūhi kāraṇehi. Ime tāva sakyā maṅgalasālāya maṅgalaṃ paccāsīsanti vaḍḍhiṃ icchanti, ayañca sekhapaṭipadā mayhaṃ sāsane maṅgalapaṭipadā vaḍḍhamānakapaṭipadātipi imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi. Tassañca parisati sekhāva bahū nisinnā, te attanā paṭividdhaṭṭhāne kathīyamāne akilamantāva sallakkhessantītipi imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi. Āyasmā ca ānando sekhapaṭisambhidāpattova, so attanā paṭividdhe paccakkhaṭṭhāne kathento akilamanto viññāpetuṃ sakkhissatītipi imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi. Sekhapaṭipadāya ca tissopi sikkhā osaṭā , tattha adhisīlasikkhāya kathitāya sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kathitameva hoti, adhicittasikkhāya kathitāya sakalaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ kathitaṃ hoti, adhipaññāsikkhāya kathitāya sakalaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ kathitaṃ hoti, ānando ca bahussuto tipiṭakadharo, so pahoti tīhi piṭakehi tisso sikkhā kathetuṃ, evaṃ kathite sakyānaṃ maṅgalameva vaḍḍhiyeva bhavissatītipi imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi.
“我的背部僵硬了”:为什么背部会僵硬呢?因为世尊在过去六年勤修苦行时,身体受过很大的苦。到了晚年的阶段,背部便生起了风病。但这并非没有因由。世尊其实有能力镇伏已生起的感受,即便在一个七天乃至两个七天之中,都能保持结跏趺坐纹丝不动。不过,当时世尊想要以四种威仪来受用那座集会堂。他从洗脚的地方走到法座前,这一段路完成了行走的威仪;到了法座之后,稍立片刻,完成了站立的威仪;接着在法座上坐了一个半时辰,完成了坐的威仪。那时他心里想:“现在如果右侧卧,躺下休息一小会儿,就完成躺卧的威仪了。”正是如此,他想要以四种威仪来受用那座堂。再者,这个被执取的身体,是不能说“它一点都不会感到僵硬”的。因此,世尊便以久坐而生起的那一点点僵硬感为缘由,这样说了。显示巴利原文
Piṭṭhi me āgilāyatīti kasmā āgilāyati? Bhagavato hi chabbassāni padhānaṃ padahantassa mahantaṃ kāyadukkhaṃ ahosi, athassa aparabhāge mahallakakāle piṭṭhivāto uppajji. Akāraṇaṃ vā etaṃ. Pahoti hi bhagavā uppannaṃ vedanaṃ vikkhambhetvā ekampi dvepi sattāhe ekapallaṅkena nisīdituṃ. Santhāgārasālaṃ pana catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuñjitukāmo ahosi, tattha pādadhovanaṭṭhānato yāva dhammāsanā agamāsi, ettake ṭhāne gamanaṃ nipphannaṃ. Dhammāsanaṃ patto thokaṃ ṭhatvā nisīdi, ettake ṭhānaṃ. Diyaḍḍhayāmaṃ dhammāsane nisīdi, ettake ṭhāne nisajjā nipphannā. Idāni dakkhiṇena passena thokaṃ nipanne sayanaṃ nipphajjissatīti evaṃ catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuñjitukāmo ahosi. Upādinnakasarīrañca nāma ‘‘no āgilāyatī’’ti na vattabbaṃ, tasmā ciraṃ nisajjāya sañjātaṃ appakampi āgilāyanaṃ gahetvā evamāha.
“铺好僧伽梨后”:据说,那时国王们在集会堂的一侧,命人围起布幔,铺设了一张如法的床,铺上如法的垫褥,上方高悬以金色星辰、香花花鬘和珠鬘装饰的天盖,并点燃香油灯,心想:“愿导师从法座起身后,能在此稍作休息,躺卧片刻。如此,我们的这座集会堂经世尊以四种威仪受用后,将长夜为我们带来利乐。”导师也正是作意于此,才在那里铺好僧伽梨卧下。“作意起身想”:即于心中安立了“过此时分,我便起身”这样的起身想。显示巴利原文
Saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvāti santhāgārassa kira ekapasse te rājāno paṭṭasāṇiṃ parikkhipāpetvā kappiyamañcakaṃ paññapetvā kappiyapaccattharaṇena attharitvā upari suvaṇṇa-tāraka-gandhamālā-dāmapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ vitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhatelappadīpaṃ āropayiṃsu ‘‘appeva nāma satthā dhammāsanato vuṭṭhāya thokaṃ vissamanto idha nipajjeyya, evaṃ no imaṃ santhāgāraṃ bhagavatā catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuttaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’ti. Satthāpi tadeva sandhāya tattha saṅghāṭiṃ paññapetvā nipajji. Uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvāti ettakaṃ kālaṃ atikkamitvā vuṭṭhahissāmīti vuṭṭhānasaññaṃ citte ṭhapetvā.
23 “唤释迦人摩诃男”:据说,那时他在该集会中最为年长、尊上。长老心想:“只要他信受了,其余大众自然也就信受了”,所以只唤他一人。“戒具足者”:即戒行具足之人,意为戒行圆满、无有缺失。“以正法”:即以善美之法,或说以诸圣者、善士所行持之法。显示巴利原文
23.Mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ āmantesīti so kira tasmiṃ kāle tassaṃ parisati jeṭṭhako pāmokkho, tasmiṃ saṅgahite sesaparisā saṅgahitāva hotīti thero tameva āmantesi. Sīlasampannoti sīlena sampanno, sampannasīlo paripuṇṇasīloti attho. Saddhammehīti sundaradhammehi, sataṃ vā sappurisānaṃ dhammehi.
24 “那么,摩诃男,如何……”:世尊以此段文字,先安立了有学道之纲要,继而欲次第广演,故而如是说。其中,“戒具足”等语句,应依《若希望经》等经中所说之道理来理解。显示巴利原文
24.Kathañca mahānāmāti iminā ettakena ṭhānena sekhapaṭipadāya mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā paṭipāṭiyā vitthāretukāmo evamāha. Tattha sīlasampannotiādīni ‘‘sampannasīlā, bhikkhave, viharathā’’ti ākaṅkheyyasuttādīsu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
25 于“身恶行”等语中,为表对象义而用具格;对可惭耻的身恶行等生起惭耻、厌离,是名为“惭”。于“愧”的释义中,为表原因义而用具格;以作为愧之因的身恶行等生起畏惧,是名为“愧”。“已发勤精进”:即已策励精进、心不懈怠之人。“为断除”:为断除故。“为证得”:为证得故。“有力量者”:具备精进力者。“行坚毅加行者”:行坚固加行之人。“于诸善法不卸下轭者”:于诸善法不舍轭、不懈精进者。“以最上”:以最殊胜的。“以念与善巧”:以念与慧。然而,为何在念的分说中出现了慧?是为了显示念的强大力量。不伴有慧的念是羸弱的,伴有慧的念则强而有力。显示巴利原文
25.Kāyaduccaritenātiādīsu upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, hiriyitabbāni kāyaduccaritādīni hiriyati jigucchatīti attho. Ottappaniddese hetvatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, kāyaduccaritādīhi ottappassa hetubhūtehi ottappati bhāyatīti attho. Āraddhavīriyoti paggahitavīriyo anosakkitamānaso. Pahānāyāti pahānatthāya. Upasampadāyāti paṭilābhatthāya. Thāmavāti vīriyathāmena samannāgato. Daḷhaparakkamoti thiraparakkamo. Anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesūti kusalesu dhammesu anoropitadhuro anosakkitavīriyo. Paramenāti uttamena. Satinepakkenāti satiyā ca nipakabhāvena ca. Kasmā pana satibhājaniye paññā āgatāti? Satiyā balavabhāvadīpanatthaṃ. Paññāvippayuttā hi sati dubbalā hoti, sampayuttā balavatīti.
“久远身所作”:指自己或他人久远以前以身体所为,如履行塔院义务等八十种大义务行。“久远口所说”:指自己或他人久远以前以语言所说,如以恭敬态度通过教诵、令教诵、法谈、说法、近住谈、随喜等发起的语业。“能忆念、能随念”:即对于那久远的身所作,他如是了知:“身所指即身表;久远口所说中,语指语表。此二皆为色法,能生起它们的心与心所是非色法。如是,这些色法与非色法如此生、如此灭。”他对此能忆念并能一再随念,意谓引生念觉支。此处所说的念,是能引生觉支的念。依于彼念,仅一次的回忆称为“忆念”,反复的回忆称为“随念”,当如是了知。显示巴利原文
Cirakatampīti attanā vā parena vā kāyena cirakataṃ cetiyaṅgaṇavattādi asīti mahāvattapaṭipattipūraṇaṃ. Cirabhāsitampīti attanā vā parena vā vācāya cirabhāsitaṃ sakkaccaṃ uddisana-uddisāpana-dhammosāraṇa-dhammadesanā-upanisinnakathā-anumodaniyādivasena pavattitaṃ vacīkammaṃ. Saritā anussaritāti tasmiṃ kāyena cirakate ‘‘kāyo nāma kāyaviññatti, cirabhāsite vācā nāma vacīviññatti. Tadubhayampi rūpaṃ, taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā cittacetasikā arūpaṃ. Iti ime rūpārūpadhammā evaṃ uppajjitvā evaṃ niruddhā’’ti sarati ceva anussarati ca, satisambojjhaṅgaṃ samuṭṭhāpetīti attho. Bojjhaṅgasamuṭṭhāpikā hi sati idha adhippetā. Tāya satiyā esa sakimpi saraṇena saritā, punappunaṃ saraṇena anussaritāti veditabbā.
“导向五蕴生灭的”:即能通达五蕴生灭之智慧。“圣”:以镇伏与断除的方式,远离烦恼而清净的智慧。“具足智慧”:具足观慧与道慧。“能洞穿的”:此智慧因能洞穿而得名能洞穿;即具备那样的智慧。其中,道慧以断除的方式,能洞穿、粉碎从未被洞穿粉碎的贪蕴、瞋蕴、痴蕴,故为能洞穿。观慧则以彼分断的方式称为能洞穿,又因它能引生道慧,故观慧也可名为能洞穿。“正趣向苦尽”:于此,道慧以正确的因而正灭尽流转苦而趣向,故名为“正趣向苦尽”。观慧以彼分断的方式,灭尽流转苦与烦恼苦而趣向,故为“趣向苦尽”;或者,由于观慧能引生趣向苦尽的道慧,故亦可理解为“趣向苦尽”。显示巴利原文
Udayatthagāminiyāti pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ udayavayagāminiyā udayañca vayañca paṭivijjhituṃ samatthāya. Ariyāyāti vikkhambhanavasena ca samucchedavasena ca kilesehi ārakā ṭhitāya parisuddhāya. Paññāya samannāgatoti vipassanāpaññāya ceva maggapaññāya ca samaṅgībhūto. Nibbedhikāyāti sāyeva nibbijjhanato nibbedhikāti vuccati, tāya samannāgatoti attho. Tattha maggapaññāya samucchedavasena anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ lobhakkhandhaṃ dosakkhandhaṃ mohakkhandhaṃ nibbijjhati padāletīti nibbedhikā. Vipassanāpaññāya tadaṅgavasena nibbedhikāya maggapaññāya paṭilābhasaṃvattanato cāti vipassanā ‘‘nibbedhikā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyāti idhāpi maggapaññā ‘‘sammā hetunā nayena vaṭṭadukkhaṃ khepayamānā gacchatīti sammā dukkhakkhayagāminī nāma. Vipassanā tadaṅgavasena vaṭṭadukkhañca kilesadukkhañca khepayamānā gacchatīti dukkhakkhayagāminī. Dukkhakkhayagāminiyā vā maggapaññāya paṭilābhasaṃvattanato esā dukkhakkhayagāminī’’ti veditabbā.
26 “增上心所对应的”:即基于、依止于增上心——殊胜心的。“现法乐住”:指在入定的刹那能带来乐果的诸禅那。“容易获得者”:想入便入,于所期望的刹那便能等至的人。“无艰难获得者”:无苦而获得者。“无滞碍获得者”:广得者。有一种人,虽因熟练而在期望的刹那就能够入定,却不能毫不费力地镇伏定的障碍法,若他自己不期望时,很快便出定,无法依照决意安住于定,这种人称为“艰难获得者、滞碍获得者”。另一种人,在期望的刹那就能够入定,又能毫不费力地镇伏定的障碍法,他能够依照决意而出定,这种人称为“无艰难获得者、无滞碍获得者”。显示巴利原文
26.Abhicetasikānanti abhicittaṃ seṭṭhacittaṃ sitānaṃ nissitānaṃ. Diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānanti appitappitakkhaṇe sukhapaṭilābhahetūnaṃ. Nikāmalābhīti icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpajjitā. Akicchalābhīti nidukkhalābhī. Akasiralābhīti vipulalābhī. Paguṇabhāvena eko icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpajjituṃ sakkoti, samādhipāripanthikadhamme pana akilamanto vikkhambhetuṃ na sakkoti, so attano anicchāya khippameva vuṭṭhāti, yathāparicchedavasena samāpattiṃ ṭhapetuṃ na sakkoti ayaṃ kicchalābhī kasiralābhī nāma. Eko icchiticchitakkhaṇe ca samāpajjituṃ sakkoti, samādhipāripanthikadhamme ca akilamanto vikkhambheti, so yathāparicchedavaseneva vuṭṭhātuṃ sakkoti, ayaṃ akicchalābhī akasiralābhī nāma.
27 “摩诃男,这称为有学的圣弟子,行道者”——这是指出:摩诃男,有学的圣弟子、行道者,即称为具足那在观智母胎中成长的道。“非腐卵”:指不是腐败的蛋。“能够破壳”:指有能力突破观智等智的类别。“为完全觉悟”:就是为了圣道。“为无上的安稳”:阿拉汉果就叫做无上的安稳,表示为了达到它而有能力。不过,这里为了说明义理而举出的譬喻,应按照《心荒芜经》里讲过的方法来理解。仅仅是因为,在那部经中,有“如同母鸡对它所做的蛋那样三种行为,如此,这位比丘便具足十五种勤奋特质”这样结合譬喻与义理的说法;而在这里,根据“戒具足”等经文,便是“如同母鸡对它所做的蛋那样三种行为,如此,这位比丘便具足戒具足等十五种法”。应当这样结合来理解。其余各处所说的,都与那相似。显示巴利原文
27.Ayaṃvuccati mahānāma ariyasāvako sekho pāṭipadoti mahānāma ariyasāvako sekho pāṭipado vipassanāgabbhāya vaḍḍhamānakapaṭipadāya samannāgatoti vuccatīti dasseti. Apuccaṇḍatāyāti apūtiaṇḍatāya. Bhabbo abhinibbhidāyāti vipassanādiñāṇappabhedāya bhabbo. Sambodhāyāti ariyamaggāya. Anuttarassa yogakkhemassāti arahattaṃ anuttaro yogakkhemo nāma, tadabhigamāya bhabboti dasseti. Yā panāyamettha atthadīpanatthaṃ upamā āhaṭā, sā cetokhilasutte vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kevalañhi tattha ‘‘tassā kukkuṭiyā aṇḍesu tividhakiriyakaraṇaṃ viya hi imassa bhikkhuno ussoḷhipannarasehi aṅgehi samannāgatabhāvo’’ti yaṃ evaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ āgataṃ, taṃ idha evaṃ sīlasampanno hotītiādivacanato ‘‘tassā kukkuṭiyā aṇḍesu tividhakiriyakaraṇaṃ viya imassa bhikkhuno sīlasampannatādīhi pannarasehi dhammehi samaṅgibhāvo’’ti. Evaṃ yojetvā veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttasadisameva.
28 “这就是无上的舍念清净”:此指与初禅等不相同的最上第四禅的舍念清净。“第一次破壳而出”:即第一种智的类别。第二、第三次破壳等也同样如此。然而,小鸡一次从母胎,一次从卵壳,如此出生两次。圣弟子则以三明出生三次:去除遮蔽宿住的黑暗后,以宿住智第一次出生;去除遮蔽众生死与结生的黑暗后,以天眼智第二次出生;去除遮蔽四圣谛的黑暗后,以漏尽智第三次出生。显示巴利原文
28.Imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti imaṃ paṭhamādijjhānehi asadisaṃ uttamaṃ catutthajjhānikaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ. Paṭhamābhinibbhidāti paṭhamo ñāṇabhedo. Dutiyādīsupi eseva nayo. Kukkuṭacchāpako pana ekavāraṃ mātukucchito ekavāraṃ aṇḍakosatoti dve vāre jāyati. Ariyasāvako tīhi vijjāhi tāyo vāre jāyati. Pubbenivāsacchādakaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā pubbenivāsañāṇena paṭhamaṃ jāyati, sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhicchādakaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā dibbacakkhuñāṇena dutiyaṃ jāyati, catusaccapaṭicchādakaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā āsavakkhayañāṇena tatiyaṃ jāyati.
29 “这也成为他的行”:意思是,这也是那位比丘的戒,称为“行”。“行”有多种多样,即戒等十五种法,这戒也是其中的一种行。再就词义来说:凭借它前往未曾到过之处,故名为“行”。一切处皆依此理类推。显示巴利原文
29.Idampissa hoti caraṇasminti idampi sīlaṃ assa bhikkhuno caraṇaṃ nāma hotīti attho. Caraṇaṃ nāma bahu anekavidhaṃ, sīlādayo pannarasadhammā, tattha idampi ekaṃ caraṇanti attho. Padattho pana carati tena agatapubbaṃ disaṃ gacchatīti caraṇaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha.
“这也成为他的明”:意思是,这宿住智就成为他的“明”。明有很多种,诸如观智等八种智,而宿住智也是其中的一种明。再就字源而言:透过它分明了知,故名为“明”。一切处皆以此类推。“具明者”即具备三明,称为具明者;“具行者”即具足十五种法,称为具行者。合此二者,便是“明行足”的意思。显示巴利原文
Idampissa hoti vijjāyāti idaṃ pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ tassa vijjā nāma hotīti attho. Vijjā nāma bahu anekavidhā, vipassanañāṇādīni aṭṭha ñāṇāni, tattha idampi ñāṇaṃ ekā vijjātipi attho. Padattho pana vinivijjhitvā etāya jānātīti vijjā. Esa nayo sabbattha. Vijjāsampanno itipīti tīhi vijjāhi vijjāsampanno itipi. Caraṇasampanno itipīti pañcadasahi dhammehi caraṇasampanno itipi. Tadubhayena pana vijjācaraṇasampanno itipīti.
30 “常童子”:指古老的童子,久远以来便被称为童子。据说他往昔在人间为五髻小童时,证得禅那,且禅那未退,之后投生于梵天界。他喜爱那个有身,对它感到悦意,因此一直以那样的有身形态而行,故被称为“常童子”。“于生者中”:即在所出生的众生中,亦即各类众生之中。“那些依族姓而行的人”:即于所出生的众生中,依族姓而说“我是乔达摩”、“我是迦叶”的人。在这些依族姓而行的世间人中,刹帝利最为尊上。“为世尊所认可”:是指在《阿摩昼经》中,佛陀世尊与我所问答相合,而开示说:“阿摩昼,我也这样说——显示巴利原文
30.Sanaṅkumārenāti porāṇakakumārena, cirakālato paṭṭhāya kumāroti paññātena. So kira manussapathe pañcacūḷakakumārakakāle jhānaṃ nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno brahmaloke nibbatti, tassa so attabhāvo piyo ahosi manāpo, tasmā tādiseneva attabhāvena carati, tena naṃ sanaṅkumāroti sañjānanti. Janetasminti janitasmiṃ, pajāyāti attho. Ye gottapaṭisārinoti ye janetasmiṃ gottaṃ paṭisaranti ‘‘ahaṃ gotamo, ahaṃ kassapo’’ti, tesu loke gottapaṭisārīsu khattiyo seṭṭho. Anumatā bhagavatāti mama pañhabyākaraṇena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā desitāti ambaṭṭhasutte buddhena bhagavatā ‘‘ahampi, ambaṭṭha, evaṃ vadāmi –
在生者之中,刹帝利最上;那些依族姓而论者——
明行具足者,方是天与人中最上者。(长部1.277)
显示巴利原文 ‘Khattiyo seṭṭho janetasmiṃ, ye gottapaṭisārino; Vijjācaraṇasampanno, so seṭṭho devamānuse’ti’’. (dī. ni. 1.277) –
如此说毕,便被认可与随喜。‘善哉,善哉,阿难!’据说,世尊自始至终未曾入眠,听了此经,了知阿难已把握住有学道之要,于是起身,结跏趺坐,出声称赞。至此,这部经即成为胜者所说之经。其余各处,皆浅显易了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ bhāsantena anuññātā anumoditā. Sādhu sādhu ānandāti, bhagavā kira ādito paṭṭhāya niddaṃ anokkamantova imaṃ suttaṃ sutvā ānandena sekhapaṭipadāya kūṭaṃ gahitanti ñatvā uṭṭhāya pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinno sādhukāraṃ adāsi. Ettāvatā ca pana idaṃ suttaṃ jinabhāsitaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
4. 《晡利多经注疏》显示巴利原文
4. Potaliyasuttavaṇṇanā
31 “如是我闻”等,为《波达利亚经》。此处,「aṅguttarāpesu」(在鸯伽北地)意为:该地本属鸯伽国,但因在大河(mahī)之北有若干水域,由于邻近那些水,故又名为北地(uttarāpoti)。是谓何大河北方的水呢?即大河(mahāmahī)之北。于此处显明之说如下:据说此赡部洲洲方圆一万由旬。其中,方圆四千由旬的区域为水淹没,称为大海。方圆三千由旬的区域有人居住。方圆三千由旬的区域则耸立着雪山(himavā),高五百由旬,四周有八万四千座山峰环绕,五百条奔流之河交相辉映。其间有七大湖,各长、宽、深五十由旬,周围一百五十由旬,即:无热恼湖、耳环湖、车匠湖、六牙湖、拘那罗湖、曼达其尼湖、狮子崖湖。其中,无热恼湖为善见峰、杂色峰、黑峰、香醉峰、开拉斯峰五座山所环绕。显示巴利原文
31.Evaṃme sutanti potaliyasuttaṃ. Tattha aṅguttarāpesūti aṅgāyeva so janapado, mahiyā panassa uttarena yā āpo, tāsaṃ avidūrattā uttarāpotipi vuccati. Kataramahiyā uttarena yā āpoti, mahāmahiyā. Tatthāyaṃ āvibhāvakathā – ayaṃ kira jambudīpo dasasahassayojanaparimāṇo. Tattha ca catusahassayojanappamāṇo padeso udakena ajjhotthaṭo samuddoti saṅkhaṃ gato . Tisahassayojanappamāṇe manussā vasanti. Tisahassayojanappamāṇe himavā patiṭṭhito ubbedhena pañcayojanasatiko caturāsītikūṭasahassapaṭimaṇḍito samantato sandamānapañcasatanadīvicitto, yattha āyāmavitthārena ceva gambhīratāya ca paṇṇāsapaṇṇāsayojanā diyaḍḍhayojanasataparimaṇḍalā anotattadaho kaṇṇamuṇḍadaho rathakāradaho chaddantadaho kuṇāladaho mandākinīdaho sīhapapātadahoti satta mahāsarā patiṭṭhitā. Tesu anotattadaho sudassanakūṭaṃ citrakūṭaṃ kāḷakūṭaṃ gandhamādanakūṭaṃ kelāsakūṭanti imehi pañcahi pabbatehi parikkhitto.
其中,善见峰由金所成,高二百由旬,向内弯曲,状如乌鸦之喙,覆盖遮蔽着那座湖而耸立。杂色峰由一切珍宝所成。黑峰由锑石所成。香醉峰由山脊所成,内部呈绿豆色;彼以十种香充满:根香、心材香、嫩枝香、树皮香、表皮香、汁液香、叶香、花香、果香、香之香,并为种种药草所覆。于黑半月的布萨日,彼如炽燃的炭火般烨然耸立。开拉斯峰由银所成。所有这些山峰皆与善见峰等高、同形,亦皆覆盖遮蔽着那座湖而耸立。这些山峰均因天神之威力与龙王之威力而降雨,河流于其上流淌,这一切水悉皆流入无热恼湖。日月天子无论从南方还是北方经过时,为山所隔而对此湖放出光明;若直行经过,则不放出光明。因此,此湖得‘无热恼’之名。显示巴利原文
Tattha sudassanakūṭaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ dviyojanasatubbedhaṃ antovaṅkaṃ kākamukhasaṇṭhānaṃ tameva saraṃ paṭicchādetvā ṭhitaṃ. Citrakūṭaṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ. Kāḷakūṭaṃ añjanamayaṃ. Gandhamādanakūṭaṃ sānumayaṃ abbhantare muggavaṇṇaṃ, mūlagandho sāragandho pheggugandho tacagandho papaṭikagandho rasagandho pattagandho pupphagandho phalagandho gandhagandhoti imehi dasahi gandhehi ussannaṃ nānappakāraosadhasañchannaṃ, kāḷapakkhauposathadivase ādittamiva aṅgāraṃ jalantaṃ tiṭṭhati. Kelāsakūṭaṃ rajatamayaṃ. Sabbāni sudassanena samānubbedhasaṇṭhānāni, tameva saraṃ paṭicchādetvā ṭhitāni. Tāni sabbāni devānubhāvena nāgānubhāvena ca vassanti, nadiyo ca tesu sandanti. Taṃ sabbampi udakaṃ anotattameva pavisati. Candimasūriyā dakkhiṇena vā uttarena vā gacchantā pabbatantarena tattha obhāsaṃ karonti, ujuṃ gacchantā na karonti, tenevassa anotattanti saṅkhā udapādi.
那里有令人愉悦的石板地面,无鱼无龟,水如水晶般明净清澈。有设施完备的浴场。诸佛、独觉佛、诸漏尽者及具神通仙人于此沐浴;诸天、夜叉等则在此享受园林游戏。显示巴利原文
Tattha manoharasilātalāni nimmacchakacchapāni phalikasadisanimmaludakāni nhānatitthāni supaṭiyattāni honti, yesu buddhapaccekabuddhakhīṇāsavā ca iddhimanto ca isayo nhāyanti, devayakkhādayo uyyānakīḷakaṃ kīḷanti.
此湖四面有四个出口:狮口、象口、马口、牛口,由此流出四条河流。从狮口流出的河岸狮子居多,从象口等流出的河岸则分别以象、马、牛为主。从东方流出的河,右绕无热恼湖三匝,不与其余三河汇合,便沿着东雪山,经由非人之道流入大海。从西方和北方流出的河也是如此,右绕之后,各沿西雪山和北雪山,经由非人之道流入大海。但从南方流出的河,右绕三匝后,径直向南在石板上奔流六十由旬,冲击山峦后腾起,形成周长约三牛呼的水柱,行于空中六十由旬,落在一块名为‘三闩’的岩石上,岩石被水力击碎。那里方圆五十由旬处,形成一个池塘,名为三闩池。水冲破池岸,进入岩石,又行六十由旬;继而穿破坚实的大地,经地底暗流行六十由旬,冲击一座名为‘贯穿’的横向山脉,犹如手掌五指,分成五股水流而下。此河在绕无热恼湖三匝之处,称为旋流河;在石板直行六十由旬之处,称为黑龙江;在空中行六十由旬之处,称为空中河;停驻在三闩岩方圆五十由旬之处,称为三闩池;显示巴利原文
Tassa catūsu passesu sīhamukhaṃ hatthimukhaṃ assamukhaṃ usabhamukhanti cattāri mukhāni honti, yehi catasso nadiyo sandanti. Sīhamukhena nikkhantanadītīre sīhā bahutarā honti. Hatthimukhādīhi hatthiassausabhā. Puratthimadisato nikkhantanadī anotattaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā itarā tisso nadiyo anupagamma pācīnahimavanteneva amanussapathaṃ gantvā mahāsamuddaṃ pavisati. Pacchimadisato ca uttaradisato ca nikkhantanadiyopi tatheva padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pacchimahimavanteneva uttarahimavanteneva ca amanussapathaṃ gantvā mahāsamuddaṃ pavisanti. Dakkhiṇadisato nikkhantanadī pana taṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā dakkhiṇena ujukaṃ pāsāṇapiṭṭheneva saṭṭhiyojanāni gantvā pabbataṃ paharitvā vuṭṭhāya parikkhepena tigāvutappamāṇā udakadhārā ca hutvā ākāsena saṭṭhiyojanāni gantvā tiyaggaḷe nāma pāsāṇe patitā, pāsāṇo udakadhārāvegena bhinno. Tattha paññāsayojanappamāṇā tiyaggaḷā nāma pokkharaṇī jātā, pokkharaṇiyā kūlaṃ bhinditvā pāsāṇaṃ pavisitvā saṭṭhiyojanāni gatā. Tato ghanapathaviṃ bhinditvā umaṅgena saṭṭhiyojanāni gantvā viñjhuṃ nāma tiracchānapabbataṃ paharitvā hatthatale pañcaṅgulisadisā pañcadhārā hutvā pavattanti. Sā tikkhattuṃ anotattaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā gataṭṭhāne āvaṭṭagaṅgāti vuccati. Ujukaṃ pāsāṇapiṭṭhena saṭṭhiyojanāni gataṭṭhāne kaṇhagaṅgāti, ākāsena saṭṭhiyojanāni gataṭṭhāne ākāsagaṅgāti, tiyaggaḷapāsāṇe paññāsayojanokāse ṭhitā tiyaggaḷapokkharaṇīti, kūlaṃ bhinditvā pāsāṇaṃ pavisitvā saṭṭhiyojanāni gataṭṭhāne bahalagaṅgāti, umaṅgena saṭṭhiyojanāni gataṭṭhāne umaṅgagaṅgāti vuccati. Viñjhuṃ nāma tiracchānapabbataṃ paharitvā pañcadhārā hutvā pavattaṭṭhāne pana gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahīti pañcadhā saṅkhaṃ gatā. Evametā pañca mahānadiyo himavantato pabhavanti. Tāsu yā ayaṃ pañcamī mahī nāma, sā idha mahāmahīti adhippetā. Tassā uttarena yā āpo, tāsaṃ avidūrattā so janapado aṅguttarāpoti veditabbo. Tasmiṃ aṅguttarāpesu janapade.
‘市集’的意思是:据说在那个市镇,曾分布着两万间店铺门面。因为店铺极多,所以该地便被称为‘市集’。在那市镇附近,河边有一处浓荫清凉、令人愉悦的地方,是一大片森林,世尊便住在那里。由此应知,此处并未指定固定的住处。‘朝着另一片树林走去’的意思是:将比丘僧团遣往住处后,独自前往,这里是指针对居士波达利亚而言。‘而那位居士波达利亚’的意思是:名为波达利亚的居士。‘具足内衣与上衣’的意思是:内衣和上衣齐备,即穿着一件长至脚踝的长衣,并搭好上衣。‘拿着伞、穿着鞋’的意思是:手持伞,脚穿鞋。‘座位’指结跏趺坐、椅子、草垫座等,甚至树枝片段也可称为‘座位’。‘以居士之称谓’的意思是:用‘居士’这一称呼。‘称呼’的意思是:以通常用语来称呼。显示巴利原文
Āpaṇaṃnāmāti tasmiṃ kira nigame vīsati āpaṇamukhasahassāni vibhattāni ahesuṃ. Iti so āpaṇānaṃ ussannattā āpaṇantveva saṅkhaṃ gato. Tassa ca nigamassa avidūre nadītīre ghanacchāyo ramaṇīyo bhūmibhāgo mahāvanasaṇḍo, tasmiṃ bhagavā viharati. Tenevettha vasanaṭṭhānaṃ na niyāmitanti veditabbaṃ. Yenaññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamīti bhikkhusaṅghaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pesetvā ekakova upasaṅkami potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ sandhāya. Potaliyopi kho gahapatīti potaliyoti evaṃnāmako gahapati. Sampannanivāsanapāvuraṇoti paripuṇṇanivāsanapāvuraṇo , ekaṃ dīghadasaṃ sāṭakaṃ nivattho ekaṃ pārutoti attho. Chattupāhanāhīti chattaṃ gahetvā upāhanā āruyhāti attho. Āsanānīti pallaṅkapīṭhapalālapīṭhakādīni. Antamaso sākhābhaṅgampi hi āsananteva vuccati. Gahapativādenāti gahapatīti iminā vacanena. Samudācaratīti voharati.
“对世尊这样说”的意思是:他无法忍受“居士”这一称呼,便对世尊说了“朋友乔达摩,您那样做”等话语。在此,“不合适”是指不相称,“不恰当”是指不适宜。“行相”等所有这些词,都是表示原因的同义词。实际上,穿着长衣、蓄着须发、留着指甲等这一切在家人的特征,因为清楚地显露了在家身份,故称“行相”;因为维持了在家人的形态,故称“表相”;因为是了知在家人身份的根据,故称“标志”。所谓“如同一位居士该有的那样”,意思是就如居士应具的行相、表相、标志那样,您也是如此。以此表明:“因此,我才这样称呼您。”接着,他为说明自己不接受“居士”这一称呼的理由,便说:“确是如此”等等。显示巴利原文
Bhagavantaṃ etadavocāti tatiyaṃ gahapatīti vacanaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto bhagavantametaṃ ‘‘tayidaṃ, bho, gotamā’’tiādivacanaṃ avoca. Tattha nacchannanti na anucchavikaṃ. Nappatirūpanti na sāruppaṃ. Ākārātiādīni sabbāneva kāraṇavevacanāni. Dīghadasavatthadhāraṇa-kesamassunakhaṭhapanādīni hi sabbāneva gihibyañjanāni tassa gihibhāvaṃ pākaṭaṃ karontīti ākārā, gihisaṇṭhānena saṇṭhitattā liṅgā, gihibhāvassa sañjānananimittatāya nimittāti vuttā. Yathā taṃ gahapatissāti yathā gahapatissa ākāraliṅganimittā bhaveyyuṃ, tatheva tuyhaṃ. Tena tāhaṃ evaṃ samudācarāmīti dasseti. Atha so yena kāraṇena gahapativādaṃ nādhivāseti, taṃ pakāsento ‘‘tathā hi pana me’’tiādimāha.
“已交付”的意思是:已经交出去了。“不教导、不斥责”的意思是:实际上,会这样教导——“孩子们,耕作吧,播种吧,经商吧”——如此方式给予教导的,名为“教导者”。而这样斥责——“你们不耕作,不播种,不经商,如何过活?又如何养活妻子儿女?”——如此方式加以斥责的,名为“斥责者”。然而,我既非教导者,也非斥责者;以此表明:“因此,对于他们,我是不教导、不斥责的。”“我只以维生的饮食与蔽体的衣物为最上而住”的意思是:我仅以此少量的饮食与衣物为满足,如是而住,此外更无所求,亦不期望什么。显示巴利原文
Niyyātanti niyyātitaṃ. Anovādī anupavādīti ‘‘tātā, kasatha, vapatha, vaṇippathaṃ payojethā’’tiādinā hi nayena ovadanto ovādī nāma hoti. ‘‘Tumhe na kasatha, na vapatha, na vaṇippathaṃ payojetha, kathaṃ jīvissatha, puttadāraṃ vā bharissathā’’tiādinā nayena pana upavadanto upavādī nāma hoti. Ahaṃ pana ubhayampi taṃ na karomi. Tenāhaṃ tattha anovādī anupavādīti dasseti. Ghāsacchādanaparamoviharāmīti ghāsamattañceva acchādanamattañca paramaṃ katvā viharāmi, tato paraṃ natthi, na ca patthemīti dīpeti.
32 “当断除贪欲之贪”意思是:已经成为渴爱的贪,是应当断除的。“非难之箭”意思是:已成为非难的、无恼害的状态。“难之箭”意思是:难诘与恼害。“为了断除障碍法”在此处:所谓“障碍法”,是指世俗言论的障碍法,也是指施设(概念),也是指言语,也是指思。其中——显示巴利原文
32.Giddhilobhopahātabboti gedhabhūto lobho pahātabbo. Anindārosanti anindābhūtaṃ aghaṭṭanaṃ. Nindārosoti nindāghaṭṭanā. Vohārasamucchedāyāti ettha vohāroti byavahāravohāropi paṇṇattipi vacanampi cetanāpi. Tattha –
事实上,凡是依于言说(vohāra)而在人群中谋生的人,
婆悉吒,你应当这样了知:他是商人,而非婆罗门。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo hi koci manussesu, vohāraṃ upajīvati; Evaṃ vāseṭṭha jānāhi, vāṇijo so na brāhmaṇo’’ti. (ma. ni. 2.457) –
其中,第一种是“惯用称谓”(byavahāravohāra)。‘名称、指示、施设、称谓’(《法集论》1313-1315),这是“施设称谓”(paṇṇattivohāra)。‘如是如是称谓而不执取’(《中部·后分五十篇》3.332),这是“言语称谓”(vacanavohāra)。‘八种圣称谓、八种非圣称谓’(《增支部》8.67),这是“思的称谓”(cetanāvohāra),此处正取此意。或者说,因为从出家那一刻起,在家的思便已消失,唯有沙门的思;在家的话语便已消失,唯有沙门的话语;在家的施设便已消失,唯有沙门的施设;在家的惯用称谓便已消失,唯有沙门或出家人的惯用称谓。因此,以上所有这些称谓,都适用于出家人。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ byavahāravohāro nāma. ‘‘Saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro’’ti (dha. sa. 1313-1315) ayaṃ paṇṇattivohāro nāma. ‘‘Tathā tathā voharati aparāmasa’’nti (ma. ni. 3.332) ayaṃ vacanavohāro nāma. ‘‘Aṭṭha ariyavohārā aṭṭha anariyavoharā’’ti (a. ni. 8.67) ayaṃ cetanāvohāro nāma, ayamidhādhippeto. Yasmā vā pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya gihīti cetanā natthi, samaṇoti cetanā hoti. Gihīti vacanaṃ natthi, samaṇoti vacanaṃ hoti. Gihīti paṇṇatti natthi, samaṇoti paṇṇatti hoti. Gihīti byavahāro natthi, samaṇoti vā pabbajitoti vā byavahāro hoti. Tasmā sabbepete labbhanti.
33 于‘我因某些结的缘故而为杀生者’一句中,杀生本身即是结。正是以杀生为因、以杀生为缘,才被称为杀生者。然而,因杀生的方式众多,故说‘我因某些……’。‘我属于那些结’,是指我属于那些杀生的束缚。‘为了舍断、为了永断而修行’:这是说,通过被称为‘不杀生’的身戒律仪,为了舍断它们、为了永断它们而修习。‘自己也会谴责我’:即便在教法中出家,若连伤害蚂蚁这样微细的生命都不能停止,便会如此思惟:‘我出家又有何用?’——这样自己谴责自己。‘智者们审察后也会呵责我’:在如此殊胜的教法中出家,若连杀生这样微细的过失都不能停止,智者们经过审察、衡量、彻底了解后,也会这样呵责:‘他出家又有何用?’‘而这正是结,是盖’:虽然这些并不在十结与五盖的范畴内,但此处依照‘八盖’的教说方式,将其称为结与盖。因为从捆绑轮回和遮盖利益的意义上说,它既称为‘结’,也称为‘盖’。‘漏’:以杀生为因,会生起一个无明漏。‘恼害与热恼’:指逼恼与烧灼。其中,‘恼害’一词涵盖了烦恼带来的苦与异熟带来的苦。显示巴利原文
33.Yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu pāṇātipātīti ettha pāṇātipātova saṃyojanaṃ. Pāṇātipātasseva hi hetu pāṇātipātapaccayā pāṇātipātī nāma hoti. Pāṇātipātānaṃ pana bahutāya ‘‘yesaṃ kho aha’’nti vuttaṃ. Tesāhaṃsaṃyojanānanti tesaṃ ahaṃ pāṇātipātabandhanānaṃ. Pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipannoti iminā apāṇātipātasaṅkhātena kāyikasīlasaṃvarena pahānatthāya samucchedanatthāya paṭipanno. Attāpi maṃ upavadeyyāti kunthakipillikampi nāma jīvitā avoropanakasāsane pabbajitvā pāṇātipātamattatopi oramituṃ na sakkomi, kiṃ mayhaṃ pabbajjāyāti evaṃ attāpi maṃ upavadeyya. Anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyunti evarūpe nāma sāsane pabbajitvā pāṇātipātamattatopi oramituṃ na sakkoti, kiṃ etassa pabbajjāyāti evaṃ anuvicca tulayitvā pariyogāhetvā aññepi viññū paṇḍitā garaheyyuṃ. Etadeva kho pana saṃyojanametaṃ nīvaraṇanti dasasu saṃyojanesu pañcasu ca nīvaraṇesu apariyāpannampi ‘‘aṭṭha nīvaraṇā’’ti desanāvasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Vaṭṭabandhanaṭṭhena hi hitapaṭicchādanaṭṭhena ca saṃyojanantipi nīvaraṇantipi vuttaṃ. Āsavāti pāṇātipātakāraṇā eko avijjāsavo uppajjati. Vighātapariḷāhāti vighātā ca pariḷāhā ca. Tattha vighātaggahaṇena kilesadukkhañca vipākadukkhañca gahitaṃ, pariḷāhaggahaṇenapi kilesapariḷāho ca vipākapariḷāho ca gahito. Iminā upāyena sabbattha attho veditabbo.
34-40 它们的差别在于:于‘我为了断除那些结’一句中,应这样配合一切问答而解了:即以‘不与取’所摄的身戒律仪,以‘实语’所摄的语戒律仪,以‘不两舌’所摄的语戒律仪,以‘不贪婪’所摄的意戒律仪,以‘不诋毁与愤怒’所摄的身语戒律仪,以‘不嗔恨与忧恼’所摄的意戒律仪,以‘不过慢’所摄的意戒律仪,为断除它们、为永断它们而修行。显示巴利原文
34-40. Ayaṃ pana viseso – tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāyāti imasmiṃ pade iminā dinnādānasaṅkhātena kāyikasīlasaṃvarena, saccavācāsaṅkhātena vācasikasīlasaṃvarena, apisuṇāvācāsaṅkhātena vācasikasīlasaṃvarena, agiddhilobhasaṅkhātena mānasikasīlasaṃvarena, anindārosasaṅkhātena kāyikavācasikasīlasaṃvarena , akodhupāyāsasaṅkhātena mānasikasīlasaṃvarena, anatimānasaṅkhātena mānasikasīlasaṃvarena pahānatthāya samucchedanatthāya paṭipannoti evaṃ sabbavāresu yojanā kātabbā.
而于‘自己也会谴责我,智者们审察后也会呵责我’这些段落中,应作如是配合:在教法中出家之后,即使是一根草,若未与而取,连不与取这样微细的过失都不能远离,便自念:‘我出家有何用?’——如此自己谴责自己。在这样殊胜的教法中出家,却连不与取这样微细的过失都不能远离,智者们审察后也会呵责:‘他出家有何用?’同样地,在教法中出家之后,即使带有少许期望,或以嬉戏之心,亦不应说妄语;在教法中出家之后,绝不应以任何方式说离间语;在教法中出家之后,不应生起微细的贪婪;在教法中出家之后,纵使四肢被锯割,也不应对他人诋毁、恼怒;在教法中出家之后,纵使身处树桩、荆棘之间,也不应生起嗔恨与忧恼;在教法中出家之后,连增上慢这样的慢心尚不应生起,若连过慢这样微细的烦恼都不能断除,便自念:‘我出家有何用?’——如此自己谴责自己。在这样殊胜的教法中出家,却连过慢这样微细的烦恼都不能断除,智者们审察后也会呵责:‘他出家有何用?’应当这样配合一切问答而解了。显示巴利原文
Attāpi maṃ upavadeyya anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyunti imesu pana padesu tiṇasalākampi nāma upādāya adinnaṃ aggahaṇasāsane pabbajitvā adinnādānamattatopi viramituṃ na sakkomi, kiṃ mayhaṃ pabbajjāyāti evaṃ attāpi maṃ upavadeyya. Evarūpe nāma sāsane pabbajitvā adinnādānamattatopi oramituṃ na sakkoti, kiṃ imassa pabbajjāyāti evaṃ anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ? Hasāpekkhatāyapi nāma davakamyatāya vā musāvādaṃ akaraṇasāsane pabbajitvā. Sabbākārena pisuṇaṃ akaraṇasāsane nāma pabbajitvā. Appamattakampi giddhilobhaṃ akaraṇasāsane nāma pabbajitvāpi. Kakacena aṅgesu okkantiyamānesupi nāma paresaṃ nindārosaṃ akaraṇasāsane pabbajitvā. Chinnakhāṇukaṇṭakādīsupi nāma kodhupāyāsaṃ akaraṇasāsane pabbajitvā. Adhimānamattampi nāma mānaṃ akaraṇasāsane pabbajitvā atimānamattampi pajahituṃ na sakkomi, kiṃ mayhaṃ pabbajjāyāti evaṃ attāpi maṃ upavadeyya. Evarūpe nāma sāsane pabbajitvā atimānamattampi pajahituṃ na sakkoti, kiṃ imassa pabbajjāyāti evaṃ anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyunti evaṃ sabbavāresu yojanā kātabbā.
而于‘漏’一词上:以不与取为因,能生欲漏、见漏、无明漏,如是三漏生起;同样,以妄语与两舌为因,亦复如是。以贪婪为因,生起见漏与无明漏;以诋毁与愤怒为因,唯生无明漏;同样,以嗔恨与忧恼为因,亦复如是;以过慢为因,生起有漏与无明漏,如是二漏生起。应如是了知诸漏的生起。显示巴利原文
Āsavāti imasmiṃ pana pade adinnādānakāraṇā kāmāsavo diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavoti tayo āsavā uppajjanti, tathā musāvādakāraṇā pisuṇāvācākāraṇā ca, giddhilobhakāraṇā diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavo ca, nindārosakāraṇā avijjāsavova, tathā kodhupāyāsakāraṇā, atimānakāraṇā bhavāsavo avijjāsavo cāti dveva āsavā uppajjantīti evaṃ āsavuppatti veditabbā.
不过,为了避免混淆,对这八种情况作一简要抉择:前四种应说“不能远离”,后四种应说“不能断除”。杀生、诋毁与恼怒、嗔恨与忧恼中,唯有无明漏;不与取、妄语、离间语中,有欲漏、见漏、无明漏;贪婪中,有见漏、无明漏;过慢中,有有漏、无明漏。不杀生、给与取属于身戒;不妄语、不离间语属于语戒;除了不诋毁与恼怒之外,其余三者属于意戒。然而,诋毁与恼怒既可用身体冲撞、激怒,也可用言语冲撞、激怒,所以不诋毁与恼怒兼摄两处,既是身戒,也是语戒。至此所说是何?即是巴帝摩卡律仪。应知:这是为安住于巴帝摩卡律仪的比丘,通过观察抉择而舍断的方式,开示了如何永断在家的诸种称谓。显示巴利原文
Imesu pana aṭṭhasupi vāresu asammohatthaṃ puna ayaṃ saṅkhepavinicchayo – purimesu tāva catūsu viramituṃ na sakkomīti vattabbaṃ, pacchimesu pajahituṃ na sakkomīti. Pāṇātipātanindārosakodhupāyāsesu ca eko avijjāsavova hoti, adinnādānamusāvādapisuṇāvācāsu kāmāsavo diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavo, giddhilobhe diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavo, atimāne bhavāsavo avijjāsavo, apāṇātipātaṃ dinnādānaṃ kāyikaṃ sīlaṃ, amusā apisuṇaṃ vācasikasīlaṃ, ṭhapetvā anindārosaṃ sesāni tīṇi mānasikasīlāni. Yasmā pana kāyenapi ghaṭṭeti roseti vācāyapi, tasmā anindāroso dve ṭhānāni yāti, kāyikasīlampi hoti vācasikasīlampi. Ettāvatā kiṃ kathitaṃ? Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ. Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīle ṭhitassa ca bhikkhuno paṭisaṅkhāpahānavasena gihivohārasamucchedo kathitoti veditabbo.
关于欲的过患的论释显示巴利原文
Kāmādīnavakathāvaṇṇanā
42 在详细开示中,“tamenaṃ dakkho”一词应理解为与“upasumbheyya”相连。意思是,把那条狗朝它扔过去,扔到它附近。“骨架子”(aṭṭhikaṅkala)指胸骨、脊骨或头骨。因为没有肉,所以称为骨架。“很好地剔净”(sunikkantaṃ nikkantaṃ):如同被剔得干干净净,即剔净、刮净,把附着的肉全部削掉,只留下骨头。因此说“无肉”。然而骨上仍沾着血,故称“涂血”(lohitamakkhita)。显示巴利原文
42. Vitthāradesanāyaṃ tamenaṃ dakkhoti padassa upasumbheyyāti iminā saddhiṃ sambandho veditabbo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, tamenaṃ kukkuraṃ upasumbheyya, tassa samīpe khipeyyāti attho. Aṭṭhikaṅkalanti uraṭṭhiṃ vā piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ vā sīsaṭṭhiṃ vā. Tañhi nimmaṃsattā kaṅkalanti vuccati. Sunikkantaṃnikkantanti yathā sunikkantaṃ hoti, evaṃ nikkantaṃ nillikhitaṃ, yadettha allīnamaṃsaṃ atthi, taṃ sabbaṃ nillikhitvā aṭṭhimattameva katanti attho. Tenevāha ‘‘nimmaṃsa’’nti. Lohitaṃ pana makkhitvā tiṭṭhati, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘lohitamakkhita’’nti.
“众多苦、众多忧恼”:由现世与后世的苦而称众多苦,由忧恼的杂染而称众多忧恼。“那种种种性、依种种的舍”:即那种依五种欲所缘而有种种自性,并以那些所缘为所依,故称为“种种性、依种种”的五欲之舍,完全避开了它。“一性、依一的舍”:指第四禅的舍。它在一整日中皆于同一所缘生起,故是单一自性;且依托于那同一所缘,故称“一性、依一”。“在那里,所有世间取完全无余灭尽”:在第四禅舍中,依止此舍、缘于此舍,一切称为世间取的对五种欲的欲贪,完全无余灭尽。而“五种欲的欲贪”即是对五种欲所缘的欲贪,因其执取之义,亦称为“取”。“他修习那舍”:就是增长那与世间取相对立的第四禅舍本身。显示巴利原文
Bahudukkhā bahupāyāsāti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikehi dukkhehi bahudukkhā, upāyāsasaṃkilesehi bahupāyāsā. Yāyaṃ upekkhā nānattā nānattasitāti yā ayaṃ pañcakāmaguṇārammaṇavasena nānāsabhāvā, tāneva ca ārammaṇāni nissitattā ‘‘nānattasitā’’ti vuccati pañcakāmaguṇūpekkhā, taṃ abhinivajjetvā. Ekattā ekattasitāti catutthajjhānupekkhā, sā hi divasampi ekasmiṃ ārammaṇe uppajjanato ekasabhāvā, tadeva ekaṃ ārammaṇaṃ nissitattā ekattasitā nāma. Yattha sabbaso lokāmisūpādānā aparisesā nirujjhantīti yattha catutthajjhānupekkhāyaṃ yaṃ upekkhaṃ āgamma yaṃ paṭicca sabbena sabbaṃ aparisesā lokāmisasaṅkhātā pañcakāmaguṇāmisā nirujjhanti. Pañcakāmaguṇāmisāti ca kāmaguṇārammaṇachandarāgā, gahaṇaṭṭhena teyeva ca upādānātipi vuttā. Tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāvetīti taṃ lokāmisūpādānānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ catutthajjhānupekkhameva vaḍḍheti.
43 “飞起”:向上飞起而后离去。“追随”:紧随在后。“啄”:用喙咬住并撕扯。“撕裂”:用爪子抓下肉块抛落。显示巴利原文
43.Uḍḍīyeyyāti uppatitvā gaccheyya. Anupatitvāti anubandhitvā. Vitaccheyyunti mukhatuṇḍakena ḍaṃsantā taccheyyuṃ. Vissajjeyyunti maṃsapesiṃ nakhehi kaḍḍhitvā pāteyyuṃ.
47 “Yānaṃ vā poriseyyaṃ”:适合男子乘坐的车乘。“Pavaramaṇikuṇḍalaṃ”:各式各样的上妙宝珠与耳环。“Sāni haranti”:他们取走各自的物品。显示巴利原文
47.Yānaṃ vā poriseyyanti purisānucchavikaṃ yānaṃ. Pavaramaṇikuṇḍalanti nānappakāraṃ uttamamaṇiñca kuṇḍalañca. Sāni harantīti attano bhaṇḍakāni gaṇhanti.
48 “Sampannaphalaṃ”:味道甘甜的果实。“Upapannaphalaṃ”:结满果实、果实众多。显示巴利原文
48.Sampannaphalanti madhuraphalaṃ. Upapannaphalanti phalūpapannaṃ bahuphalaṃ.
49 “Anuttaraṃ”:无上,即最上、极光净、无烦恼。显示巴利原文
49.Anuttaranti uttamaṃ pabhassaraṃ nirupakkilesaṃ.
50 “Ārakā ahaṃ, bhante”:尊者,我远离(圣者),如同大地远离天空那般,又如大海的此岸远离彼岸那样,我实在遥远之极。“Anājānīya”:不知晓应断除在家称谓之理的人。“Ājānīyabhojanaṃ”:可由通达理由者受用的食物。“Anājānīyabhojanaṃ”:可由不通达理由者受用的食物。其余各处文义明显。显示巴利原文
50.Ārakā ahaṃ, bhanteti pathavito nabhaṃ viya samuddassa orimatīrato paratīraṃ viya ca suvidūravidūre ahaṃ. Anājānīyeti gihivohārasamucchedanassa kāraṇaṃ ajānanake. Ājānīyabhojananti kāraṇaṃ jānantehi bhuñjitabbaṃ bhojanaṃ. Anājānīyabhojananti kāraṇaṃ ajānantehi bhuñjitabbaṃ bhojanaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
五、《耆婆经》注释显示巴利原文
5. Jīvakasuttavaṇṇanā
51 “如是我闻”等句,即《耆婆经》。其中,“在耆婆童子芒果园中”一句:此处,“耆婆”意为“他活着”;“童子”意为“由童子所养”。正如经中所说:“‘喂,那被乌鸦围绕的是什么?’‘大王,是个小孩。’‘喂,他活着吗?’‘大王,活着。’‘那么,喂,将这小孩带到我们的王宫,交给乳母们养育吧。’”因为他还活着,所以取名“耆婆”;因为由童子养育,故称“童子”(《大品》328)。此处仅为略说,耆婆的详细故事在《犍度》中已述,对其情况的辨析则在《一切善见》律注中做了说明。显示巴利原文
51.Evaṃme sutanti jīvakasuttaṃ. Tattha jīvakassa komārabhaccassa ambavaneti ettha jīvatīti jīvako. Kumārena bhatoti komārabhacco. Yathāha ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ bhaṇe kākehi samparikiṇṇanti? Dārako devāti. Jīvati bhaṇeti? Jīvati devāti. Tena hi bhaṇe taṃ dārakaṃ amhākaṃ antepuraṃ netvā dhātīnaṃ detha posetunti. Tassa jīvatīti jīvakoti nāmaṃ akaṃsu, kumārena posāpitoti komārabhaccoti nāmaṃ akaṃsū’’ti (mahāva. 328). Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārena pana jīvakavatthu khandhake āgatameva. Vinicchayakathāpissa samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāya vuttā.
然而,这位耆婆曾有一次为世尊排解了体内积滞的病素,并供养了两件缝制的衣服。在衣供养随喜说法的最后,他证得了入流果。他心想:“我每天要去拜见佛陀两三次,而这竹林精舍实在太远了,我自己的芒果园就近多了。何不就在那里为世尊建造一座精舍呢?”于是,他就在那片芒果园里建造了夜居处、日居处、洞窟、小屋、集会厅等,并建起了与世尊相应的香室。他用十八肘高、铜板色的围墙将芒果园围起,并以衣、食供养了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团,洒下净水,将整座精舍奉献了出去。正因如此,经中说“在儿科医耆婆的芒果园”。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana jīvako ekasmiṃ samaye bhagavato dosābhisannaṃ kāyaṃ virecetvā sīveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ datvā vatthānumodanapariyosāne sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya cintesi – ‘‘mayā divasassa dvattikkhattuṃ buddhupaṭṭhānaṃ gantabbaṃ, idañca veḷuvanaṃ atidūre, mayhaṃ uyyānaṃ ambavanaṃ āsannataraṃ, yaṃnūnāhamettha bhagavato vihāraṃ kāreyya’’nti. So tasmiṃ ambavane rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānaleṇakuṭimaṇḍapādīni sampādetvā bhagavato anucchavikaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ kāretvā ambavanaṃ aṭṭhārasahatthubbedhena tambapaṭṭavaṇṇena pākārena parikkhipāpetvā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ cīvarabhattena santappetvā dakkhiṇodakaṃ pātetvā vihāraṃ niyyātesi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘jīvakassa komārabhaccassa ambavane’’ti.
“Ārabhanti”指杀害。“Uddissakataṃ”指专门指定而做的肉。“Paṭiccakammaṃ”指为自己而做。或者,“Paṭiccakammaṃ”是“相作业”的别名,意指这种肉关联着业,因此把它称为“缘作业”。若有人食用这样的肉,他也就成了那种业的继承者,如同屠杀者一样,他也有杀生的业——这是他们的主张。“Dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti”是说,他们宣说与世尊所说的因相应的随顺因。此处,“因”是指受用三节清净的鱼肉,“随顺因”是指像那样地向大众宣说。然而,因为世尊并不受用指定而杀的肉,所以那既不是因,外道们那样的说明也不是随顺因。“Sahadhammiko vādānuvādo”意为:将他人所说的因当作有因之后,你们的言论或责难之中,难道有那怕一点点会被智者所呵责的理由吗?换言之:“你们的言论,难道在任何方面都无懈可击吗?”“Abbhācikkhanti”指他们以压倒之势进行诋毁。显示巴利原文
Ārabhantīti ghātenti. Uddissakatanti uddisitvā kataṃ. Paṭiccakammanti attānaṃ paṭicca kataṃ. Atha vā paṭiccakammanti nimittakammassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, taṃ paṭicca kammamettha atthīti maṃsaṃ ‘‘paṭiccakamma’’nti vuttaṃ hoti yo evarūpaṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati, sopi tassa kammassa dāyādo hoti, vadhakassa viya tassāpi pāṇaghātakammaṃ hotīti tesaṃ laddhi. Dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākarontīti bhagavatā vuttakāraṇassa anukāraṇaṃ kathenti. Ettha ca kāraṇaṃ nāma tikoṭiparisuddhamacchamaṃsaparibhogo, anukāraṇaṃ nāma mahājanassa tathā byākaraṇaṃ. Yasmā pana bhagavā uddissakataṃ na paribhuñjati, tasmā neva taṃ kāraṇaṃ hoti, na titthiyānaṃ tathā byākaraṇaṃ anukāraṇaṃ. Sahadhammiko vādānuvādoti parehi vuttakāraṇena sakāraṇo hutvā tumhākaṃ vādo vā anuvādo vā viññūhi garahitabbakāraṇaṃ koci appamattakopi kiṃ na āgacchati . Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘kiṃ sabbākārenapi tumhākaṃ vāde gārayhaṃ kāraṇaṃ natthī’’ti. Abbhācikkhantīti abhibhavitvā ācikkhanti.
52 52.“Ṭhānehi”指以各种原因。至于见、闻等,“见”是指为了比丘们而宰杀鹿、鱼等,正被人提着时被看到了。“闻”是指听人说“这肉是为了比丘们而杀、而取来的”。“疑”则有三种:因见而疑、因闻而疑、既非眼见也非耳闻而产生的疑。显示巴利原文
52.Ṭhānehīti kāraṇehi. Diṭṭhādīsu diṭṭhaṃ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya migamacche vadhitvā gayhamānaṃ diṭṭhaṃ. Sutaṃ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya migamacche vadhitvā gahitanti sutaṃ. Parisaṅkitaṃ nāma diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ sutaparisaṅkitaṃ tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkitanti tividhaṃ hoti.
对此,有一总摄一切的判定:如果比丘们看见有人拿着网、笼子等,从村庄出来,或是在林中游荡。次日,他们进入那个村庄乞食,那些人便供养带有鱼肉的团食。比丘们由于看见过这番情景,便心怀疑虑:“这会不会是为比丘们而杀的呢?”这称为“见疑”,这样的食物不应接受。如果没有产生疑虑,则可以接受。然而,如果那些人问:“尊者,为什么不接受呢?”比丘们说明缘由之后,他们说:“尊者,这不是为比丘们做的,这是我们为自己,或者为国王的差使等而做的。”如此,便可受用。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ sabbasaṅgāhakavinicchayo – idha bhikkhū passanti manusse jālavāgurādihatthe gāmato vā nikkhamante araññe vā vicarante. Dutiyadivase ca nesaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhiharanti. Te tena diṭṭhena parisaṅkanti ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ nu kho atthāya kata’’nti, idaṃ diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma, etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ, taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kata’’nti vadanti, kappati.
比丘们并未亲眼看见,但听说“有人拿着网、笼子等从村庄出去,或是在林中游荡”。次日,他们进入那个村庄乞食,有人供养了带鱼肉的团食。他们因这听闻而产生疑虑:“这会不会是为比丘们做的呢?”这称为“闻疑”,这样的食物不应接受。没有这般疑虑的,则可以接受。但如果那些人问:“尊者,为什么不接受呢?”比丘们告知原因后,他们说:“尊者,这不是为比丘们做的,是我们为自己,或者为国王的使者等而做的。”如此,便可接受。显示巴利原文
Na heva kho bhikkhū passanti, apica suṇanti ‘‘manussā kira jālavāgurādihatthā gāmato vā nikkhamanti araññe vā vicarantī’’ti. Dutiyadivase ca nesaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhiharanti. Te tena sutena parisaṅkanti ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ nu kho atthāya kata’’nti, idaṃ sutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma, etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ, taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kata’’nti vadanti, kappati.
倘若他们既未看见,也未听闻,但当他们进入村庄乞食时,有人接过他们的钵,备好带鱼肉的团食前来供养。比丘们心生疑虑:“这会不会是为比丘们做的呢?”这称为“离两者疑”。这样的食物也不应接受。若无此种疑虑,则可接受。如果那些人问:“尊者,为什么不接受呢?”比丘们说明缘由后,他们说:“尊者,这不是为比丘们做的,是我们为自己,或者为国王的使者等而做的,或是流通之肉,是获得如法之肉后为比丘们准备的。”如此,便可接受。显示巴利原文
Na heva kho pana passanti na suṇanti, apica tesaṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ pattaṃ gahetvā samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abhiharanti. Te parisaṅkanti ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ nu kho atthāya kata’’nti, idaṃ tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma. Etampi gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ, taṃ vaṭṭati . Sace pana te manussā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kataṃ, pavattamaṃsaṃ vā kataṃ, kappiyameva labhitvā bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya sampādita’’nti vadanti, kappati.
对于为亡者所作的祭祀,或是为庆典等所备办的食物,道理也是同样的:只要并非特为比丘们而作,且比丘们对此没有疑惑,则一切皆可受用。然而,若在一座寺院中,有食物明确是供养比丘们的,而比丘们自己不知道这是为他们而作的,其他人却知道;那么知道的人不应受用,其余的人可以受用。若其他人不知道,只有他们自己知道,则只有他们自己不应受用,其他人可以受用。若他们知道‘这是为我们作的’,其他人也知道‘这是为他们作的’,那么所有人都不可受用。若所有人都不知道,则所有人都可受用。在五位共住的比丘中,只要食物是明确为其中任何一位而作的,所有人便都不可受用。显示巴利原文
Matānaṃ petakiccatthāya maṅgalādīnaṃ vā atthāya katepi eseva nayo. Yaṃ yañhi bhikkhūnaṃyeva atthāya akataṃ, yattha ca nibbematikā honti, taṃ sabbaṃ kappati. Sace pana ekasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhū uddissa kataṃ hoti, te ca attano atthāya katabhāvaṃ na jānanti, aññe jānanti. Ye jānanti, tesaṃ na vaṭṭati, itaresaṃ vaṭṭati. Aññe na jānanti, teyeva jānanti, tesaṃyeva na vaṭṭati, aññesaṃ vaṭṭati. Tepi ‘‘amhākaṃ atthāya kataṃ’’ti jānanti aññepi ‘‘etesaṃ atthāya kata’’nti jānanti, sabbesampi taṃ na vaṭṭati. Sabbe na jānanti, sabbesaṃ vaṭṭati. Pañcasu hi sahadhammikesu yassa kassaci vā atthāya uddissa kataṃ sabbesaṃ na kappati.
然而,若有人特意为一位比丘宰杀了一只动物,盛满其钵而供养他。该比丘明知这是为自己杀,却仍然接受了,随后又转给另一位比丘;那位比丘出于对他的信任而受用。那么,谁犯戒呢?二人均不犯戒。因为,就那被指定的人来说,他自己并未食用,故不犯戒;就另一人来说,则因不知情而不犯戒。接受如法的肉,本来即无犯。再者,若在不知道是特地为自己而作的情况下吃了,事后才得知,也无需忏悔。但如果不知道肉不如法而吃了,即使事后才得知,也须为此犯戒而忏悔。因为明知是特地为自己而作仍食用,便构成犯戒;即使不知肉不如法而食用,也同样犯戒。因此,怖畏犯戒的比丘,在观察肉时,便应先问明再接受;或在接受时心想‘我将在受用时问明’,拿到后也应当问清再吃。何以故?因为此事甚难分辨。譬如熊肉像猪肉,豹肉等像鹿肉。所以诸长老说,问明之后而接受,方为如法。显示巴利原文
Sace pana koci ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ vadhitvā tassa pattaṃ pūretvā deti, so ce attano atthāya katabhāvaṃ jānaṃyeva gahetvā aññassa bhikkhuno deti, so tassa saddhāya paribhuñjati. Kassāpattīti? Dvinnampi anāpatti. Yañhi uddissa kataṃ, tassa abhuttatāya anāpatti, itarassa ajānanatāya. Kappiyamaṃsassa hi paṭiggahaṇe āpatti natthi. Uddissakatañca ajānitvā bhuttassa pacchā ñatvā āpattidesanākiccaṃ nāma natthi. Akappiyamaṃsaṃ pana ajānitvā bhuttena pacchā ñatvāpi āpatti desetabbā. Uddissakatañhi ñatvā bhuñjatova āpatti, akappiyamaṃsaṃ ajānitvā bhuttassāpi āpattiyeva. Tasmā āpattibhīrukena rūpaṃ sallakkhentenāpi pucchitvāva maṃsaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paribhogakāle pucchitvā paribhuñjissāmīti vā gahetvā pucchitvāva paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Kasmā? Duviññeyyattā. Acchamaṃsañhi sūkaramaṃsasadisaṃ hoti, dīpimaṃsādīni ca migamaṃsasadisāni, tasmā pucchitvā gahaṇameva vaṭṭatīti vadanti.
‘未见’,是指没有见到为比丘们杀、正在被拿来的肉。‘未闻’,是指没有听说为比丘们杀后而拿来的肉。‘无疑’,是指没有‘见疑’等种种怀疑。具足这三种条件的清净肉,我称之为‘可受用’,即说此为三关清净。受用这样的肉,犹如受用森林中自然生长的野菜;修习慈心的比丘如此受用,没有任何过失与罪过,是故我说可以受用。显示巴利原文
Adiṭṭhanti bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya vadhitvā gayhamānaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ. Asutanti bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya vadhitvā gahitanti asutaṃ. Aparisaṅkitanti diṭṭhaparisaṅkitādivasena aparisaṅkitaṃ. Paribhoganti vadāmīti imehi tīhi kāraṇehi parisuddhaṃ tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ nāma hoti, tassa paribhogo araññe jātasūpeyyasākaparibhogasadiso hoti, tathārūpaṃ paribhuñjantassa mettāvihārissa bhikkhuno doso vā vajjaṃ vā natthi, tasmā taṃ paribhuñjitabbanti vadāmīti attho.
53 53. 现在,为了显示即使修习慈心者如此受用亦无过失,故而说:“耆婆,于此,比丘……”等。其中,虽未明确限定而说“比丘”,当知实为世尊指自己而说。因为世尊在《大婆蹉种经》、《商吉经》以及本经这三处,都是针对自身所作的开示。“以殊胜团食”:在之前的《无秽经》中,一切昂贵的团食皆称殊胜团食,而此处则特指带有肉汁的。“不贪着”:不为贪爱所黏着。“不迷惑”:不为贪爱之醉所迷惑。“不耽溺”:不沉溺其中,即不像乌鸦般将食物撕碎后欲一口吞下。“见过患”:以“这些食物进入腹中仅停留一夜,之后便从九个如疮口之处排出”等方式,见其过患。“以出离智而受用”:此句意为依智慧决断后而受用食物。“或意图恼害自己”:即意图令自己受苦。“此是我闻”:显示“此是我先前听闻,仅是我之听闻”之意。“耆婆,若你是指此而说”:耆婆,大梵天是以镇伏断而断除瞋恚等,故被称为慈心住者;而我则是以正断而断除。若你所指为此,那么既然如此,我认可你之所言。显示巴利原文
53. Idāni tādisassa paribhoge mettāvihārinopi anavajjataṃ dassetuṃ idha, jīvaka, bhikkhūtiādimāha. Tattha kiñcāpi aniyametvā bhikkhūti vuttaṃ, atha kho attānameva sandhāya etaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Bhagavatā hi mahāvacchagottasutte, caṅkīsutte, imasmiṃ sutteti tīsu ṭhānesu attānaṃyeva sandhāya desanā katā. Paṇītenapiṇḍapātenāti heṭṭhā anaṅgaṇasutte yo koci mahaggho piṇḍapāto paṇītapiṇḍapātoti adhippeto, idha pana maṃsūpasecanova adhippeto. Agathitoti taṇhāya agathito. Amucchitoti taṇhāmucchanāya amucchito. Anajjhopannoti na adhiopanno, sabbaṃ ālumpitvā ekappahāreneva gilitukāmo kāko viya na hotīti attho. Ādīnavadassāvīti ekarattivāsena udarapaṭalaṃ pavisitvā navahi vaṇamukhehi nikkhamissatītiādinā nayena ādīnavaṃ passanto. Nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatīti idamatthamāhāraparibhogoti paññāya paricchinditvā paribhuñjati. Attabyābādhāya vā cetetīti attadukkhāya vā citeti. Sutametanti sutaṃ mayā etaṃ pubbe, etaṃ mayhaṃ savanamattamevāti dasseti. Sace kho te, jīvaka, idaṃ sandhāya bhāsitanti, jīvaka, mahābrahmunā vikkhambhanappahānena byāpādādayo pahīnā, tena so mettāvihārī mayhaṃ samucchedappahānena, sace te idaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ, evaṃ sante tava idaṃ vacanaṃ anujānāmīti attho. So sampaṭicchi.
54 54. 那时,世尊又依其余梵住进一步开示,说道:“耆婆,于此,比丘……”等等。其义易解。显示巴利原文
54. Athassa bhagavā sesabrahmavihāravasenāpi uttari desanaṃ vaḍḍhento ‘‘idha, jīvaka, bhikkhū’’tiādimāha. Taṃ uttānatthameva.
55 55. “若有人,耆婆……”这是一个独立的衔接。此处,世尊关闭了造恶之门,显示了对众生的悲悯。假如有人这样想:“布施一餐美味团食,便能获得十万劫的天界成就,那么无论如何,哪怕杀了别人,也应该布施美味团食。”为了遮止这种想法,世尊便说:“耆婆,若有人为如来……”等。显示巴利原文
55.Yokho jīvakāti ayaṃ pāṭiekko anusandhi. Imasmiñhi ṭhāne bhagavā dvāraṃ thaketi, sattānuddayaṃ dasseti. Sace hi kassaci evamassa ‘‘ekaṃ rasapiṇḍapātaṃ datvā kappasatasahassaṃ saggasampattiṃ paṭilabhanti, yaṃkiñci katvā paraṃ māretvāpi rasapiṇḍapātova dātabbo’’ti, taṃ paṭisedhento ‘‘yo kho, jīvaka, tathāgataṃ vā’’tiādimāha.
此中,“以此第一种情况”:即仅仅以此告诫作为第一个原因。
“勒颈颤动者”:指用绳索套住脖子拖拽,致使颈部颤动的人。
“正被杀时”:即正在被杀的时候。
“以不如法的方式呵责”:是指让他吃了熊肉、猪肉,或者豹肉、鹿肉之后,呵责道:“你算什么沙门,你吃了不如法的肉!”
然而,如果有人在饥荒时或为治病,虽明知是熊肉却说是猪肉、明知是豹肉却说是鹿肉,出于利益之心让他吃下,那么此处的呵责并非针对这些人;因为他们反而会获得许多福德。
“尊者,我如此皈依世尊,也皈依法与比丘僧团”——说此话者,是一位已证得果位、通达教法、亲见真理的圣弟子。他是在深入理解此法教时,生起净信,并对说法作赞叹而如此说的。其余各处,意思都很清楚了。显示巴利原文
Tattha iminā paṭhamena ṭhānenāti iminā āṇattimatteneva tāva paṭhamena kāraṇena. Galappavedhakenāti yottena gale bandhitvā kaḍḍhito galena pavedhentena. Ārabhiyamānoti māriyamāno. Akappiyena āsādetīti acchamaṃsaṃ sūkaramaṃsanti, dīpimaṃsaṃ vā migamaṃsanti khādāpetvā – ‘‘tvaṃ kiṃ samaṇo nāma, akappiyamaṃsaṃ te khādita’’nti ghaṭṭeti. Ye pana dubbhikkhādīsu vā byādhiniggahaṇatthaṃ vā ‘‘acchamaṃsaṃ nāma sūkaramaṃsasadisaṃ, dīpimaṃsaṃ migamaṃsasadisa’’nti jānantā ‘‘sūkaramaṃsaṃ idaṃ, migamaṃsaṃ ida’’nti vatvā hitajjhāsayena khādāpenti, na te sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tesañhi bahupuññameva hoti. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañcāti ayaṃ āgataphalo viññātasāsano diṭṭhasacco ariyasāvako. Imaṃ pana dhammadesanaṃ ogāhanto pasādaṃ uppādetvā dhammakathāya thutiṃ karonto evamāha. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
第六、《优波离经》的解释显示巴利原文
6. Upālisuttavaṇṇanā
56 “如是我闻”这一段,是《优波离经》。其中,“在那烂陀”:是在名为那烂陀的城市,世尊以该城为乞食村而住。“在波波利菴婆林”:是在布商波波利长者的芒果林中。据说,这原本是他的园林,他听闻世尊说法后,对世尊生起净信,便在该园中建造了带有石窟、殿堂等设施的世尊精舍,供养给世尊;这精舍就如同耆婆的芒果园一般,被称为“波波利菴婆林”。因此,此处意谓:世尊即住在那片波波利菴婆林中。
“长苦行者”:因其身材极其高大,故得此名。
“从团食乞食归来”:即从乞讨团食之处归来。然而,外道中是否有如同佛教所称的“团食”一词呢?并没有。显示巴利原文
56.Evaṃme sutanti upālisuttaṃ. Tattha nāḷandāyanti nālandāti evaṃnāmake nagare taṃ nagaraṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvā. Pāvārikambavaneti dussapāvārikaseṭṭhino ambavane. Taṃ kira tassa uyyānaṃ ahosi, so bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā bhagavati pasanno tasmiṃ uyyāne kuṭileṇamaṇḍapādipaṭimaṇḍitaṃ bhagavato vihāraṃ katvā niyyādesi, so vihāro jīvakambavanaṃ viya pāvārikambavananteva saṅkhaṃ gato. Tasmiṃ pāvārikambavane viharatīti attho. Dīghatapassīti dīghattā evaṃladdhanāmo. Piṇḍapātapaṭikkantoti piṇḍapātato paṭikkanto. Sāsane viya kiṃ pana bāhirāyatane piṇḍapātoti vohāro atthīti, natthi.
“施设”:即显示、确立。他以尼干陀宗派的立场发问,说道:“他施设诸杖。”关于“身杖、语杖、意杖”:在此,他们将前两种杖说成是无心的。他们说:如同风吹时树枝摇动、水流动,这其中并没有心;同样,身杖也是无心的。又如同风吹时,芭蕉叶等发出声响、水发出声响,这其中也没有心;同样,语杖也是无心的。他们如此将身、语二杖施设为无心,而把心施设为意杖。于是,世尊为了确立他的话语,便说道:“那么,苦行者……”等等。显示巴利原文
Paññapetīti dasseti ṭhapeti. Daṇḍāni paññapetīti idaṃ nigaṇṭhasamayena pucchanto āha. Kāyadaṇḍaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ manodaṇḍanti ettha purimadaṇḍadvayaṃ te acittakaṃ payyapenti. Yathā kira vāte vāyante sākhā calati, udakaṃ calati, na ca tattha cittaṃ atthi, evaṃ kāyadaṇḍopi acittakova hoti. Yathā ca vāte vāyante tālapaṇṇādīni saddaṃ karonti, udakāni saddaṃ karonti , na ca tattha cittaṃ atthi, evaṃ vacīdaṇḍopi acittakova hotīti imaṃ daṇḍadvayaṃ acittakaṃ paññapenti. Cittaṃ pana manodaṇḍanti paññapenti. Athassa bhagavā vacanaṃ patiṭṭhapetukāmo ‘‘kiṃ pana tapassī’’tiādimāha.
其中,“于论事者”:此处“论事”即指“论”本身。意思是:在讨论中令其确立。然则世尊为何要这样做呢?因为世尊见到:“此人将带着这番讨论,回去禀告他的老师大尼干陀;而在其集会中,优波离居士正就座其间。他听闻这番讨论后,便将前来领受我的教说;我将为他宣说正法;他将三度皈依;之后我再为他开示四圣谛;于圣谛开示结束时,他将安住于须陀洹果。我圆满了诸波罗蜜,正是为了摄受他人啊。”世尊洞见了此义,才这样做的。显示巴利原文
Tattha kathāvatthusminti ettha kathāyeva kathāvatthu. Kathāyaṃ patiṭṭhapesīti attho. Kasmā pana bhagavā evamakāsi? Passati hi bhagavā ‘‘ayaṃ imaṃ kathaṃ ādāya gantvā attano satthu mahānigaṇṭhassa ārocessati, tāsañca parisati, upāli gahapati nisinno, so imaṃ kathaṃ sutvā mama vādaṃ āropetuṃ āgamissati, tassāhaṃ dhammaṃ desessāmi, so tikkhattuṃ saraṇaṃ gamissati, athassa cattāri saccāni pakāsessāmi, so saccapakāsanāvasāne sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahissati, paresaṃ saṅgahatthameva hi mayā pāramiyo pūritā’’ti. Imamatthaṃ passanto evamakāsi.
57 “施设诸业”:这是尼干陀站在佛陀的立场提出问题时所说的。关于“身业、语业、意业”:此处,在身门中生起、达到执取、执持、放下与动摇的八种欲界善思,以及十二种不善思——这二十种思,称为身业。尚未达到身门的执取等,而在语门中能引发语言生起的,同样还是那二十种思,称为语业。尚未在身、语两门中达到动摇,而在意门中生起的二十九种善与不善思,称为意业。此外,简要而言:三种身恶行名为身业,四种语恶行名为语业,三种意恶行名为意业。在这部经中,是以“业”为主;而在下一部经中,如《中部·满月大经》所说:“满月,这四种业是我自己亲证之后宣说的”,则以“思”为主。无论生起于何处的思,都会获得“黑、黑果报”这类分类。而在解释它的部分,也正是按照“他造作了有身行”这样的理路来阐明的。然而,在这里,唯有在身门中生起的,才是这部经所指的“身业”;在语门中生起的,称为“语业”;在意门中生起的,称为“意业”。因此,才有这样的话:“于此经中以业为主,于次经中以思为主。”因为世尊既如此经所示,将“业”本身也称作业;也把“显示巴利原文
57.Kammānipaññapesīti idaṃ nigaṇṭho buddhasamayena pucchanto āha. Kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammanti ettha kāyadvāre ādānagahaṇamuñcanacopanapattā aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusalacetanā dvādasākusalacetanāti vīsaticetanā kāyakammaṃ nāma. Kāyadvāre ādānādīni apatvā vacīdvāre vacanabhedaṃ pāpayamānā uppannā tāyeva vīsaticetanā vacīkammaṃ nāma. Ubhayadvāre copanaṃ appatvā manodvāre uppannā ekūnatiṃsakusalākusalacetanā manokammaṃ nāma. Apica saṅkhepato tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāma, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ vacīkammaṃ nāma, tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ manokammaṃ nāma. Imasmiñca sutte kammaṃ dhuraṃ, anantarasutte ‘‘cattārimāni puṇṇa kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.81) evamāgatepi cetanā dhuraṃ. Yattha katthaci pavattā cetanā ‘‘kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipāka’’ntiādibhedaṃ labhati. Niddesavāre cassa ‘‘sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharotī’’tiādinā nayena sā vuttāva. Kāyadvāre pavattā pana idha kāyakammanti adhippetaṃ, vacīdvāre pavattā vacīkammaṃ, manodvāre pavattā manokammaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘imasmiṃ sutte kammaṃ dhuraṃ, anantarasutte cetanā’’ti. Kammampi hi bhagavā kammanti paññapeti yathā imasmiṃyeva sutte. Cetanampi, yathāha – ‘‘cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi, cetayitvā kammaṃ karotī’’ti (a. ni. 6.63). Kasmā pana cetanā kammanti vuttā? Cetanāmūlakattā kammassa.
在此,就不善法而言,若说身业和语业最为重大,并无过失;就善法而言,则意业最为重大。例如,杀母等四种无间业,是通过身门发动、以身体执行的;而令堕地狱一劫的破僧业,则是通过语门造作。如是,于不善法中说身业、语业最大,完全正确。然而,一个禅那的思,能带来八万四千劫的天界成就;一个道心的思,则能断尽一切不善,令人证得阿拉汉果。因此,于善法中说意业最大,也完全正确。不过,在此处,世尊宣说不善法中意业有大罪过,是特指决定性的邪见而言的。故世尊说:‘诸比丘,我不见有别一法如此具大罪过,诸比丘,此即是邪见。诸比丘,邪见是罪过中最大者。’显示巴利原文
Ettha ca akusalaṃ patvā kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ mahantanti vadanto na kilamati, kusalaṃ patvā manokammaṃ. Tathā hi mātughātādīni cattāri kammāni kāyeneva upakkamitvā kāyeneva karoti, niraye kappaṭṭhikasaṅghabhedakammaṃ vacīdvārena karoti. Evaṃ akusalaṃ patvā kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ mahantanti vadanto na kilamati nāma. Ekā pana jhānacetanā caturāsītikappasahassāni saggasampattiṃ āvahati, ekā maggacetanā sabbākusalaṃ samugghātetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhāpeti. Evaṃ kusalaṃ patvā manokammaṃ mahantanti vadanto na kilamati nāma. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne bhagavā akusalaṃ patvā manokammaṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ vadamāno niyatamicchādiṭṭhiṃ sandhāya vadati. Tenevāha – ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yaṃ evaṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. Micchādiṭṭhiparamāni, bhikkhave, mahāsāvajjānī’’ti (a. ni. 1.310).
此时,尼乾子虽循如来所行之道修习,却不见任何实质的成就,于是开口说:“朋友,乔达摩,到底……”等等。显示巴利原文
Idāni nigaṇṭhopi tathāgatena gatamaggaṃ paṭipajjanto kiñci atthanipphattiṃ apassantopi ‘‘kiṃ panāvuso, gotamā’’tiādimāha.
58 “bālakiniyā”(巴拉克尼的众会):据说优波离居士有个名为巴拉克洛那迦罗的村子,人们从那里把他接来。那时,他在众人的簇拥下说道:“喂,我们去拜见我们的大师——大尼乾子吧。”于是便去了那里。正是针对此事,经文说“bālakiniyā parisāyā”,意为“巴拉克村的人群”。“Upālipamukhāyā”意为“以优波离为上首的”。此外,“bālakiniyā”也可解释为“幼稚的众会”或“充满愚人的众会”。而“Upālipamukhāyā”的意思是:优波离居士在那群人中算是有智慧的,因此他是其中最尊、最长者,故说“upālipamukhāyā”。“Handā”是招呼的感叹词。“Chavo”指低劣的。“Oḷārikassā”指粗大的。“Upanidhāyā”指放在一起、作比较。此处将身杖摆在意杖旁边,这样观察:“是身杖重,还是意杖重?”如此一比,那下劣的意杖哪里还有光彩可言?它黯然无光,根本不配拿来比较。他便说:“善哉……”显示巴利原文
58.Bālakiniyāti upālissa kira bālakaloṇakāragāmo nāma atthi, tato āyaṃ gahetvā manussā āgatā, so ‘‘etha bhaṇe, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ mahānigaṇṭhaṃ passissāmā’’ti tāya parisāya parivuto tattha agamāsi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘bālakiniyā parisāyā’’ti, bālakagāmavāsiniyāti attho. Upālipamukhāyāti upālijeṭṭhakāya. Apica bālakiniyāti bālavatiyā bālussannāyātipi attho. Upālipamukhāyāti upāligahapatiyeva tattha thokaṃ sappañño, so tassā pamukho jeṭṭhako. Tenāpi vuttaṃ ‘‘upālipamukhāyā’’ti. Handāti vacasāyatthe nipāto. Chavoti lāmako. Oḷārikassāti mahantassa . Upanidhāyāti upanikkhipitvā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, kāyadaṇḍassa santike nikkhipitvā ‘‘ayaṃ nu kho mahanto, ayaṃ mahanto’’ti evaṃ olokiyamāno chavo manodaṇḍo kiṃ sobhati, kuto sobhissati, na sobhati, upanikkhepamattampi nappahotīti dīpeti. Sādhu sādhu, bhante, tapassīti dīghatapassissa sādhukāraṃ dento, bhanteti nāṭaputtamālapati.
60 “Nakho metaṃ, bhante, ruccatī”(尊者,这并不令我欢喜):意为“尊者,此事我不喜欢”。“Māyāvī”指幻师。“Āvaṭṭanimāyaṃ”指能转变、摄取的幻术。“Āvaṭṭetī”即转变、笼罩而执取。“去!居士!”:为何大尼乾子一再遣派居士前往如来那里?而长苦行者却一再阻拦?因为大尼乾子虽与世尊同住一城附近,却从未见过世尊。凡自许为导师、标榜某种学说的人,若不弃舍这种自我宣称,是决不可能见到佛陀的。正因如此,他从未见过佛陀,既不了解十力世尊相见的殊胜,也不了解那能引生的教说,所以才一再派去。而长苦行者则常去亲近世尊,或站或坐,亦曾请教问题;他了解如来相见的殊胜及所开示的教说,于是心想:“这位居士是聪明人,若到了沙门乔达摩那里,一睹世尊相好便会生净信,一听闻引生的教说也会生信,从此就不会再回到我们这边来了。”因此,他一再阻止。显示巴利原文
60.Nakho metaṃ, bhante, ruccatīti, bhante, etaṃ mayhaṃ na ruccati. Māyāvīti māyākāro. Āvaṭṭanimāyanti āvaṭṭetvā gahaṇamāyaṃ. Āvaṭṭetīti āvaṭṭetvā parikkhipitvā gaṇhāti. Gaccha tvaṃ gahapatīti kasmā mahānigaṇṭho gahapatiṃ yāvatatiyaṃ pahiṇatiyeva? Dīghatapassī pana paṭibāhateva? Mahānigaṇṭhena hi bhagavatā saddhiṃ ekaṃ nagaraṃ upanissāya viharantenapi na bhagavā diṭṭhapubbo. Yo hi satthuvādapaṭiñño hoti, so taṃ paṭiññaṃ appahāya buddhadassane abhabbo. Tasmā esa buddhadassanassa aladdhapubbattā dasabalassa dassanasampattiñca niyyānikakathābhāvañca ajānanto yāvatatiyaṃ pahiṇateva. Dīghatapassī pana kālena kālaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi pañhampi pucchati, so tathāgatassa dassanasampattimpi niyyānikakathābhāvampi jānāti. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ gahapati paṇḍito, samaṇassa gotamassa santike gantvā dassanepi pasīdeyya, niyyānikakathaṃ sutvāpi pasīdeyya. Tato na puna amhākaṃ santikaṃ āgaccheyyā’’ti. Tasmā yāvatatiyaṃ paṭibāhateva.
“Abhivādetvā”(礼敬后):即礼敬之后。见到如来时,无论已生净信者,还是未生净信者,大多都会礼敬,只有少数不礼敬。为何如此?因为如来出生于极为高贵的家族,即使处于在家阶段也理应受到礼敬。而这位居士则是出于已生净信才礼敬的,据说他仅在一睹世尊的当下便生起了净信。“Āgamā nu khvidhā”:意为“您来了吗”。显示巴利原文
Abhivādetvāti vanditvā. Tathāgatañhi disvā pasannāpi appasannāpi yebhuyyena vandantiyeva, appakā na vandanti. Kasmā? Atiucce hi kule jāto agāraṃ ajjhāvasantopi vanditabboyevāti. Ayaṃ pana gahapati pasannattāva vandi, dassaneyeva kira pasanno. Āgamā nu khvidhāti āgamā nu kho idha.
61 “Sādhu sādhu, bhante, tapassī”(善哉!善哉!尊者!苦行者):这是向长苦行者称善,同时以“尊者”称呼世尊。“Sacce patiṭṭhāya”(立足于真实):犹如木桩钉入谷堆般安住不动,立足于语真实。“Siyā”:意为“若有”,即“若属于我们”。显示巴利原文
61.Sādhu sādhu, bhante, tapassīti dīghatapassissa sādhukāraṃ dento, bhanteti, bhagavantaṃ ālapati. Sacce patiṭṭhāyāti thusarāsimhi ākoṭitakhāṇuko viya acalanto vacīsacce patiṭṭhahitvā. Siyānoti bhaveyya amhākaṃ.
62 “Idhā”:于此世间。“Assā”:可能存在。“Sītodakapaṭikkhitto”:尼干陀们由“水中有众生”之想而排斥冷水,此语正是就此而言。“Manosattā nāma devā”:名为“意众生”的天神,是指执著、黏着于意的众生。“Manopaṭibaddho”:由于临终时心被系缚于某一所缘,因而投生于意众生天界。这是为了说明:假如他患有胆病,便不能以温水饮用、洗手脚或沐浴,否则病情会加重;凉水才合适,能平息疾病。然而他却只用温水,得不到温水时便以米汤代替。可他的内心却想喝凉水、欲用凉水,于是他的意杖便在那里折断了。他虽然想守护身杖与语杖,想开口说“我想喝凉水,想用凉水,请给我凉水”,却不能这样说出来。如此,他所守护的身杖与语杖,无力牵引死与结生;而意杖虽已折断,却仍能牵引死与结生。由此,世尊便让他明白:那些无能的身杖与语杖是下劣、微不足道的,唯有意杖才是强力、重大的。显示巴利原文
62.Idhāti imasmiṃ loke. Assāti bhaveyya. Sītodakapaṭikkhittoti nigaṇṭhā sattasaññāya sītodakaṃ paṭikkhipanti. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Manosattā nāma devāti manamhi sattā laggā lagitā. Manopaṭibaddhoti yasmā manamhi paṭibaddho hutvā kālaṅkaroti, tasmā manosattesu devesu upapajjatīti dasseti. Tassa hi pittajararogo bhavissati. Tenassa uṇhodakaṃ pivituṃ vā hatthapādādidhovanatthāya vā gattaparisiñcanatthāya vā upanetuṃ na vaṭṭati, rogo balavataro hoti. Sītodakaṃ vaṭṭati, rogaṃ vūpasameti. Ayaṃ pana uṇhodakameva paṭisevati, taṃ alabhamāno odanakañjikaṃ paṭisevati. Cittena pana sītodakaṃ pātukāmo ca paribhuñjitukāmo ca hoti. Tenassa manodaṇḍo tattheva bhijjati. So kāyadaṇḍaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ rakkhāmīti sītodakaṃ pātukāmo vā paribhuñjitukāmo vā sītodakameva dethāti vattuṃ na visahati. Tassa evaṃ rakkhitāpi kāyadaṇḍavacīdaṇḍā cutiṃ vā paṭisandhiṃ vā ākaḍḍhituṃ na sakkonti. Manodaṇḍo pana bhinnopi cutimpi paṭisandhimpi ākaḍḍhatiyeva. Iti naṃ bhagavā dubbalakāyadaṇḍavacīdaṇḍā chavā lāmakā, manodaṇḍova balavā mahantoti vadāpesi.
那位近事男优波离心想:“因昏厥而失去意识的人,即使七天都没有出入息,只要心相续还在流转,就不会被称作‘死’。只有当他们的心不再流转时,才可以被说成:‘他们死了,把他们抬出去焚烧吧!’身杖是没有意志、没有作用的,语杖也是如此。众生只因心才产生死亡与结生,因此意杖才是重大的。当心相续断裂时,它便牵引死亡与结生,所以意杖才是重大的。而我们大尼乾陀的论说,并不能导出这一结论。”然而,他还想听闻世尊种种善巧的随机辩才,所以当时并没有立刻认同。显示巴利原文
Tassapi upāsakassa etadahosi. ‘‘Mucchāvasena asaññibhūtānañhi sattāhampi assāsapassāsā nappavattanti, cittasantatipavattimatteneva pana te matāti na vuccanti. Yadā nesaṃ cittaṃ nappavattati, tadā ‘matā ete nīharitvā te jhāpethā’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjanti. Kāyadaṇḍo nirīho abyāpāro, tathā vacīdaṇḍo. Citteneva pana tesaṃ cutipi paṭisandhipi hoti . Itipi manodaṇḍova mahanto. Bhijjitvāpi cutipaṭisandhiākaḍḍhanato eseva mahanto. Amhākaṃ pana mahānigaṇṭhassa kathā aniyyānikā’’ti sallakkhesi. Bhagavato pana vicittāni pañhapaṭibhānāni sotukāmo na tāva anujānāti.
“Na kho te sandhiyati”的意思是:你的话并不相符。其中,“purimena vā pacchimaṃ”是指:用先前的“身杖重大”这句话,与现在的“意杖重大”这句话相对照;“pacchimena vā purimaṃ”则是指:用后面这句话与前面那句话相对照,也都是不相符的。显示巴利原文
Na kho te sandhiyatīti na kho te ghaṭiyati. Purimena vā pacchimanti ‘‘kāyadaṇḍo mahanto’’ti iminā purimena vacanena idāni ‘‘manodaṇḍo mahanto’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ. Pacchimena vā purimanti tena vā pacchimena aduṃ purimavacanaṃ na ghaṭiyati.
63 63. 接着,世尊为了进一步举出理由,便说了“taṃ kiṃ maññasi”(你认为怎样?)等语。其中,“cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto”(守护四种防护)的意思是:他不杀生,不教令杀生,也不赞同杀生;他不取未给之物,不教令取未给之物,也不赞同取未给之物;他不说妄语,不教令说妄语,也不赞同说妄语;他不期待受用蓄积之物,不教令期待蓄积之物,也不赞同期待蓄积之物——以此四分仪轨防护自己。而此处的“bhāvita”指的即是五种欲乐(五欲)。显示巴利原文
63. Idānissa bhagavā aññānipi kāraṇāni āharanto ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasī’’tiādimāha. Tattha cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvutoti na pāṇamatipāteti, na pāṇamatipātayati, na pāṇamatipātayato samanuñño hoti. Na adinnaṃ ādiyati, na adinnaṃ ādiyāpeti, na adinnaṃ ādiyato samanuñño hoti. Na musā bhaṇati, na musā bhaṇāpeti, na musā bhaṇato samanuñño hoti. Na bhāvitamāsīsati, na bhāvitamāsīsāpeti, na bhāvitamāsīsato samanuñño hotīti iminā catukoṭṭhāsena saṃvarena saṃvuto. Ettha ca bhāvitanti pañcakāmaguṇā.
「Sabbavārivārito」意指遮止一切用水之人,即禁绝一切冷水。因为他于冷水中作有众生想,故不使用冷水。又或,「sabbavārivārito」指以全然的防恶而遮止了恶行之人。「Sabbavāriyutto」:以全然的防恶而具足防护之人。「Sabbavāridhuto」:以全然的防恶而抖落恶行之人。「Sabbavāriphuṭo」:以全然的防恶而触证防护之人。「Khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādeti」意为杀害微小的生命。据说,尼干陀把生命安立为‘一根命’、‘二根命’,乃至将干枯的小枝、腐叶、砂砾、碎石也安立为有生命。他认为小水珠是小众生,大水珠是大众生。正因如此,此处才这么说。‘Kismiṃ paññapeti?’问:在何处、于何部分作此安立?答:‘Manodaṇḍasmiṃ’(在于意杖的部分),尊者。而这位居士(优波离)在回答的同时,自己也觉察到:‘我们的大尼干陀安立“非故意的业罪过轻微,故意的业罪过重大”。'显示巴利原文
Sabbavārivāritoti vāritasabbaudako, paṭikkhittasabbasītodakoti attho. So hi sītodake sattasaññī hoti, tasmā na taṃ valañjeti. Atha vā sabbavārivāritoti sabbena pāpavāraṇena vāritapāpo. Sabbavāriyuttoti sabbena pāpavāraṇena yutto. Sabbavāridhutoti sabbena pāpavāraṇena dhutapāpo. Sabbavāriphuṭoti sabbena pāpavāraṇena phuṭo. Khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādetīti khuddake pāṇe vadhaṃ āpādeti. So kira ekindriyaṃ pāṇaṃ duvindriyaṃ pāṇanti paññapeti. Sukkhadaṇḍaka-purāṇapaṇṇasakkhara-kathalānipi pāṇoteva paññapeti. Tattha khuddakaṃ udakabindu khuddako pāṇo, mahantaṃ mahantoti saññī hoti. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kismiṃ paññapetīti kattha katarasmiṃ koṭṭhāse paññapeti. Manodaṇḍasminti manodaṇḍakoṭṭhāse, bhanteti. Ayaṃ pana upāsako bhaṇantova sayampi sallakkhesi – ‘‘amhākaṃ mahānigaṇṭho ‘asañcetanikaṃ kammaṃ appasāvajjaṃ, sañcetanikaṃ mahāsāvajja’nti paññapetvā cetanaṃ manodaṇḍoti paññapeti, aniyyānikā etassa kathā, bhagavatova niyyānikā’’ti.
64 「Iddhā」意为繁荣。「Phītā」意为极为繁荣,犹如百花盛开。「Ākiṇṇamanussā」意为人众聚集。「Pāṇā」指象、马等畜生,以及女人、男子、孩童等人类。「Ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ」是一个肉堆,「Puñjaṃ」是其同义词。「Iddhimā」指具神通者。「Cetovasippatto」指心得自在者。「Bhasmaṃkarissāmī」意即我将把它化为灰烬。那位居士说‘kiñhi sobhati ekā chavā nāḷandā’(一座卑微的那烂陀城,有何可炫耀?)时,自己观察到:‘凭身体的力量,纵使五十人也不能将那座那烂陀城弄成一个肉堆,可是具神通的一个人,单单凭内心刹那的嗔恨,就能把它烧成灰烬。我们大尼干陀的言论没有导向解脱,唯有世尊的言论才具导向性。’显示巴利原文
64.Iddhāti samiddhā. Phītāti atisamiddhā sabbapāliphullā viya. Ākiṇṇamanussāti janasamākulā. Pāṇāti hatthiassādayo tiracchānagatā ceva itthipurisadārakādayo manussajātikā ca. Ekaṃ maṃsakhalanti ekaṃ maṃsarāsiṃ. Puñjanti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Iddhimāti ānubhāvasampanno. Cetovasippattoti citte vasībhāvappatto. Bhasmaṃkarissāmīti chārikaṃ karissāmi. Kiñhi sobhati ekā chavā nāḷandāti idampi bhaṇanto so gahapati – ‘‘kāyapayogena paññāsampi manussā ekaṃ nāḷandaṃ ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ kātuṃ na sakkonti, iddhimā pana eko ekeneva manopadosena bhasmaṃ kātuṃ samattho. Amhākaṃ mahānigaṇṭhassa kathā aniyyānikā, bhagavatova kathā niyyānikā’’ti sallakkhesi.
65 “Araññaṃ araññabhūtaṃ”的意思是:成为无村的阿兰若本身,即变成了阿兰若。所谓“由于仙人们的心嗔”(isīnaṃ manopadosena),是指因仙人而起的心嗔,那些地方被不堪忍此心嗔的天神们摧毁了。然而,世间人却认为是仙人们心生嗔怒,亲自将其摧毁。因此,应知这是依据世间传说而提出的此一论说。显示巴利原文
65.Araññaṃ araññabhūtanti agāmakaṃ araññameva hutvā araññaṃ jātaṃ. Isīnaṃ manopadosenāti isīnaṃ atthāya katena manopadosena taṃ manopadosaṃ asahamānāhi devatāhi tāni raṭṭhāni vināsitāni. Lokikā pana isayo manaṃ padosetvā vināsayiṃsūti maññanti. Tasmā imasmiṃ lokavāde ṭhatvāva idaṃ vādāropanaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ.
当知弹吒迦阿兰若等地如何成为阿兰若的道理:萨罗邦伽菩萨的随众极为壮大时,有一位名叫瘦犊的苦行者,是菩萨的内住弟子。他希求独居,便离开了僧团,从瞿陀婆利河畔来到迦陵伽国弹吒迦王的瓮城附近,依止国王的园林,增进远离而住。他的侍者是该国将军。显示巴利原文
Tattha daṇḍakīraññādīnaṃ evaṃ araññabhūtabhāvo jānitabbo – sarabhaṅgabodhisattassa tāva parisāya ativepullataṃ gatāya kisavaccho nāma tāpaso mahāsattassa antevāsī vivekavāsaṃ patthayamāno gaṇaṃ pahāya godhāvarītīrato kaliṅgaraṭṭhe daṇḍakīrañño kumbhapuraṃ nāma nagaraṃ upanissāya rājuyyāne vivekamanubrūhayamāno viharati. Tassa senāpati upaṭṭhāko hoti.
那时,有一位妓女登车,带着五百女人作为随从,在城中游行,装饰城市。大众都只顾看她,簇拥而行,城中街道为之拥塞。国王打开窗户站着,看见后问道:‘这是谁?’左右回答:‘大王,是您的城市美化者。’国王心生嫉妒,说道:‘靠她美化什么?城市自然就会美化。’于是剥夺了她的职位。显示巴利原文
Tadā ca ekā gaṇikā rathaṃ abhiruhitvā pañcamātugāmasataparivārā nagaraṃ upasobhayamānā vicarati. Mahājano tameva olokayamāno parivāretvā vicarati, nagaravīthiyo nappahonti. Rājā vātapānaṃ vivaritvā ṭhito taṃ disvā kā esāti pucchi. Tumhākaṃ nagarasobhinī devāti. So ussūyamāno ‘‘kiṃ etāya sobhati, nagaraṃ sayaṃ sobhissatī’’ti taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ acchindāpesi.
从那时起,她亲近某男子,谋求职位。一天,她走进国王的园林,在经行道尽头,见一位苦行者靠着扶手板坐在石板上。她便想:‘这苦行者真污秽,不加修饰,胡须覆面,胸毛覆胸,两腋也满是毛。’于是心生愁恼:‘我是来办事的,却见了这晦气之人。拿水来,我要洗眼睛。’她命人取水和齿木,嚼了齿木后,将一团团唾沫吐在苦行者身上,又将齿木扔在他的发髻上,漱过口,接着把水浇在苦行者头顶,而后说道:‘让我见此晦气之人的那双眼睛已经洗净,不吉祥已除。’说完便出去了。显示巴利原文
Sā tato paṭṭhāya kenaci saddhiṃ santhavaṃ katvā ṭhānantaraṃ pariyesamānā ekadivasaṃ rājuyyānaṃ pavisitvā caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ ālambanaphalakaṃ nissāya pāsāṇaphalake nisinnaṃ tāpasaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘kiliṭṭho vatāyaṃ tāpaso anañjitamaṇḍito, dāṭhikāhi paruḷhāhi mukhaṃ pihitaṃ, massunā uraṃ pihitaṃ, ubho kacchā paruḷhā’’ti. Athassā domanassaṃ uppajji – ‘‘ahaṃ ekena kiccena vicarāmi, ayañca me kāḷakaṇṇī diṭṭho, udakaṃ āharatha, akkhīni dhovissāmī’’ti udakadantakaṭṭhaṃ āharāpetvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā tāpasassa sarīre piṇḍaṃ piṇḍaṃ kheḷaṃ pātetvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ jaṭāmatthake khipitvā mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā udakaṃ tāpasassa matthakasmiṃyeva siñcitvā – ‘‘yehi me akkhīhi kāḷakaṇṇī diṭṭho, tāni dhotāni kalipavāhito’’ti nikkhantā.
就在当天,国王记起此事,问道:“那个‘城市美化者’如今在哪里?”(大臣答:)“她就在这城里,大王。”国王便说:“把她原来的职位还给她吧。”她便凭藉往昔的善行重获职位,心里却认为:“这是因为往苦行者身上吐了唾沫才得到的。”显示巴利原文
Taṃdivasañca rājā satiṃ paṭilabhitvā – ‘‘bho kuhiṃ nagarasobhinī’’ti pucchi. Imasmiṃyeva nagare devāti. Pakatiṭṭhānantaraṃ tassā dethāti ṭhānantaraṃ dāpesi. Sā pubbe sukatakammaṃ nissāya laddhaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ tāpasassa sarīre kheḷapātanena laddhanti saññamakāsi.
过了几天,国王又罢免了国师的官职。国师便去找城市美化者,问道:“姊妹,你做了什么才拿到那个官位?”她回答说:“婆罗门,这有什么难的?国王的林苑里不是有个不修边幅的扫把星——那个‘诡诈苦行者’吗?你往他身上吐口唾沫,就能得到官位。”国师说:“姊妹,我就照你说的做。”于是他去了那里,依样做了一遍便离开了。正巧同一天,国王又想了起来,问道:“那个婆罗门在哪?”(大臣答:)“也在城里,大王。”国王说:“先前是我们未调查清楚,把那官位还给他吧。”国师于是官复原职。他同样是凭自己的福德力所得,却也同样认为:“这是因为我往苦行者身上吐了唾沫才得来的。”显示巴利原文
Tato katipāhassaccayena rājā purohitassa ṭhānantaraṃ gaṇhi. So nagarasobhiniyā santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘bhagini kinti katvā ṭhānantaraṃ paṭilabhī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Kiṃ brāhmaṇa aññaṃ kātabbaṃ atthi, rājuyyāne anañjitakāḷakaṇṇī kūṭajaṭilo eko atthi, tassa sarīre kheḷaṃ pātehi, evaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ labhissasī’’ti āha. So ‘‘evaṃ karissāmi bhaginī’’ti tattha gantvā tāya kathitasadisameva sabbaṃ katvā nikkhami. Rājāpi taṃdivasameva satiṃ paṭilabhitvā – ‘‘kuhiṃ, bho, brāhmaṇo’’ti pucchi. Imasmiṃyeva nagare devāti. ‘‘Amhehi anupadhāretvā kataṃ, tadevassa ṭhānantaraṃ dethā’’ti dāpesi. Sopi puññabalena labhitvā ‘‘tāpasassa sarīre kheḷapātanena laddhaṃ me’’ti saññamakāsi.
又过了几天,国王的边境发生叛乱。国王为平定叛乱,率领四支军队御驾亲征。国师来到国王面前,行礼后说道:“愿大王旗开得胜!”接着又问:“大王,您是为得胜而出征吗?”国王答:“是的,婆罗门。”国师便说:“既然如此,国王林苑里不是有个不修边幅的扫把星——那个‘诡诈苦行者’吗?往他身上吐唾沫,准能获胜。”国王听信了这话,便照那城市美化者和国师先前所做,依样做了一遍。接着,他又命令后宫嫔妃:“都去往那个诡诈苦行者身上吐唾沫。”于是后宫众人与守宫之人也都照做了。随后,国王在林苑门口设了岗哨,下令道:“凡随我出征者,必须先去往苦行者身上吐唾沫,否则不准出发。”全军将士及随从依令而行,纷纷把唾沫、嚼过的齿木和漱口水倒在他身上。唾沫与齿木糊满了他的全身。显示巴利原文
Tato katipāhassaccayena rañño paccanto kupito. Rājā paccantaṃ vūpasamessāmīti caturaṅginiyā senāya nikkhami. Purohito gantvā rañño purato ṭhatvā ‘‘jayatu mahārājā’’ti vatvā – ‘‘tumhe, mahārāja, jayatthāya gacchathā’’ti pucchi. Āma brāhmaṇāti. Evaṃ sante rājuyyāne anañjitakāḷakaṇṇī eko kūṭajaṭilo vasati, tassa sarīre kheḷaṃ pātethāti. Rājā tassa vacanaṃ gahetvā yathā gaṇikāya ca tena ca kataṃ, tatheva sabbaṃ katvā orodhepi āṇāpesi – ‘‘etassa kūṭajaṭilassa sarīre kheḷaṃ pātethā’’ti. Tato orodhāpi orodhapālakāpi tatheva akaṃsu. Atha rājā uyyānadvāre rakkhaṃ ṭhapāpetvā ‘‘raññā saddhiṃ nikkhamantā sabbe tāpasassa sarīre kheḷaṃ apātetvā nikkhamituṃ na labhantī’’ti āṇāpesi. Atha sabbo balakāyo ca seniyo ca teneva niyāmena tāpasassa upari kheḷañca dantakaṭṭhāni ca mukhavikkhālita udakañca pāpayiṃsu, kheḷo ca dantakaṭṭhāni ca sakalasarīraṃ avatthariṃsu.
将军是在最后才听闻此事的,心想:“他们竟然如此冒犯了我的师长——那可敬的福德田、登天的阶梯。”他心生热恼,呼吸急促,急速赶到王苑。见到遭遇如此不幸的仙人后,他便束紧下衣,用双手拨开散落的齿木,将仙人扶起坐好,又命人取水来,以种种药草与四种香料为他涂抹身体,再用细软的布擦净。随后,他合掌立于仙人面前,这样说道:“尊者,这些人所行之事,实在不妥。他们将会承受何等果报?”那时,天人们分成三派:有的说:“只灭去国王一人便可。”有的说:“将国王连同他的随众一并灭除。”还有的说:“把国王治下的整个疆域统统毁掉。”然而,苦行者听闻这些话语后,丝毫未起嗔怒。为了世间的安宁,他宣说了平息的方法:“过失虽已铸成,但对于那些懂得发露、忏悔罪过的人来说,此事仍可恢复如初。”显示巴利原文
Senāpati sabbapacchā suṇitvā ‘‘mayhaṃ kira satthāraṃ bhavantaṃ puññakkhettaṃ saggasopānaṃ evaṃ ghaṭṭayiṃsū’’ti usumajātahadayo mukhena assasanto vegena rājuyyānaṃ āgantvā tathā byasanapattaṃ isiṃ disvā kacchaṃ bandhitvā dvīhi hatthehi dantakaṭṭhāni apaviyūhitvā ukkhipitvā nisīdāpetvā udakaṃ āharāpetvā nhāpetvā sabbaosadhehi ceva catujjātigandhehi ca sarīraṃ ubbaṭṭetvā sukhumasāṭakena puñchitvā purato añjaliṃ katvā ṭhito evamāha ‘‘ayuttaṃ, bhante, manussehi kataṃ, etesaṃ kiṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Devatā senāpati tidhā bhinnā, ekaccā ‘‘rājānameva nāsessāmā’’ti vadanti, ekaccā ‘‘saddhiṃ parisāya rājāna’’nti, ekaccā ‘‘rañño vijitaṃ sabbaṃ nāsessāmā’’ti. Idaṃ vatvā pana tāpaso appamattakampi kopaṃ akatvā lokassa santiupāyameva ācikkhanto āha ‘‘aparādho nāma hoti, accayaṃ pana desetuṃ jānantassa pākatikameva hotī’’ti.
将军得到了这个解决之法,便前往国王所在之处。他礼敬国王后,说道:“大王,你们对那无有过失、具大神通的苦行者做了错事,造作了极重的业。听闻天人们已分为三派,正如此这般议论……”他将一切详细禀告后,又说:“大王,据说只要得到他的宽恕,此事便能恢复如初。恳请大王不要毁掉国土,去向那位苦行者请求宽恕吧。”国王虽见自己有错,却仍如此说道:“我不会去求他宽恕的。”将军再三请求,见他终不答允,便说:“大王,我深知那位苦行者的威德。他并非虚妄语者,也非出于嗔怒,乃是出于对一切众生的悲悯才说出此言。大王,您就去宽恕他吧。”“我不宽恕。”“既然如此,那就请把将军之职委任他人吧。我不能再留在大王您发号施令的国土上了。”“你想去哪里便去吧,我自会另找我的将军。”于是,将军来到苦行者处,恭敬顶礼后问道:“尊者,我应当如何做?”苦行者说:“将军,让那些听从你的人们,带上全部资具、财物,以及所有两足和四足的牲畜,在七日之内,全部撤出这国界之外。天人众们已极度愤怒,必将把这方国土化为非人之地。”将军便遵照他的吩咐去做了。显示巴利原文
Senāpati nayaṃ labhitvā rañño santikaṃ gantvā rājānaṃ vanditvā āha – ‘‘tumhehi, mahārāja, nirāparādhe mahiddhike tāpase aparajjhantehi bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, devatā kira tidhā bhinnā evaṃ vadantī’’ti sabbaṃ ārocetvā – ‘‘khamāpite kira, mahārāja, pākatikaṃ hoti, raṭṭhaṃ mā nāsetha, tāpasaṃ khamāpethā’’ti āha. Rājā attani dosaṃ kataṃ disvāpi evaṃ vadati ‘‘na taṃ khamāpessāmī’’ti. Senāpati yāvatatiyaṃ yācitvā anicchantamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ, mahārāja, tāpasassa balaṃ jānāmi, na so abhūtavādī, nāpi kupito, sattānuddayena pana evamāha khamāpetha naṃ mahārājā’’ti. Na khamāpemīti. Tena hi senāpatiṭṭhānaṃ aññassa detha, ahaṃ tumhākaṃ āṇāpavattiṭṭhāne na vasissāmīti. Tvaṃ yenakāmaṃ gaccha, ahaṃ mayhaṃ senāpatiṃ labhissāmīti. Tato senāpati tāpasassa santikaṃ āgantvā vanditvā ‘‘kathaṃ paṭipajjāmi, bhante’’ti āha. Senāpati ye te vacanaṃ suṇanti, sabbe saparikkhāre sadhane sadvipadacatuppade gahetvā sattadivasabbhantare bahi rajjasīmaṃ gaccha, devatā ativiya kupitā dhuvaṃ raṭṭhampi araṭṭhaṃ karissantīti. Senāpati tathā akāsi.
就在将军离去之时,国王大败敌军,平定了地方。返回后,他坐在胜利的军营中,命人修葺了城池,随后进入了内城。起初,天人们降下了雨水。大众满心欢喜,议论道:“自从冒犯了那个诈伪的苦行者以来,我们国王的运势便一直增长,不仅击败了敌人,归来的当天还天降甘霖。”接着,天人们又降下了素馨花雨,大众愈发欢喜。此后,天人们又降下了小钱雨,接着是金币雨。再后来,他们心想:“人们恐怕不会为了金币而出门吧”,便又降下了诸如手触、足触等日用器物之雨。大众即使住在七层高的宫殿之上,也都纷纷走下,佩戴着各种饰物,满心欢喜。他们发出这般赞叹:“往那个诈伪苦行者身上吐口水,还真是值得啊!自打向他吐了口水,我们国王的运势便蒸蒸日上,大败敌军,回京之日即降甘霖,随后又分别有素馨花雨、小钱雨、金币雨、器物之雨,这四种妙雨接连而下。”就这样,大众对国王所造的恶业表示了随喜认同。显示巴利原文
Rājā gatamattoyeva amittamathanaṃ katvā janapadaṃ vūpasametvā āgamma jayakhandhāvāraṭṭhāne nisīditvā nagaraṃ paṭijaggāpetvā antonagaraṃ pāvisi. Devatā paṭhamaṃyeva udakavuṭṭhiṃ pātayiṃsu. Mahājano attamano ahosi ‘‘kūṭajaṭilaṃ aparaddhakālato paṭṭhāya amhākaṃ rañño vaḍḍhiyeva, amitte nimmathesi, āgatadivaseyeva devo vuṭṭho’’ti. Devatā puna sumanapupphavuṭṭhiṃ pātayiṃsu, mahājano attamanataro ahosi. Devatā puna māsakavuṭṭhiṃ pātayiṃsu. Tato kahāpaṇavuṭṭhiṃ, tato kahāpaṇatthaṃ na nikkhameyyunti maññamānā hatthūpagapādūpagādikatabhaṇḍavuṭṭhiṃ pātesuṃ. Mahājano sattabhūmikapāsāde ṭhitopi otaritvā ābharaṇāni piḷandhanto attamano ahosi. ‘‘Arahati vata kūṭajaṭilake kheḷapātanaṃ, tassa upari kheḷapātitakālato paṭṭhāya amhākaṃ rañño vaḍḍhi jātā, amittamathanaṃ kataṃ, āgatadivaseyeva devo vassi, tato sumanavuṭṭhi māsakavuṭṭhi kahāpaṇavuṭṭhi katabhaṇḍavuṭṭhīti catasso vuṭṭhiyo jātā’’ti attamanavācaṃ nicchāretvā rañño katapāpe samanuñño jāto.
那时,诸天降下种种兵器——单刃的、双刃的等,如同在砧板上剁肉一般落在众人身上。接着降下无火无烟、色如紫矿花的炭火。而后又降下大如尖顶殿堂的巨石。最后降下一种握在手中不粘肤、极其细软的沙土,堆积高达八十肘。在国王的领土内,唯有三人保持健康无病:瘦牛苦行者、将军以及那位赡养老母的人。其余与此业无涉的畜生,所在之处水涸草枯。它们为了寻水觅草四处奔走,尚未到达,便于第七天尽数逃至他国边境。因此,断骨菩萨说:显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samaye devatā ekatodhāraubhatodhārādīni nānappakārāni āvudhāni mahājanassa upari phalake maṃsaṃ koṭṭayamānā viya pātayiṃsu. Tadanantaraṃ vītaccike vītadhūme kiṃsukapupphavaṇṇe aṅgāre, tadanantaraṃ kūṭāgārappamāṇe pāsāṇe, tadanantaraṃ antomuṭṭhiyaṃ asaṇṭhahanikaṃ sukhumavālikaṃ vassāpayamānā asītihatthubbedhaṃ thalaṃ akaṃsu. Rañño vijitaṭṭhāne kisavacchatāpaso senāpati mātuposakarāmoti tayova manussabhūtā arogā ahesuṃ. Sesānaṃ tasmiṃ kamme asamaṅgībhūtānaṃ tiracchānānaṃ pānīyaṭṭhāne pānīyaṃ nāhosi, tiṇaṭṭhāne tiṇaṃ. Te yena pānīyaṃ yena tiṇanti gacchantā appatteyeva sattame divase bahirajjasīmaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tenāha sarabhaṅgabodhisatto –
丹达基正是由于杀害了清净无染、更无过失的‘瘦牛’,连同他的儿女、妻室、朋友和谋臣,在四十年内便从高贵的王位上彻底陨落消尽了。
丹达基国的民众与国土皆被连根铲除;
他在地狱中受苦,其名为‘火炭’;
那地狱的火星溅落在他身上。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kisañhi vacchaṃ avakiriya daṇḍakī, Ucchinnamūlo sajano saraṭṭho; Kukkuḷanāme nirayamhi paccati, Tassa phuliṅgāni patanti kāye’’ti. (jā. 2.17.70);
由此可知,丹达基森林如何变成了森林。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tāva daṇḍakīraññassa araññabhūtabhāvo veditabbo.
在羯陵伽国,纳利基王治理国政时,有五百位苦行者住在雪山,远离女色,身披兽皮,结发辫,着树皮衣,以林中根果为食。他们长久安住后,为了寻求咸酸之味,下入人间道路,次第来到羯陵伽国纳利基王的都城。他们整理好发髻、兽皮和树皮衣,现出沙门的寂静威仪,入城乞食。那时佛陀尚未出世,人们见到这些苦行沙门,生起信心,便为他们铺设座位,接过钵盂,请他们就坐,供养食物。苦行者们用完斋饭,作了随喜祝福。人们听后心生欢喜,问:‘诸位尊者要去哪里?’他们答道:‘去适宜居住的地方。’居士们说:‘尊者,不必去别处,请住在国王的园林,我等用过早餐便来听法。’苦行者们默然应允,前往园林。城里的人们吃过早餐,穿着洁净的衣服,心想‘我们去听法’,便成群结队地往园林走去。国王站在高楼上,看见他们如此前去,便问侍者:‘这些城里人穿着洁净的衣服和洁净的上衣,朝着园林而去,那边是有集会还是戏剧?’侍者回答:‘没有,陛下。他们是渴望去听苦行者们说法。’国王说:‘那我也去,让他们与我同行。’显示巴利原文
Kaliṅgaraṭṭhe pana nāḷikiraraññe rajjaṃ kārayamāne himavati pañcasatatāpasā anitthigandhā ajinajaṭavākacīradharā vanamūlaphalabhakkhā hutvā ciraṃ vītināmetvā loṇambilasevanatthaṃ manussapathaṃ otaritvā anupubbena kaliṅgaraṭṭhe nāḷikirarañño nagaraṃ sampattā. Te jaṭājinavākacīrāni saṇṭhapetvā pabbajitānurūpaṃ upasamasiriṃ dassayamānā nagaraṃ bhikkhāya pavisiṃsu. Manussā anuppanne buddhuppāde tāpasapabbajite disvā pasannā nisajjaṭṭhānaṃ saṃvidhāya hatthato bhikkhābhājanaṃ gahetvā nisīdāpetvā bhikkhaṃ sampādetvā adaṃsu. Tāpasā katabhattakiccā anumodanaṃ akaṃsu. Manussā sutvā pasannacittā ‘‘kuhiṃ bhadantā gacchantī’’ti pucchiṃsu. Yathāphāsukaṭṭhānaṃ, āvusoti. Bhante, alaṃ aññattha gamanena, rājuyyāne vasatha, mayaṃ bhuttapātarāsā āgantvā dhammakathaṃ sossāmāti. Tāpasā adhivāsetvā uyyānaṃ agamaṃsu. Nāgarā bhuttapātarāsā suddhavatthanivatthā ‘‘dhammakathaṃ sossāmā’’ti saṅghā gaṇā gaṇībhūtā uyyānābhimukhā agamaṃsu. Rājā uparipāsāde ṭhito te tathā gacchamāne disvā upaṭṭhākaṃ pucchi ‘‘kiṃ ete bhaṇe nāgarā suddhavatthā suddhuttarāsaṅgā hutvā uyyānābhimukhā gacchanti, kimettha samajjaṃ vā nāṭakaṃ vā atthī’’ti? Natthi deva, ete tāpasānaṃ santike dhammaṃ sotukāmā gacchantīti. Tena hi bhaṇe ahampi gacchissāmi, mayā saddhiṃ gacchantūti. So gantvā tesaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘rājāpi gantukāmo, rājānaṃ parivāretvāva gacchathā’’ti. Nāgarā pakatiyāpi attamanā taṃ sutvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ rājā assaddho appasanno dussīlo, tāpasā dhammikā, te āgamma rājāpi dhammiko bhavissatī’’ti attamanatarā ahesuṃ.
国王出了城,由众人围绕,来到园林,与苦行者们互相问候后,坐在一旁。苦行者们见到国王,便悄悄示意一位善于说法的苦行者:‘请为国王说法。’那位苦行者观察大众后,开示五种怨敌的过患与五戒的功德,说道:显示巴利原文
Rājā nikkhamitvā tehi parivārito uyyānaṃ gantvā tāpasehi saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tāpasā rājānaṃ disvā parikathāya kusalassekassa tāpasassa ‘‘rañño dhammaṃ kathehī’’ti saññamadaṃsu, so tāpaso parisaṃ oloketvā pañcasu veresu ādīnavaṃ pañcasu ca sīlesu ānisaṃsaṃ kathento –
‘不应杀生,不应不与取,不应行欲邪行,不应说妄语,不应饮用酒类。杀生能令堕地狱、畜生道、饿鬼界;不与取等也是如此。杀生者在地狱受报之后,若生人界,以余报故,得短命;不与取者财物贫乏;欲邪行者多怨敌;妄语者遭人诽谤;饮酒者致癫狂。’显示巴利原文
‘‘Pāṇo na hantabbo, adinnaṃ nādātabbaṃ, kāmesumicchācāro na caritabbo, musā na bhāsitabbā, majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ, pāṇātipāto nāma nirayasaṃvattaniko hoti tiracchānayonisaṃvattaniko pettivisayasaṃvattaniko, tathā adinnādānādīni. Pāṇātipāto niraye paccitvā manussalokaṃ āgatassa vipākāvasesena appāyukasaṃvattaniko hoti, adinnādānaṃ appabhogasaṃvattanikaṃ, micchācāro bahusapattasaṃvattaniko, musāvādo abhūtabbhakkhānasaṃvattaniko, majjapānaṃ ummattakabhāvasaṃvattanika’’nti –
他对五种怨敌如此开示了过患。显示巴利原文
Pañcasu veresu imaṃ ādīnavaṃ kathesi.
这位国王原本便无信、不净信、戒行有亏。对戒行有亏者讲说戒论,正是所谓的难说之法——听起来就像有根尖桩刺入耳中一样难受。因此他思惟:‘我本是为压制他们而来,谁知我自到场以后,他们便当众不断用话打击我、刺伤我。我定要给他们些教训。’于是,在说法结束时,他便开口邀请:‘各位老师,明日请来住处接受食物供养。’说完便离开了。第二天,他命人取来许多大罐,装满粪便,用香蕉叶一一封好罐口,分置多处;又命人备好浓稠的甘草油、象力胶等极为粘滑之物,盛满尖顶容器,放置在楼梯顶端;再令一众大力士扎紧腰带,手持棒槌原地待命,吩咐道:‘那些伪装成苦行者的人实在欺我太甚。等他们从殿堂下来时,你们就在楼梯口将尖顶容器里的粘滑物倒下去,随即用棒槌重击其头,再揪住脖颈把他们摔下楼梯。’此外,他还在楼梯脚处拴了几条极为凶猛的大狗。显示巴利原文
Rājā pakatiyāpi assaddho appasanno dussīlo, dussīlassa ca sīlakathā nāma dukkathā, kaṇṇe sūlappavesanaṃ viya hoti. Tasmā so cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ ‘ete paggaṇhissāmī’ti āgato, ime pana mayhaṃ āgatakālato paṭṭhāya maṃyeva ghaṭṭentā vijjhantā parisamajjhe kathenti, karissāmi nesaṃ kāttabba’’nti. So dhammakathāpariyosāne ‘‘ācariyā sve mayhaṃ gehe bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti nimantetvā agamāsi. So dutiyadivase mahante mahante koḷumbe āharāpetvā gūthassa pūrāpetvā kadalipattehi nesaṃ mukhāni bandhāpetvā tattha tattha ṭhapāpesi, puna bahalamadhukatelanāgabalapicchillādīnaṃ kūṭe pūretvā nisseṇimatthake ṭhapāpesi, tattheva ca mahāmalle baddhakacche hatthehi muggare gāhāpetvā ṭhapetvā āha ‘‘kūṭatāpasā ativiya maṃ viheṭhayiṃsu, tesaṃ pāsādato otaraṇakāle kūṭehi picchillaṃ sopānamatthake vissajjetvā sīse muggarehi pothetvā gale gahetvā sopāne khipathā’’ti. Sopānapādamūle pana caṇḍe kukkure bandhāpesi.
那些苦行者也因想到‘明日将在王宫用斋’,便互相告诫:‘诸位贤友,王宫本是险难、令人怖畏之处。身为出家人,在六门所缘上应当善加防护:凡眼所见所缘,皆不应执取其相,须于眼门安立防护。’显示巴利原文
Tāpasāpi ‘‘sve rājagehe bhuñjissāmā’’ti aññamaññaṃ ovadiṃsu – ‘‘mārisā rājagehaṃ nāma sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, pabbajitehi nāma chadvārārammaṇe saññatehi bhavitabbaṃ, diṭṭhadiṭṭhe ārammaṇe nimittaṃ na gahetabbaṃ, cakkhudvāre saṃvaro paccupaṭṭhapetabbo’’ti.
到了第二天,他们估量乞食的时分到了,便穿上树皮衣,把鹿皮斜搭在一边肩上,整顿好发髻,拿起乞食的钵,依次登上了国王的宫殿。国王得知他们上来后,就叫人把粪罐口上的香蕉叶拿掉。那股恶臭直冲苦行者的鼻孔,几乎要把他们的脑髓都冲落下来。大苦行者望向国王,国王却说道:‘各位尊者,来吧,请用,尽情享用,也尽管带走,这才是与你们相配的东西!昨日我本为揭穿你们而来,你们却当着大众的面,一再压制我、中伤我。这才是与你们相配的,好好享用吧!’他一边说,一边用勺子盛了粪便,递到大苦行者面前。大苦行者连声说:‘呸!呸!’转身就走。‘你们就打算这样走吗?’国王随即命人从楼梯高处倒下粘滑的秽物,并向大力士们打了个暗号。大力士们便抡起棒槌朝他们头上砸去,揪住他们的脖子往楼梯下扔。结果没有一个人能稳稳站在楼梯上,全都一路翻滚,径直滚到楼梯最底端的梯脚处。他们刚一滚到那里,那些凶猛的狗便‘噼啪’地扑上去,又撕又咬,疯狂啃噬。他们当中即使有人勉强爬起来想逃,也会掉进陷阱里;而在那里,狗又会追赶上来。显示巴利原文
Punadivase bhikkhācāravelaṃ sallakkhetvā vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā ajinacammaṃ ekaṃsagataṃ katvā jaṭākalāpaṃ saṇṭhapetvā bhikkhābhājanaṃ gahetvā paṭipāṭiyā rājanivesanaṃ abhiruḷhā. Rājā āruḷhabhāvaṃ ñatvā gūthakoḷumbamukhato kadalipattaṃ nīharāpesi. Duggandho tāpasānaṃ nāsapuṭaṃ paharitvā matthaluṅgapātanākārapatto ahosi. Mahātāpaso rājānaṃ olokesi. Rājā – ‘‘ettha bhonto yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjantu ceva harantu ca, tumhākametaṃ anucchavikaṃ, hiyyo ahaṃ tumhe paggaṇhissāmīti āgato, tumhe pana maṃyeva ghaṭṭento vijjhantā parisamajjhe kathayittha , tumhākamidaṃ anucchavikaṃ, bhuñjathā’’ti mahātāpasassa uluṅkena gūthaṃ upanāmesi. Mahātāpaso dhī dhīti vadanto paṭinivatti. ‘‘Ettakeneva gacchissatha tumhe’’ti sopāne kūṭehi picchillaṃ vissajjāpetvā mallānaṃ saññamadāsi. Mallā muggarehi sīsāni pothetvā gīvāya gahetvā sopāne khipiṃsu, ekopi sopāne patiṭṭhātuṃ nāsakkhi , pavaṭṭamānā sopānapādamūlaṃyeva pāpuṇiṃsu. Sampatte sampatte caṇḍakukkurā paṭapaṭāti luñcamānā khādiṃsu. Yopi nesaṃ uṭṭhahitvā palāyati, sopi āvāṭe patati, tatrāpi naṃ kukkurā anubandhitvā khādantiyeva. Iti nesaṃ kukkurā aṭṭhisaṅkhalikameva avasesayiṃsu. Evaṃ so rājā tapasampanne pañcasate tāpase ekadivaseneva jīvitā voropesi.
于是,如同先前的情形一般,他国中的天神们便再度降下新雨,他的整个王国被六十由旬高的沙层所覆盖。因此,菩萨萨罗邦伽说了以下的话:显示巴利原文
Athassa raṭṭhe devatā purimanayeneva puna navavuṭṭhiyo pātesuṃ. Tassa rajjaṃ saṭṭhiyojanubbedhena vālikathalena avacchādiyittha. Tenāha sarabhaṅgo bodhisatto –
凡是对于自制之人、宣说正法之人、无有过失的出家沙门,行欺辱者,
加以轻慢、侮辱,
此人便如一颗椰子掉落在地,被群狗从四方团团围住,聚而争抢,
在他奋力挣扎之际,群狗一并扑上,将他狠狠撕咬、啃食殆尽。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo saññate pabbajite avañcayi, Dhammaṃ bhaṇante samaṇe adūsake; Taṃ nāḷikeraṃ sunakhā parattha, Saṅgamma khādanti viphandamāna’’nti. (jā. 2.17.71);
应当如此了知:这片森林原是迦陵伽王的林地。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kāliṅgāraññassa araññabhūtabhāvo veditabbo.
然而在过去,波罗奈城里住着一位拥有四十亿家产的巨富,他有个女儿,名叫'见瑞相'。这姑娘长得花容月貌,极其美丽。因为她集容貌、财富与家族成就于一身,成了众人梦寐以求的对象。但凡有人为了求婚而派来媒人,她只要见到对方,不是挑剔人家的出身,就是嫌弃手脚等部位有缺陷,说些'这人血统卑劣、体态丑陋'之类的话,然后下令:'把他赶走!'等把人撵走后,她又会说:'我怎么会看到这种人,快打水来,我要洗洗眼睛!'接着便真的去洗眼睛。就因为她每见到一个来求婚的人,都会让对方当众受辱,然后赶走,所以大家便称她为'见瑞相',久而久之,连她的本名都没人记得了。显示巴利原文
Atīte pana bārāṇasinagare diṭṭhamaṅgalikā nāma cattālīsakoṭivibhavassa seṭṭhino ekā dhītā ahosi dassanīyā pāsādikā. Sā rūpabhogakulasampattisampannatāya bahūnaṃ patthanīyā ahosi. Yo panassā vāreyyatthāya pahiṇāti, taṃ taṃ disvānassa jātiyaṃ vā hatthapādādīsu vā yattha katthaci dosaṃ āropetvā ‘‘ko esa dujjāto dussaṇṭhito’’tiādīni vatvā – ‘‘nīharatha na’’nti nīharāpetvā ‘‘evarūpampi nāma addasaṃ, udakaṃ āharatha, akkhīni dhovissāmī’’ti akkhīni dhovati. Tassā diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vippakāraṃ pāpetvā nīharāpetīti diṭṭhamaṅgalikā tveva saṅkhā udapādi, mūlanāmaṃ antaradhāyi.
有一天,她心想:‘我要去恒河戏水。’于是命人将渡口布置妥贴,用货车满载大量精致的嚼食与啖食,并带了许多香与花鬘等物。她乘坐着遮蔽严密的轿子,在亲属的簇拥下出了家门。那时,菩萨投生在一个旃陀罗家庭,正住在城外的皮匠屋里,名为象贤。他当时年约十六岁,因有事要进城,便将一块靛青色的布系在手上,一手挽着篮子,一手握着铃铛,边走边摇,高声提醒:‘借过,借过,诸位贤女,旃陀罗来了!’他内心谦恭,逢人便低头礼敬,就这样进了城,踏上了大街。显示巴利原文
Sā ekadivasaṃ gaṅgāya udakakīḷaṃ kīḷissāmīti titthaṃ sajjāpetvā pahūtaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ sakaṭesu pūrāpetvā bahūni gandhamālādīni ādāya paṭicchannayānaṃ āruyha ñātigaṇaparivutā gehamhā nikkhami. Tena ca samayena mahāpuriso caṇḍālayoniyaṃ nibbatto bahinagare cammagehe vasati, mātaṅgotvevassa nāmaṃ ahosi. So soḷasavassuddesiko hutvā kenacideva karaṇīyena antonagaraṃ pavisitukāmo ekaṃ nīlapilotikaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ hatthe bandhitvā ekena hatthena pacchiṃ, ekena ghaṇḍaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ussaratha ayyā, caṇḍāloha’’nti jānāpanatthaṃ taṃ vādento nīcacittaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā diṭṭhadiṭṭhe manusse namassamāno nagaraṃ pavisitvā mahāpathaṃ paṭipajji.
见祥女听到铃铛声响,从轿帘缝隙向外张望,远远望见象贤走来,便问:“那是什么?”随从答道:“小姐,是旃陀罗。”她登时大惊失色:“哎呀!我究竟造了什么不善业,竟感得这般报应?莫非我的毁灭就在眼前?出门为行吉祥事,偏偏撞见旃陀罗!”她浑身颤抖,心生极大厌恶,唾了一口,对乳母们说:“快去取水来!看见了旃陀罗,我的眼和口都必须洗净!”洗过后,便命车轿掉头,将所有供品等物资一并送回府邸,自己径自登上了高楼。那些嗜酒的随从相互议论道:“见祥女怎么这时候还不来?”得知缘由后,便说:“唉,朋友,真扫兴!就因为这个旃陀罗,那么盛大的酒肉供养、香花供品,我们都没能享受到。走,把那个旃陀罗抓起来!”他们找到那里,抓住全然无辜的象贤尊者,怒骂道:“喂,旃陀罗!都是因为你,我们才得不到如此盛大的供养!”说完便揪住他的头发,将他摔倒在地,用膝、肘和石块等一阵猛打,以为他已死去,便拖着他的脚,把他丢在了垃圾堆上。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhamaṅgalikā ghaṇḍasaddaṃ sutvā sāṇiantarena olokentī dūratova taṃ āgacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘kimeta’’nti pucchi. Mātaṅgo ayyeti. ‘‘Kiṃ vata, bho, akusalaṃ akaramha, kassāyaṃ nissando, vināso nu kho me paccupaṭṭhito, maṅgalakiccena nāma gacchamānā caṇḍālaṃ addasa’’nti sarīraṃ kampetvā jigucchamānā kheḷaṃ pātetvā dhātiyo āha – ‘‘vegena udakaṃ āharatha, caṇḍālo diṭṭho, akkhīni ceva nāma gahitamukhañca dhovissāmī’’ti dhovitvā rathaṃ nivattāpetvā sabbapaṭiyādānaṃ gehaṃ pesetvā pāsādaṃ abhiruhi. Surāsoṇḍādayo ceva tassā upaṭṭhākamanussā ca ‘‘kuhiṃ, bho diṭṭhamaṅgalikā, imāyapi velāya nāgacchatī’’ti pucchantā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā – ‘‘mahantaṃ vata, bho, surāmaṃsagandhamālādisakkāraṃ caṇḍālaṃ nissāya anubhavituṃ na labhimha, gaṇhatha caṇḍāla’’nti gataṭṭhānaṃ gavesitvā nirāparādhaṃ mātaṅgapaṇḍitaṃ tajjitvā – ‘‘are mātaṅga taṃ nissāya idañcidañca sakkāraṃ anubhavituṃ na labhimhā’’ti kesesu gahetvā bhūmiyaṃ pātetvā jāṇukapparapāsāṇādīhi koṭṭetvā matoti saññāya pāde gahetvā kaḍḍhantā saṅkārakūṭe chaḍḍesuṃ.
大士恢复知觉后,摸了摸自己的手脚,心想:“此苦是依谁而起的?”他思惟后了知:“非依其他任何人,只是因那见祥女而起。”了知后,他心想:“若我是男子汉,定要让她拜倒在我脚下。”于是他颤抖着走到见祥女的家门前,心想:“若能得见祥女,我便起来;若不能得,我就死在此地。”便在庭院里躺了下来。那时,赡部洲洲有这样一种惯例:若有旃陀罗怀着嗔怒死在产房门口,那产房里的所有人都会成为旃陀罗;若死在房屋正中,整栋房子的人都会成为旃陀罗;若死在门口,左右紧邻的两家人会成为旃陀罗;若死在庭院,则从这家往这边数七家、往那边数七家,合计十四家人都会成为旃陀罗。而菩萨正是躺在了庭院里。显示巴利原文
Mahāpuriso saññaṃ paṭilabhitvā hatthapāde parāmasitvā – ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ kaṃ nissāya uppanna’’nti cintento – ‘‘na aññaṃ kañci, diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ nissāya uppanna’’nti ñatvā ‘‘sacāhaṃ puriso, pādesu naṃ nipātessāmī’’ti cintetvā vedhamāno diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya kuladvāraṃ gantvā – ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ labhanto vuṭṭhahissāmi, alabhantassa ettheva maraṇa’’nti gehaṅgaṇe nipajji. Tena ca samayena jambudīpe ayaṃ dhammatā hoti – yassa caṇḍālo kujjhitvā gabbhadvāre nipanno marati, ye ca tasmiṃ gabbhe vasanti, sabbe caṇḍālā honti. Gehamajjhamhi mate sabbe gehavāsino, dvāramhi mate ubhato anantaragehavāsikā, aṅgaṇamhi mate ito satta ito sattāti cuddasagehavāsino sabbe caṇḍālā hontīti. Bodhisatto pana aṅgaṇe nipajji.
有人报告长者:“主人,那个旃陀罗躺在您家院子里了。”长者说:“去吧,问问是怎么回事。”并让人给他一枚摩沙迦,叫他起来。那些人去后说道:“听说给你这枚摩沙迦,你就起来吧。”他答道:“我不是为摩沙迦而躺下的,我是为见祥女而躺下的。”他们问:“见祥女有什么过错?”他说:“你们竟看不出她的过错吗?我全然无辜,却被她的人痛打。我若能得她,便起来;若不能得,我决不起来。”显示巴利原文
Seṭṭhissa ārocesuṃ – ‘‘mātaṅgo te sāmi gehaṅgaṇe patito’’ti gacchatha bhaṇe, kiṃ kāraṇāti vatvā ekamāsakaṃ datvā uṭṭhāpethāti. Te gantvā ‘‘imaṃ kira māsakaṃ gahetvā uṭṭhahā’’ti vadiṃsu. So – ‘‘nāhaṃ māsakatthāya nipanno, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya svāhaṃ nipanno’’ti āha. Diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya ko dosoti? Kiṃ tassā dosaṃ na passatha, niraparādho ahaṃ tassā manussehi byasanaṃ pāpito, taṃ labhantova vuṭṭhahissāmi, alabhanto na vuṭṭhahissāmīti.
他们回去禀告了巨富。巨富知道是女儿的过错后,派人传话说:“去,给他一枚迦哈波那。”菩萨回答:“我不要迦哈波那,我只要她。”巨富和妻子听后,心生怖畏:“我们只有这一个心爱的女儿,除了她,再没有别的孩子能传宗接代。”于是说:“去吧,孩子们,若有人对我们心怀怨恨,说不定会要他的命。他要是死了,我们大家可就都完了。将他保护起来!”便安排人手将他团团围住守护起来,又派人送去米粥、饭食、财物,他却一概拒绝。这样过了一天;两天、三天、四天,五天过去了。显示巴利原文
Te gantvā seṭṭhissa ārocesuṃ. Seṭṭhi dhītu dosaṃ ñatvā ‘‘gacchatha, ekaṃ kahāpaṇaṃ dethā’’ti peseti. So ‘‘na icchāmi kahāpaṇaṃ, tameva icchāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ sutvā seṭṭhi ca seṭṭhibhariyā ca – ‘‘ekāyeva no piyadhītā, paveṇiyā ghaṭako añño dārakopi natthī’’ti saṃvegappattā – ‘‘gacchatha tātā, koci amhākaṃ asahanako etaṃ jīvitāpi voropeyya, etasmiñhi mate sabbe mayaṃ naṭṭhā homa, ārakkhamassa gaṇhathā’’ti parivāretvā ārakkhaṃ saṃvidhāya yāguṃ pesayiṃsu, bhattaṃ dhanaṃ pesayiṃsu, evaṃ so sabbaṃ paṭikkhipi. Evaṃ eko divaso gato; dve, tayo, cattāro, pañca divasā gatā.
于是,那十四户人家站出来说:“我们不能因为你们而沦为旃陀罗!别毁了我们,把你们的女儿给他,让他起来吧!”巨富派人送去百金、千金乃至十万金,菩萨全部拒绝。这样过了六天。到了第七天,两侧十四户人家聚集起来,说:“我们绝不能沦为旃陀罗!即使你们不愿意,我们也要把这女子给他!”显示巴利原文
Tato sattasattagehavāsikā uṭṭhāya – ‘‘na sakkoma mayaṃ tumhe nissāya caṇḍālā bhavituṃ, amhe mā nāsetha, tumhākaṃ dārikaṃ datvā etaṃ uṭṭhāpethā’’ti āhaṃsu. Te satampi sahassampi satasahassampi pahiṇiṃsu, so paṭikkhipateva. Evaṃ cha divasā gatā. Sattame divase ubhato cuddasagehavāsikā sannipatitvā – ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā bhavituṃ sakkoma, tumhākaṃ akāmakānampi mayaṃ etassa dārikaṃ dassāmā’’ti āhaṃsu.
她的父母被忧苦之箭所伤,顿时昏迷,倒在床上。两侧十四户人家登上宫殿,如同折断盛开之紫矿花枝一般,取下她所有的首饰,用指甲为她分出中分,将头发束起,给她穿上青色布裙,手上缠上一块青棉布,双耳戴上铅片制的耳饰,递给她一只棕榈叶编的篮子,随后将她从宫殿搀扶下来,抓住她的两臂,说:“带上你的丈夫,去吧!”便把她交给了菩萨。显示巴利原文
Mātāpitaro sokasallasamappitā visaññī hutvā sayane nipatiṃsu. Ubhato cuddasagehavāsino pāsādaṃ āruyha supupphitakiṃsukasākhaṃ ucchindantā viya tassā sabbābharaṇāni omuñcitvā nakhehi sīmantaṃ katvā kese bandhitvā nīlasāṭakaṃ nivāsāpetvā hatthe nīlapilotikakhaṇḍaṃ veṭhetvā kaṇṇesu tipupaṭṭake piḷandhāpetvā tālapaṇṇapacchiṃ datvā pāsādato otārāpetvā dvīsu bāhāsu gahetvā – ‘‘tava sāmikaṃ gahetvā yāhī’’ti mahāpurisassa adaṃsu.
这位连青莲花都嫌重的娇贵女孩开口说:“起来吧,夫君,我们走。”菩萨照旧躺着,说:“我不起来。”她便问:“那我该怎么说?”菩萨说:“你要这样说:‘起来,贤者旃陀罗。’”她就照着说了。菩萨又说:“你的人把我打得不能起身,你用手把我搀起来。”她也照做了。菩萨似乎要起身,却翻身摔倒在地,喊道:“啊!见祥女先前让人痛打了我,现在又亲自来打我!”她问:“贤者,我该怎么办?”菩萨说:“用双手把我扶起来。”她便用双手扶他坐起。她说:“夫君,我们走吧。”菩萨说:“‘走’是森林里的事,我们是人。我被你的人打成这副模样,走不了路。你背我走。”她便弯下腰,把菩萨背了起来。她问:“夫君,你去哪里?”菩萨说:“出城去。”她走到东门,问:“夫君,这是你的住处吗?”菩萨问:“这是什么地方?”她答:“是东门,夫君。”菩萨说:“旃陀罗的孩子不能住在东门。”他不告诉她自己的住处,只让她走遍所有城门。为何如此?菩萨心想:“她已生起极顶的慢心,我要把它彻底摧破。”大众都高声赞叹:“除了显示巴利原文
Nīluppalampi atibhāroti anukkhittapubbā sukhumāladārikā ‘‘uṭṭhāhi sāmi, gacchāmā’’ti āha. Bodhisatto nipannakova āha ‘‘nāhaṃ uṭṭhahāmī’’ti. Atha kinti vadāmīti. ‘‘Uṭṭhehi ayya mātaṅgā’’ti evaṃ maṃ vadāhīti. Sā tathā avoca. Na tuyhaṃ manussā uṭṭhānasamatthaṃ maṃ akaṃsu, bāhāya maṃ gahetvā uṭṭhāpehīti. Sā tathā akāsi. Bodhisatto uṭṭhahanto viya parivaṭṭetvā bhūmiyaṃ patitvā – ‘‘nāsitaṃ, bho, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya paṭhamaṃ manussehi koṭṭāpetvā, idāni sayaṃ koṭṭetī’’ti viravittha. Sā kiṃ karomi ayyāti? Dvīhi hatthehi gahetvā uṭṭhāpehīti. Sā tathā uṭṭhāpetvā nisīdāpetvā gacchāma sāmīti. Gacchā nāma araññe honti, mayaṃ manussā, atikoṭṭitomhi tuyhaṃ manussehi, na sakkomi padasā gantuṃ, piṭṭhiyā maṃ nehīti. Sā onamitvā piṭṭhiṃ adāsi. Bodhisatto abhiruhi. Kuhiṃ nemi sāmīti? Bahinagaraṃ nehīti. Sā pācīnadvāraṃ gantvā – ‘‘idha te sāmi vasanaṭṭhāna’’nti pucchi. Kataraṭṭhānaṃ etanti? Pācīnadvāraṃ sāmīti. Pācīnadvāre caṇḍālaputtā vasituṃ na labhantīti attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ anācikkhitvāva sabbadvārāni āhiṇḍāpesi. Kasmā? Bhavaggapattamassā mānaṃ pātessāmīti. Mahājano ukkuṭṭhimakāsi – ‘‘ṭhapetvā tumhādisaṃ añño etissā mānaṃ bhedako natthī’’ti.
她来到西门,问道:“夫君,这是你的住处吗?”菩萨问:“此处是何地?”她答:“是西门,夫君。”菩萨说:“从这道门出去,往皮匠屋的方向看,一直走。”她到了那里,问道:“夫君,这皮匠屋是你们居住的地方吗?”菩萨说:“是。”他从她背上下来,走进了皮匠屋。显示巴利原文
Sā pacchimadvāraṃ patvā ‘‘idha te sāmi vasanaṭṭhāna’’nti pucchi. Kataraṭṭhānaṃ etanti? Pacchimadvāraṃ sāmīti. Iminā dvārena nikkhamitvā cammagehaṃ olokentī gacchāti. Sā tattha gantvā āha ‘‘idaṃ cammagehaṃ tumhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sāmī’’ti? Āmāti piṭṭhito otaritvā cammagehaṃ pāvisi.
他在那里住了七八天,这位志求一切知智的坚毅者,这些天里并未与她同床共枕。他想:“若这位高贵家族的女儿因我而未能获得大荣耀,那我便不配作二十四佛的弟子。我要用她的洗脚水,为全赡部洲的一切国王举行灌顶。”又想:“住在俗家断然不行,唯有出家方可成办。”这样思惟后,他对她说:“见祥女啊,从前我独自生活时,做与不做都能过活。如今我已担起养妻之责,不做事便难以维生。在我回来之前,你不可焦躁。”他走进森林,在坟场等处收集破布,做成下裙和上衣,出了家,受持沙门的出家行,独处而成就身远离,修习遍作相,证得八等至与五神通,心想:“现在我可以成为见祥女的依怙了。”于是面向波罗奈城,搭好上衣,托钵而行,朝着见祥女的家门走去。显示巴利原文
Tattha sattaṭṭhadivase vasanto sabbaññutagavesanadhīro ettakesu divasesu na ca jātisambhedamakāsi. ‘‘Mahākulassa dhītā sace maṃ nissāya mahantaṃ yasaṃ na pāpuṇāti, na camhāhaṃ catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ antevāsiko. Etissā pādadhovanaudakena sakalajambudīpe rājūnaṃ abhisekakiccaṃ karissāmī’’ti cintetvā puna cintesi – ‘‘agāramajjhevasanto na sakkhissāmi, pabbajitvā pana sakkhissāmī’’ti. Cintetvā taṃ āmantesi – ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalike mayaṃ pubbe ekacarā kammaṃ katvāpi akatvāpi sakkā jīvituṃ, idāni pana dārabharaṇaṃ paṭipannamha, kammaṃ akatvā na sakkā jīvituṃ, tvaṃ yāvāhaṃ āgacchāmi, tāva mā ukkaṇṭhitthā’’ti araññaṃ pavisitvā susānādīsu nantakāni saṅkaḍḍhitvā nivāsanapārupanaṃ katvā samaṇapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā ekacaro laddhakāyaviveko kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca abhiññāyo ca nibbattetvā ‘‘idāni sakkā diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya avassayena mayā bhavitu’’nti bārāṇasiabhimukho gantvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhaṃ caramāno diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya gehābhimukho agamāsi.
她见他站在门口,没认出来,便说:“尊者,请您走开,这里是旃陀罗们住的地方。”菩萨就站在原地不动。她再三端详,认出来以后,便用双手捶打胸膛,放声大哭,扑倒在他脚下,说道:“夫君啊,你既然有这样的心意,为何要让我失去盛大的名誉,使我沦为无依无靠的人呢?”她种种悲叹哭泣,擦干眼泪站起身来,取了钵,请他进屋坐下,供养他饮食。菩萨用完斋后,说:“见祥女,你不要忧伤,不要悲泣。我只要用为你洗脚的水,就能为全赡部洲的国王们行灌顶。现在你只须照我一句话去做:你进城去,走遍全城,高声宣告:‘我的丈夫不是旃陀罗,我的丈夫是大梵天。’”显示巴利原文
Sā taṃ dvāre ṭhitaṃ disvā asañjānantī – ‘‘aticchatha, bhante, caṇḍālānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānameta’’nti āha. Bodhisatto tattheva aṭṭhāsi. Sā punappunaṃ olokentī sañjānitvā hatthehi uraṃ paharitvā viravamānā pādamūle patitvā āha – ‘‘yadi te sāmi edisaṃ cittaṃ atthi, kasmā maṃ mahatā yasā parihāpetvā anāthaṃ akāsī’’ti. Nānappakāraṃ paridevaṃ paridevitvā akkhīni puñchamānā uṭṭhāya bhikkhābhājanaṃ gahetvā antogehe nisīdāpetvā bhikkhaṃ adāsi. Mahāpuriso bhattakiccaṃ katvā āha – ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalike mā soci mā paridevi, ahaṃ tuyhaṃ pādadhovanaudakena sakalajambudīpe rājūnaṃ abhisekakiccaṃ kāretuṃ samattho, tvaṃ pana ekaṃ mama vacanaṃ karohi, nagaraṃ pavisitvā ‘na mayhaṃ sāmiko caṇḍālo, mahābrahmā mayhaṃ sāmiko’ti ugghosayamānā sakalanagaraṃ carāhī’’ti.
听了这话,见祥女说:“夫君啊,我本来就是因为口过才遭了殃,我不能那样说啊。”菩萨说:“我从前在家时,你可曾听我说过一句假话?那时我尚且不说假话,如今出了家,又怎会说假话呢?我是说真实语的人。”接着又说:“今天是初八,你进城去,走遍全城,高声宣告:‘从今天起,七天后,在布萨日那天,我的丈夫大梵天将破开月轮,来到我的面前。’”说完便离开了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutte diṭṭhamaṅgalikā – ‘‘pakatiyāpi ahaṃ sāmi mukhadoseneva byasanaṃ pattā, na sakkhissāmevaṃ vattu’’nti āha. Bodhisatto – ‘‘kiṃ pana tayā mayhaṃ agāre vasantassa alikavacanaṃ sutapubbaṃ, ahaṃ tadāpi alikaṃ na bhaṇāmi, idāni pabbajito kiṃ vakkhāmi, saccavādī puriso nāmāha’’nti vatvā – ‘‘ajja pakkhassa aṭṭhamī, tvaṃ ‘ito sattāhassaccayena uposathadivase mayhaṃ sāmiko mahābrahmā candamaṇḍalaṃ bhinditvā mama santikaṃ āgamissatī’ti sakalanagare ugghosehī’’ti vatvā pakkāmi.
她深信不疑,欢喜踊跃,变得勇敢起来,在傍晚进城,就这样高声宣告。人们拍着手嘲笑她:“瞧啊,我们这位见祥女,把旃陀罗的儿子说成大梵天啦!”一边嬉笑戏弄。第二天,她又同样在傍晚进城,宣告:“从今天起六天后……五天后……四天后……三天后……两天后……一天后,我的丈夫大梵天将破开月轮,来到我的面前。”显示巴利原文
Sā saddahitvā haṭṭhatuṭṭhā sūrā hutvā sāyaṃpātaṃ nagaraṃ pavisitvā tathā ugghosesi. Manussā pāṇinā pāṇiṃ paharantā – ‘‘passatha, amhākaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikā caṇḍālaputtaṃ mahābrahmānaṃ karotī’’ti hasantā keḷiṃ karonti. Sā punadivasepi tatheva sāyaṃpātaṃ pavisitvā – ‘‘idāni chāhaccayena, pañcāha-catūha-tīha-dvīha-ekāhaccayena mayhaṃ sāmiko mahābrahmā candamaṇḍalaṃ bhinditvā mama santikaṃ āgamissatī’’ti ugghosesi.
婆罗门们心想:“这位见祥女说起话来胆量真大,说不定真会有这回事。来吧,我们为见祥女把住处准备一下。”于是他们叫人把皮屋外围的地面全部刨平,铺上细沙。布萨日清晨,她进城高声宣告:“今天我的丈夫要来了。”婆罗门们又想:“诸位,看来这事近在眼前了,听说大梵天今天真的会来,我们把住处好好布置一下。”便命人将皮屋内外打扫干净,涂上新鲜牛粪,用未裁开的布围起来,铺设了极为贵重的床座,上面架起布幔,垂挂香花鬘。就在他们忙碌布置的时候,太阳落山了。显示巴利原文
Brāhmaṇā cintayiṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikā atisūrā hutvā katheti, kadāci evaṃ siyā, etha mayaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya vasanaṭṭhānaṃ paṭijaggāmā’’ti cammagehassa bāhirabhāgaṃ samantā tacchāpetvā vālikaṃ okiriṃsu. Sāpi uposathadivase pātova nagaraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘ajja mayhaṃ sāmiko āgamissatī’’ti ugghosesi. Brāhmaṇā cintayiṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ bho na dūraṃ apadissati, ajja kira mahābrahmā āgamissati, vasanaṭṭhānaṃ saṃvidahāmā’’ti cammagehaṃ samajjāpetvā haritūpalittaṃ ahatavatthehi parikkhipitvā mahārahaṃ pallaṅkaṃ attharitvā upari celavitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhamāladāmāni osārayiṃsu. Tesaṃ paṭijaggantānaṃyeva sūriyo atthaṃ gato.
月亮刚刚升起,大士便进入了作为神通基础的禅那。出定后,他以欲界心作准备,接着以神通心变化出十二由旬高的梵天身,腾身空中,进入月宫之内。他冲破从林梢升起的明月,舍离月宫,现于月轮之前,心中作意:“让大众都看见我。”大众见后说:“诸位,见祥女的话果然是真的,我们一起礼敬这位来临的大梵天吧。”于是他们手持香花,聚集在见祥女的屋旁。大士在众人头顶上方,绕波罗奈城七圈,知道已被大众看见,便舍离十二由旬的梵天身,只变化出常人般高的身形,在大众注视下走进皮屋。大众见后说:“大梵天进去了,拿帷幔来。”便用大帷幔围住那住所,并守在其周围。显示巴利原文
Mahāpuriso cande uggatamatte abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya kāmāvacaracittena parikammaṃ katvā iddhicittena dvādasayojanikaṃ brahmattabhāvaṃ māpetvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā candavimānassa anto pavisitvā vanantato abbhussakkamānaṃ candaṃ bhinditvā candavimānaṃ ohāya purato hutvā ‘‘mahājano maṃ passatū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Mahājano disvā – ‘‘saccaṃ, bho, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya vacanaṃ, āgacchantaṃ mahābrahmānaṃ pūjessāmā’’ti gandhamālaṃ ādāya diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya gharaṃ parivāretvā aṭṭhāsi. Mahāpuriso matthakamatthakena sattavāre bārāṇasiṃ anuparigantvā mahājanena diṭṭhabhāvaṃ ñatvā dvādasayojanikaṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā manussappamāṇameva māpetvā mahājanassa passantasseva cammagehaṃ pāvisi. Mahājano disvā – ‘‘otiṇṇo no mahābrahmā, sāṇiṃ āharathā’’ti nivesanaṃ mahāsāṇiyā parikkhipitvā parivāretvā ṭhito.
大士坐在吉祥卧榻的中央。见祥女站在他身旁。他问道:“见祥女,你的经期合适吗?”她回答:“是的,主人。”大士说:“收下我给你的儿子吧。”说完用大脚趾触碰了她的肚脐。仅此一触,她便怀了孕。大士说:“见祥女,从此,给你洗脚的水,将成为全赡部洲国王们的灌顶水。你就住在这里吧。”说完,他现出梵天身,在大众注视下走出,升入空中,没入月轮。此后,她便被称为“梵天生主”。从那以后,便没有人得不到她的洗脚水了。显示巴利原文
Mahāpurisopi sirisayanamajjhe nisīdi. Diṭṭhamaṅgalikā samīpe aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ pucchi ‘‘utusamayo te diṭṭhamaṅgalike’’ti. Āma ayyāti. Mayā dinnaṃ puttaṃ gaṇhāhīti aṅguṭṭhakena nābhimaṇḍalaṃ phusi. Tassā parāmasaneneva gabbho patiṭṭhāsi. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘ettāvatā te diṭṭhamaṅgalike pādadhovanaudakaṃ sakalajambudīpe rājūnaṃ abhisekodakaṃ bhavissati, tvaṃ tiṭṭhā’’ti vatvā brahmattabhāvaṃ māpetvā passantasseva mahājanassa nikkhamitvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā caṇḍamaṇḍalameva paviṭṭho. Sā tato paṭṭhāya brahmapajāpatī nāma jātā. Pādadhovanaudakaṃ labhanto nāma natthi.
婆罗门们商议道:“我们应让梵天生主住在城内。”便用金轿将她抬起,并规定七代之内种姓不清净者不得触碰轿舆。轿子由十六位有身份的婆罗门来抬。其余众人则以香花等作供养。入城之后,他们又商议说:“诸位,怎能让梵天生主住在别人住过的旧屋内呢?不如买块地来建造新宅。只是在新宅建成之前,暂且让她栖身棚阁吧。”于是便让她在棚阁中住了下来。从此立下规矩:凡想在眼界范围内顶礼她的人,须付一枚迦诃婆那金币方可顶礼;想在能听到说话声的范围内顶礼的,须付一百枚金币;想走近到她身边、在普通谈话声可及之处顶礼的,须付五百枚金币;想把头放在她脚背上顶礼的,须付一千枚金币;若想求取洗脚水的,则须付一万枚金币才可得到。就这样,她从城外进城、来到棚阁的这段路上,所得钱财已多达一千万之多。显示巴利原文
Brāhmaṇā – ‘‘brahmapajāpatiṃ antonagare vasāpessāmā’’ti suvaṇṇasivikāya āropetvā yāva sattamakoṭiyā aparisuddhajātikassa sivikaṃ gahetuṃ na adaṃsu. Soḷasa jātimantabrāhmaṇā gaṇhiṃsu. Sesā gandhapupphādīhi pūjetvā nagaraṃ pavisitvā – ‘‘na sakkā, bho, ucchiṭṭhagehe brahmapajāpatiyā vasituṃ, vatthuṃ gahetvā gehaṃ karissāma, yāva pana taṃ karīyati, tāva maṇḍapeva vasatū’’ti maṇḍape vasāpesuṃ. Tato paṭṭhāya cakkhupathe ṭhatvā vanditukāmā kahāpaṇaṃ datvā vandituṃ labhanti, savanūpacāre vanditukāmā sataṃ datvā labhanti, āsanne pakatikathaṃ savanaṭṭhāne vanditukāmā pañcasatāni datvā labhanti, pādapiṭṭhiyaṃ sīsaṃ ṭhapetvā vanditukāmā sahassaṃ datvā labhanti, pādadhovanaudakaṃ patthayamānā dasasahassāni datvā labhanti. Bahinagarato antonagare yāva maṇḍapā āgacchantiyā laddhadhanaṃyeva koṭisatamattaṃ ahosi.
整个赡部洲为之轰动。于是所有的国王各自派人携带十万枚金币前来,求取她的洗脚水,好为自己灌顶。当时她还住在棚阁,便分娩了。借着大士的殊胜因缘所生的这位王子,容貌端严,相好具足。因为是大梵天之子降生,全赡部洲又是一片欢腾。众人纷纷祝福这孩子说:“愿你得到乳药之根源。”从各处汇集来的钱财,达到了十亿千之数。此时,新宅也已建成。大家商议说:“我们来给孩子取名吧。”便布置好房屋,用香水为婴儿沐浴更衣。因是在棚阁中出生的,便为他取名“曼陀毘耶”。显示巴利原文
Sakalajambudīpo saṅkhubhi, tato sabbarājāno ‘‘brahmapajāpatiyā pādadhovanena abhisekaṃ karissāmā’’ti satasahassaṃ pesetvā labhiṃsu. Maṇḍape vasantiyā eva gabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ ahosi. Mahāpurisaṃ paṭicca laddhakumāro pāsādiko ahosi lakkhaṇasampanno. Mahābrahmuno putto jātoti sakala jambudīpo ekakolāhalo ahosi. Kumārassa khīramaṇimūlaṃ hotūti tato tato āgatadhanaṃ koṭisahassaṃ ahosi. Ettāvatā nivesanampi niṭṭhitaṃ. Kumārassa nāmakaraṇaṃ karissāmāti nivesanaṃ sajjetvā kumāraṃ gandhodakena nhāpetvā alaṅkaritvā maṇḍape jātattā maṇḍabyotveva nāmaṃ akaṃsu.
王子安稳长大,到了该学习诸般技艺的年龄。全赡部洲所有通晓技艺的人都前来向他传授技艺。这位王子天资聪颖,耳闻的知识如同串珠般轻松纳受;而已掌握的知识,则如同注满金瓶的油一般稳固不动。凡是可凭口传的学问,他无不尽学。婆罗门众簇拥着他,他也成了护持婆罗门的人。他的宅中,经常有八万婆罗门享用常住的饭食。他的住宅也极其广大,设有七道门楼。每逢他家中举办庆典之日,赡部洲居民所送来的财物,约有十亿千之数。显示巴利原文
Kumāro sukhena saṃvaḍḍhamāno sippuggahaṇavayapattoti sakalajambudīpe sippajānanakā tassa santike āgantvā sippaṃ sikkhāpenti. Kumāro medhāvī paññavā sutaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ āvuṇanto viya gaṇhāti, gahitagahitaṃ suvaṇṇaghaṭe pakkhittatelaṃ viya tiṭṭhati. Yāvatā vācuggatā pariyatti atthi, tena anuggahitā nāma nāhosi. Brāhmaṇā taṃ parivāretvā caranti, sopi brāhmaṇabhatto ahosi. Gehe asītibrāhmaṇasahassāni niccabhattaṃ bhuñjanti. Gehampissa sattadvārakoṭṭhakaṃ mahantaṃ ahosi. Gehe maṅgaladivase jambudīpavāsīhi pesitadhanaṃ koṭisahassamattaṃ ahosi.
菩萨自忖:“这位王子是放逸,还是不放逸呢?”随即了知了他的情况:“他成了婆罗门的施主,却不知布施投向何处才有大果报。我去调伏他吧。”于是菩萨披好袈裟,持钵念道:“门楼处拥挤不堪,不便从门而入。”即由空中飞去,降落在八万婆罗门进食的露天广场上。曼陀毘耶王子正手持金勺,正吩咐着:“菜添到这儿,饭放到这里。”他一见菩萨,便如被棍子戳中的毒蛇般勃然大怒,说出如下偈颂:显示巴利原文
Bodhisatto āvajjesi – ‘‘pamatto nu kho kumāro appamatto’’ti. Athassa taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā – ‘‘brāhmaṇabhatto jāto, yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti, taṃ na jānāti, gacchāmi naṃ damemī’’ti cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhābhājanaṃ gahetvā – ‘‘dvārakoṭṭhakā atisambādhā, na sakkā koṭṭhakena pavisitu’’nti ākāsenāgantvā asītibrāhmaṇasahassānaṃ bhuñjanaṭṭhāne ākāsaṅgaṇe otari. Maṇḍabyakumāropi suvaṇṇakaṭacchuṃ gāhāpetvā – ‘‘idha sūpaṃ detha idha odana’’nti parivisāpento bodhisattaṃ disvā daṇḍakena ghaṭṭitaāsiviso viya kupitvā imaṃ gāthamāha –
你干瘦如尘土中的饿鬼;
你颈间缠着从垃圾堆捡来的破布,
喂,你是谁?你竟是不应受供养之人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kuto nu āgacchasi dummavāsī, Otallako paṃsupisācakova; Saṅkāracoḷaṃ paṭimuñca kaṇṭhe, Ko re tuvaṃ hosi adakkhiṇeyyo’’ti. (jā. 1.15.1);
于是,大士并未动怒,教诫他道:显示巴利原文
Atha naṃ mahāsatto akujjhitvāva ovadanto āha –
声誉卓著者,这食物是你所准备的,
人们享用着这些嚼食、啖食与饮品;
你知我是仰赖他人布施而活命者,
起来吧,让那贱民去得这施食。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Annaṃ tavedaṃ pakataṃ yasassi, Taṃ khajjare bhuñjare piyyare ca; Jānāsi maṃ tvaṃ paradattūpajīviṃ, Uttiṭṭha piṇḍaṃ labhataṃ sapāko’’ti. (jā. 1.15.2);
为了表示“这不是给你们这种人准备的”,他说道:显示巴利原文
So nayidaṃ tumhādisānaṃ paṭiyattanti dassento āha –
“我这份食物是为婆罗门准备的,
这食物是出于信心为我陈设的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Annaṃ mamedaṃ pakataṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ, Atthatthitaṃ saddahato mamedaṃ; Apehi etto kimidhaṭṭhitosi, Na mādisā tuyhaṃ dadanti jammā’’ti. (jā. 1.15.3);
那时,菩萨为了阐明:“布施应当给予任何人,无论有德行或无德行。就像种子,不论种在低地还是高地,依靠大地的养分与水分的滋养,都能生长;同样,布施也不会没有果报。犹如种子播在良田,布施给有德者能得大果报。”于是说了此偈:显示巴利原文
Atha bodhisatto ‘‘dānaṃ nāma saguṇassapi nigguṇassapi yassa kassaci dātabbaṃ, yathā hi ninnepi thalepi patiṭṭhāpitaṃ bījaṃ pathavīrasaṃ āporasañca āgamma sampajjati, evaṃ nipphalaṃ nāma natthi, sukhette vapitabījaṃ viya guṇavante mahapphalaṃ hotī’’ti dassetuṃ imaṃ gāthamāha –
“在高地和低地播下种子,
在湿润的田地中,期盼获得果实;
以此信心而行布施吧,
或可使应供者生起净信。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Thale ca ninne ca vapanti bījaṃ, Anūpakhette phalamāsamānā; Etāya saddhāya dadāhi dānaṃ, Appeva ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyye’’ti. (jā. 1.15.4);
那时,王子被愤怒所征服,便呵斥守门人等人:“是谁允许这剃头者进来的?”——显示巴利原文
Atha kumāro kodhābhibhūto – ‘‘kenimassa muṇḍakassa paveso dinno’’ti dvārarakkhādayo tajjetvā –
在世间,我的田地为人所知,
我在那里播下种子;
那些出身高贵的婆罗门,
这些田地确实最为善美。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Khettāni mayhaṃ viditāni loke, Yesāhaṃ bījāni patiṭṭhapemi; Ye brāhmaṇā jātimantūpapannā, Tānīdha khettāni supesalānī’’ti. (jā. 1.15.5) –
说完此偈,他便命令道:“将这贱民用竹片狠狠鞭打,抓住脖颈,拖过七道门楼,丢到外面去!”然后,那位大人对他说——显示巴利原文
Gāthaṃ vatvā ‘‘imaṃ jammaṃ veṇupadarena pothetvā gīvāyaṃ gahetvā sattapi dvārakoṭṭhake atikkamitvā bahi nīharathā’’ti āha. Atha naṃ mahāpuriso āha –
你以指甲挖山,以牙齿嚼铁;
“Jātavedaṃ padahasi, yo isiṃ paribhāsasī’ti.”——这首偈颂的意思是:你辱骂仙人,如同对抗火神。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Giriṃ nakhena khaṇasi, ayo dantebhi khādasi; Jātavedaṃ padahasi, yo isiṃ paribhāsasī’’ti. (jā. 1.15.9);
他这样说完后,心中思惟:“如果他让人抓住我的手或脚,给我带来痛苦,那就会造作许多非福(恶业)。”出于对众生的哀愍,他腾空而起,降落在街道之间。已证一切知的世尊为开示其中义理,说出此偈:显示巴利原文
Evañca pana vatvā – ‘‘sace myāyaṃ hatthe vā pāde vā gaṇhāpetvā dukkhaṃ uppādeyya, bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasaveyyā’’ti sattānuddayatāya vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā antaravīthiyaṃ otari. Bhagavā sabbaññutaṃ patto tamatthaṃ pakāsento imaṃ gāthamāha –
“Idaṃ vatvāna mātaṅgo, isi saccaparakkamo;”——偈颂这样说:“这样说完后,摩腾伽,这位真实精进的仙人,”
“Antalikkhasmiṃ pakkāmi, brāhmaṇānaṃ udikkhata”nti——意为:“在众婆罗门的注视下,他飞升空中,离去。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna mātaṅgo, isi saccaparakkamo; Antalikkhasmiṃ pakkāmi, brāhmaṇānaṃ udikkhata’’nti. (jā. 1.15.10);
就在那时,护城天神中的年长天神王扭断了曼达毗耶的脖子。他的脸庞被扭转向后,双眼上翻,口流涎沫,身体僵直,犹如被插在木桩上一般。那八万夜叉仆役与八万婆罗门,也同遭此难。他们急忙赶去向梵天生主禀报。她匆匆赶来,目睹那片惨状,便说出如下偈颂:显示巴利原文
Tāvadeva nagararakkhikadevatānaṃ jeṭṭhakadevarājā maṇḍabyassa gīvaṃ parivattesi. Tassa mukhaṃ parivattetitvā pacchāmukhaṃ jātaṃ, akkhīni parivattāni, mukhena kheḷaṃ vamati, sarīraṃ thaddhaṃ sūle āropitaṃ viya ahosi. Asītisahassā paricārakayakkhā asītibrāhmaṇasahassāni tatheva akaṃsu. Vegena gantvā brahmapajāpatiyā ārocayiṃsu. Sā taramānarūpā āgantvā taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā gāthamāha –
他的头颅被从背后扭得歪斜,
手臂僵直,不听使唤;
“Setāni akkhīni yathā matassa,”——双眼发白,就像死人的眼睛,
“是谁把我儿子害成这个样子?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āvedhitaṃ piṭṭhito uttamaṅgaṃ, Bāhuṃ pasāreti akammaneyyaṃ; Setāni akkhīni yathā matassa, Ko me imaṃ puttamakāsi eva’’nti. (jā. 1.15.11);
于是,他们告诉她说:显示巴利原文
Athassā ārocesuṃ –
“有一个沙门来到这里,穿着脏破的衣服,
浑身湿漉漉,如同沾满尘土的毗舍遮鬼,
还从垃圾堆捡来一块布,系在颈上。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Idhāgamā samaṇo dummavāsī, Otallako paṃsupisācakova, Saṅkāracoḷaṃ paṭimuñca kaṇṭhe, So te imaṃ puttamakāsi eva’’nti. (jā. 1.15.12);
她一听便明白了:"那位赐予我声誉的圣者,一定是知道我儿放逸,出于慈悯才来的。"于是她问侍从们:显示巴利原文
Sā sutvāva aññāsi – ‘‘mayhaṃ yasadāyako ayyo anukampāya puttassa pamattabhāvaṃ ñatvā āgato bhavissatī’’ti. Tato upaṭṭhāke pucchi –
年轻人,请你们将此事告诉我;
我们去向他忏悔,以消尽所犯的过失,
或许我们还能救回儿子的性命。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Katamaṃ disaṃ agamā bhūripañño, Akkhātha me māṇavā etamatthaṃ; Gantvāna taṃ paṭikaremu accayaṃ, Appeva naṃ putta labhemu jīvita’’nti. (jā. 1.15.13);
那位具广大智慧者,从虚空离去,
犹如十五日晴空中圆满的明月;
然而,他又折返,返回了原先的方向,
这位守信践诺的牟尼仙人,容止端严。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vehāyasaṃ agamā bhūripañño, Pathaddhuno pannaraseva cando; Apicāpi so purimadisaṃ agacchi, Saccappaṭiñño isi sādhurūpo’’ti. (jā. 1.15.14);
那位大士从踏入中央街道的那一刻起,便下定决心:“愿我的足迹不要因象、马等而消失,只让那位见到吉兆的人看见,别让其他人看到。”随后,他入村乞食,取了仅够维持生命的杂米饭,回到集会堂坐下进食,将吃剩的少许饭食留在钵中。那位见到吉兆的人也从宫殿下来,走上中央街道,看见足迹后心想:“这是那位赐我声誉的尊者的足迹。”于是顺着足迹寻来,顶礼后说道:“尊者,请宽恕您仆人所犯的过错,因为您并非会被瞋怒所左右之人。请饶过我儿子的性命。”显示巴利原文
Mahāpurisopi antaravīthiyaṃ otiṇṇaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya – ‘‘mayhaṃ padavaḷañjaṃ hatthiassādīnaṃ vasena mā antaradhāyittha, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāyeva naṃ passatu, mā aññe’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā piṇḍāya caritvā yāpanamattaṃ missakodanaṃ gahetvā paṭikkamanasālāyaṃ nisinno bhuñjitvā thokaṃ bhuttāvasesaṃ bhikkhābhājaneyeva ṭhapesi. Diṭṭhamaṅgalikāpi pāsādā oruyha antaravīthiṃ paṭipajjamānā padavaḷañjaṃ disvā – ‘‘idaṃ mayhaṃ yasadāyakassa ayyassa pada’’nti padānusārenāgantvā vanditvā āha – ‘‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, dāsena katāparādhaṃ mayhaṃ khamatha, na hi tumhe kodhavasikā nāma, detha me puttassa jīvita’’nti.
她说完这番话后——显示巴利原文
Evañca pana vatvā –
“是谁把我的儿子弄成这样?”(《本生经》1.15.15)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āvedhitaṃ piṭṭhito uttamaṅgaṃ, Bāhuṃ pasāreti akammaneyyaṃ; Setāni akkhīni yathā matassa, Ko me imaṃ puttamakāsi eva’’nti. (jā. 1.15.15) –
她诵出此偈。大人说:“我们不会如此行事。然而,见有人伤害出家者,这可能是大力夜叉天神出于对出家者的恭敬而为的。”显示巴利原文
Gāthaṃ abhāsi. Mahāpuriso āha – ‘‘na mayaṃ evarūpaṃ karoma, pabbajitaṃ pana hiṃsante disvā pabbajitesu sagāravāhi bhūtayakkhadevatāhi kataṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
“尊者,只求您心中莫起嗔恨,就当是天神所作吧。愿天神们得安乐,尊者。然而,尊者,我该如何做呢?”大人说:“那么,我告诉你一剂药方:我钵中有剩余的饭食,你往其中加少许水,取少许放入你儿子口中,剩余的倒入水缸中搅匀,分给八万婆罗门饮用。”她说:“我会照做。”于是取了饭食,顶礼大人后离去,依言而行。显示巴利原文
Kevalaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ manopadoso mā hotu, devatāhi kataṃ hotu, sukhamāpayā , bhante, devatā, apicāhaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjāmīti. Tena hi osadhaṃ te kathessāmi, mama bhikkhābhājane bhuttāvasesaṃ bhattamatthi, tattha thokaṃ udakaṃ āsiñcitvā thokaṃ gahetvā tava puttassa mukhe pakkhipa, avasesaṃ udakacāṭiyaṃ āloḷetvā asītiyā brāhmaṇasahassānaṃ mukhe pakkhipāti. Sā evaṃ karissāmīti bhattaṃ gahetvā mahāpurisaṃ vanditvā gantvā tathā akāsi.
饭刚入口,大天王便想:“主人亲自施药,我们什么也做不了了。”于是便将那男孩放了。男孩吐出些许东西,变得像从未受过苦一般,恢复了常色。这时母亲对他说:“看吧,儿子,这就是那些与你家亲近、无惭无愧之人所作的恶行。而沙门却非如此,儿子,你应当供养沙门。”随后,她让人把缸中剩余的水搅匀,灌入那些婆罗门口中。夜叉们当即放开他们,纷纷逃走。婆罗门们不住呕吐,起身问道:“你们往我们嘴里放了什么?”有人告诉他们:“是摩登伽仙人食剩的饭。”他们心想:“我们被喂了旃陀罗的残食,如今已不再是婆罗门了。将来婆罗门们会说‘这些是不净的婆罗门’,不会让我们同席就食。”于是他们从该处逃离,前往中部地区,住进中部国王的城中,自称“最高座婆罗门”,于王宫中就餐。显示巴利原文
Mukhe pakkhittamatte jeṭṭhakadevarājā – ‘‘sāmimhi sayaṃ bhesajjaṃ karonte amhehi na sakkā kiñci kātu’’nti kumāraṃ vissajjesi. Sopi khipitvā kiñci dukkhaṃ appattapubbo viya pakativaṇṇo ahosi. Atha naṃ mātā avoca – ‘‘passa tāta tava kulupakānaṃ hirottapparahitānaṃ vippakāraṃ, samaṇā pana na evarūpā honti, samaṇe tāta bhojeyyāsī’’ti. Tato sesakaṃ udakacāṭiyaṃ āluḷāpetvā brāhmaṇānaṃ mukhe pakkhipāpesi. Yakkhā tāvadeva vissajjetvā palāyiṃsu. Brāhmaṇā khipitvā khipitvā uṭṭhahitvā kiṃ amhākaṃ mukhe pakkhittanti pucchiṃsu. Mātaṅgaisissa ucchiṭṭhabhattanti. Te ‘‘caṇḍālassa ucchiṭṭhakaṃ khādāpitamhā, abrāhmaṇā dānimhā jātā, idāni no brāhmaṇā ‘asuddhabrāhmaṇā ime’ti sambhogaṃ na dassantī’’ti tato palāyitvā majjharaṭṭhaṃ gantvā majjharājassa nagare aggāsanikā brāhmaṇā nāma mayanti rājagehe bhuñjanti.
那时,菩萨正调伏恶人、折伏骄慢之辈,游行诸方。有一位生族苦行者心想:“像我这样的生族苦行者,世间无人能及。”对他人丝毫不生敬意。菩萨见到他住在恒河岸边,心想:“我要折服他的骄慢。”便前往那里。那位生族苦行者问他:“你是什么出身?”菩萨说:“老师,我是旃陀罗。”苦行者便说:“走开,旃陀罗!走开,旃陀罗!到恒河下游去住,不要弄脏了上游的水!”显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samaye bodhisatto pāpaniggahaṃ karonto mānajātike nimmadayanto vicarati. Atheko ‘‘jātimantatāpaso nāma mayā sadiso natthī’’ti aññesu saññampi na karoti. Bodhisatto taṃ gaṅgātīre vasamānaṃ disvā ‘‘mānaniggahamassa karissāmī’’ti tattha agamāsi . Taṃ jātimantatāpaso pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ jacco bhava’’nti? Caṇḍālo ahaṃ ācariyāti. Apehi caṇḍāla apehi caṇḍāla, heṭṭhāgaṅgāya vasa, mā uparigaṅgāya udakaṃ ucchiṭṭhamakāsīti.
菩萨说:“好的,老师,我就住在您所说的住处。”他便住在恒河下游,并发起决意:“愿恒河水逆流!”清晨,那位生族苦行者下到恒河,掬水漱口,清洗发辫。菩萨则一边嚼着齿木,一边将一团团唾液吐入水中,齿木残渣也丢进水里。他决意不让这些东西漂向他处,唯附着于那位苦行者的发辫上。果然,唾液与齿木渣全都恰好黏在苦行者的发辫间。显示巴利原文
Bodhisatto – ‘‘sādhu ācariya, tumhehi vuttaṭṭhāne vasissāmī’’ti heṭṭhāgaṅgāya vasanto ‘‘gaṅgāya udakaṃ paṭisotaṃ sandatū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Jātimantatāpaso pātova gaṅgaṃ oruyha udakaṃ ācamati, jaṭā dhovati. Bodhisatto dantakaṭṭhaṃ khādanto piṇḍaṃ piṇḍaṃ kheḷaṃ udake pāteti. Dantakaṭṭhakucchiṭṭhakampi tattheva pavāheti. Yathā ce taṃ aññattha alaggitvā tāpasasseva jaṭāsu laggati, tathā adhiṭṭhāsi. Kheḷampi dantakaṭṭhampi tāpasassa jaṭāsuyeva patiṭṭhāti.
苦行者心中懊恼,想:“这一定是那个旃陀罗干的。”便去问菩萨:“喂,旃陀罗,恒河水逆流,是你所为吗?”“是的,老师。”“那你就不要住在下游了,住到上游去。”“好的,老师,我就住在您吩咐的地方。”菩萨便住到那里,收摄了神通,河水又恢复了顺流。苦行者再次遭遇同样的麻烦。他又去问菩萨:“喂,旃陀罗,你是不是一会儿让恒河水逆流,一会儿又让它顺流?”“是的,老师。”“旃陀罗,你不让安享安乐住的出家人安稳度日,到第七天,你的头将裂成七瓣!”“好的,老师。不过,我将让太阳无法升起。”显示巴利原文
Tāpaso caṇḍālassidaṃ kammaṃ bhavissatīti vippaṭisārī hutvā gantvā pucchi – ‘‘idaṃ, bho caṇḍāla, gaṅgāya udakaṃ tayā paṭisotagāmikata’’nti? Āma ācariya. Tena hi tvaṃ heṭṭhāgaṅgāya mā vasa, uparigaṅgāya vasāti. Sādhu ācariya, tumhehi vuttaṭṭhāne vasissāmīti tattha vasanto iddhiṃ paṭippassambhesi, udakaṃ yathāgatikameva jātaṃ. Puna tāpaso tadeva byasanaṃ pāpuṇi. So puna gantvā bodhisattaṃ pucchi, – ‘‘bho caṇḍāla, tvamidaṃ gaṅgāya udakaṃ kālena paṭisotagāmiṃ kālena anusotagāmiṃ karosī’’ti? Āma ācariya. Caṇḍāla, ‘‘tvaṃ sukhavihārīnaṃ pabbajitānaṃ sukhena vasituṃ na desi, sattame te divase sattadhā muddhā phalatū’’ti. Sādhu acariya, ahaṃ pana sūriyassa uggantuṃ na dassāmīti.
这时,菩萨思惟:“他的诅咒将落在他自己头上,我应保护他。”出于对众生的悲悯,次日,他以神通力阻止太阳升起。具神通者的境界确实不可思议。从此,曙光不再显现,日夜的界限消失,耕作、经商等种种事务也无人去做了。显示巴利原文
Atha mahāsatto cintesi – ‘‘etassa abhisāpo etasseva upari patissati, rakkhāmi na’’nti sattānuddayatāya punadivase iddhiyā sūriyassa uggantuṃ na adāsi. Iddhimato iddhivisayo nāma acinteyyo, tato paṭṭhāya aruṇuggaṃ na paññāyati, rattindivaparicchedo natthi, kasivaṇijjādīni kammāni payojento nāma natthi.
人们说:“这究竟是夜叉的漩涡,还是鬼神、龙与金翅鸟的漩涡?”遭遇这场灾祸后,他们心想:“该如何是好?王族素有大智慧,能为世间谋虑利益,我们去那里吧。”于是众人前往王宫,禀报了此事。国王听了虽然也害怕,却装作毫不畏惧的样子说:“诸位莫怕。住在恒河岸边的生族苦行者,应知道这其中的缘由。我们去问他,便能解消疑惑。”他只带着几名亲信随从,与民众一同前去拜见那位苦行者。寒暄过后,他便问起这事。苦行者说:“是的,大王,这里有一个旃陀罗,他能让恒河水一时顺流,一时逆流。关于这件事,我曾经说过一些话。您去问他,他就会知道。”显示巴利原文
Manussā – ‘‘yakkhāvaṭṭo nu kho ayaṃ bhūtadevaṭṭonāgasupaṇṇāvaṭṭo’’ti upaddavappattā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kātabba’’nti cintetvā ‘‘rājakulaṃ nāma mahāpaññaṃ, lokassa hitaṃ cintetuṃ sakkoti, tattha gacchāmā’’ti rājakulaṃ gantvā tamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā sutvā bhītopi abhītākāraṃ katvā – ‘‘mā tātā bhāyatha, imaṃ kāraṇaṃ gaṅgātīravāsī jātimantatāpaso jānissati, taṃ pucchitvā nikkaṅkhā bhavissāmā’’ti katipayeheva atthacarakehi manussehi saddhiṃ tāpasaṃ upasaṅkamitvā katapaṭisanthāro tamatthaṃ pucchi. Tāpaso āha – ‘‘āma mahārāja, eko caṇḍālo atthi, so imaṃ gaṅgāya udakaṃ kālena anusotagāmiṃ kālena patisotagāmiṃ karoti, mayā tadatthaṃ kiñci kathitaṃ atthi, taṃ pucchatha, so jānissatī’’ti.
国王来到菩萨跟前,问道:“尊者,是您不让曙光升起的吗?”“是的,大王。”“什么缘故呢,尊者?”“因为那位生族苦行者,大王。等那位生族苦行者前来向我顶礼、恳求原谅之时,我才会放出太阳。”国王回去后说:“来吧,老师,去向那位苦行者道歉。”苦行者说:“大王,我绝不向旃陀罗顶礼。”“老师,请您就应允吧,看看这整个地区人民所受的苦。”他仍然拒绝了。国王来到菩萨前说:“那位老师不愿道歉。”“他不道歉,我就不让太阳升起。”国王心想:“此人不肯道歉,彼人得不到道歉便不放太阳,那个苦行者对我们还有何用?我们应当顾念世间。”于是他下令:“去吧,你们到苦行者那里去,抓住他的手脚,把他带到菩萨脚下,使他伏在地上,为了怜悯此方百姓,务必让他道歉。”王臣们便前去照此办理,将苦行者带到菩萨脚前,令他伏地,恳求原谅。显示巴利原文
Rājā mātaṅgaisissa santikaṃ gantvā – ‘‘tumhe, bhante, aruṇassa uggantuṃ na dethā’’ti pucchi. Āma, mahārājāti. Kiṃ kāraṇā bhanteti? Jātimantatāpasakāraṇā, mahārāja, jātimantatāpasena āgantvā maṃ vanditvā khamāpitakāle dassāmi mahārājāti. Rājā gantvā ‘‘etha ācariya, tāpasaṃ khamāpethā’’ti āha. Nāhaṃ, mahārāja, caṇḍālaṃ vandāmīti. Mā ācariya, evaṃ karotha, janapadassa mukhaṃ passathāti. So puna paṭikkhipiyeva. Rājā bodhisattaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ācariyo khamāpetuṃ na icchitī’’ti āha. Akhamāpite ahaṃ sūriyaṃ na muñcāmīti. Rājā ‘‘ayaṃ khamāpetuṃ na icchati, ayaṃ akhamāpite sūriyaṃ na muñcati, kiṃ amhākaṃ tena tāpasena, lokaṃ olokessāmā’’ti ‘‘gacchatha, bho, tāpasasantikaṃ, taṃ hatthesu ca pādesu ca gahetvā mātaṅgaisissa pādamūle netvā nipajjāpetvā khamāpetha etassa janapadānuddayataṃ paṭiccā’’ti āha. Te rājapurisā gantvā taṃ tathā katvā ānetvā mātaṅgaisissa pādamūle nipajjāpetvā khamāpesuṃ.
菩萨说道:“应当原谅的,我自会原谅。然而,此人对我的诅咒终将回报到他自身。待我放出太阳,阳光将照射他的头顶,那时他的头便会裂成七瓣。但我不愿他遭受这样的灾祸。来,你们把他浸入水中,水深及颈,再拿一个大泥团顶在他头上。然后我放出太阳,阳光射在泥团上,便会把泥团击成七瓣。那时他便可舍去泥团,潜入水中,从另一侧河岸上岸。你们就这样告诉他,他便能平安无事。”众人答道:“我们就这么办。”于是照着做了,那位苦行者也果然平安无恙。从此以后,他折伏了骄慢,断除了我慢,心想:“所谓出身,实在毫无意义;出家之人内在的功德才是根本。”显示巴利原文
Ahaṃ nāma khamitabbaṃ khamāmi, apica kho pana etassa kathā etasseva upari patissati. Mayā sūriye vissajjite sūriyarasmi etassa matthake patissati, athassa sattadhā muddhā phalissati. Tañca kho panesa byasanaṃ mā pāpuṇātu, etha tumhe etaṃ galappamāṇe udake otāretvā mahantaṃ mattikāpiṇḍamassa sīse ṭhapetha. Athāhaṃ sūriyaṃ vissajjissāmi. Sūriyarasmi mattikāpiṇḍe patitvā taṃ sattadhā bhindissati. Athesa mattikāpiṇḍaṃ chaḍḍetvā nimujjitvā aññena titthena uttaratu, iti naṃ vadatha, evamassa sotthi bhavissatīti. Te manussā ‘‘evaṃ karissāmā’’ti tathā kāresuṃ. Tassāpi tatheva sotthi jātā. So tato paṭṭhāya – ‘‘jāti nāma akāraṇaṃ, pabbajitānaṃ abbhantare guṇova kāraṇa’’nti jātigottamānaṃ pahāya nimmado ahosi.
就这样,菩萨调伏了那位生族苦行者之后,大众都认识到菩萨的威德,引起极大轰动。国王为了返回自己的都城,礼请菩萨同行。大士应允,心想:“我还要调伏那八万婆罗门,履行诺言。”便前往中部王的都城。那些婆罗门一见菩萨,便说:“喂,那个大贼来了!他马上就要公开揭露我们:‘你们都是吃了我的残食才变成非婆罗门的’,那时我们在这里将无处容身,不如先下手为强,杀了他。”他们又去对国王说:“大王,切莫以为这个旃陀罗出家人是什么好人。他掌握一种厉害的咒术:能把大地变为虚空,把虚空变为大地;能把远方移近,将近处推远;能让恒河倒流。如果他愿意,甚至能把大地拔起抛掷。人心毕竟无法时时把握。此人若在此站稳脚跟,恐怕会颠覆您的王权,危及性命,乃至断绝王族血脉。大王,请听从我们的劝告,今天就杀了他为好。”显示巴利原文
Iti jātimantatāpase damite mahājano bodhisattassa thāmaṃ aññāsi, mahākolāhalaṃ jātaṃ. Rājā attano nagaraṃ gamanatthāya bodhisattaṃ yāci. Mahāsatto paṭiññaṃ datvā tāni ca asītibrāhmaṇasahassāni damessāmi, paṭiññañca mocessāmīti majjharājassa nagaraṃ agamāsi. Brāhmaṇā bodhisattaṃ disvāva – bho, ‘‘ayaṃ so, bho mahācoro, āgato, idāneva sabbe ete mayhaṃ ucchiṭṭhakaṃ khāditvā abrāhmaṇā jātāti amhe pākaṭe karissati, evaṃ no idhāpi āvāso na bhavissati, paṭikacceva māressāmā’’ti rājānaṃ puna upasaṅkamitvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘tumhe, mahārāja, etaṃ caṇḍālapabbajitaṃ mā sādhurūpoti maññittha, esa garukamantaṃ jānāti, pathaviṃ gahetvā ākāsaṃ karoti, ākāsaṃ pathaviṃ, dūraṃ gahetvā santikaṃ karoti, santikaṃ dūraṃ, gaṅgaṃ nivattetvā uddhagāminiṃ karoti, icchanto pathaviṃ ukkhipitvā pātetuṃ maññe sakkoti. Parassa vā cittaṃ nāma sabbakālaṃ na sakkā gahetuṃ, ayaṃ idha patiṭṭhaṃ labhanto tumhākaṃ rajjampi nāseyya, jīvitantarāyampi vaṃsupacchedampi kareyya, amhākaṃ vacanaṃ karotha, mahārāja, ajjeva imaṃ māretuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti.
国王往往是轻信他人的,就这样,他在众人言语的鼓动下作出了决断。菩萨则在城中托钵乞食,在近水舒适处用了杂米饭后,便前往王苑。因自身并无过失,心中毫无挂碍,便在吉祥石板上坐下。菩萨本具能忆念八十劫——过去四十劫、未来四十劫——的智慧,但当时并未运用它,因此片刻之间,正念未能现前。国王不曾告知任何人,亲自前往,趁着菩萨全无思虑、安然就坐时,拔剑砍向大士,将他斩为两段。这位国王的领土内,降下了第八次铜釜雨和第九次泥淖雨。如此,那个地区一共降下了九种灾雨。那位国王连同他的眷属,都堕入大地狱之中。因此,桑基洽智者说:显示巴利原文
Rājāno nāma parapattiyā honti, iti so bahūnaṃ kathāvasena niṭṭhaṃ gato. Bodhisatto pana nagare piṇḍāya caritvā udakaphāsukaṭṭhāne missakodanaṃ bhuñjitvā rājuyyānaṃ gantvā nirāparādhatāya nirāsaṅko maṅgalasilāpaṭṭe nisīdi. Atīte cattālīsa, anāgate cattālīsāti asītikappe anussarituṃ samatthañāṇassa anāvajjanatāya muhuttamattake kāle sati nappahoti, rājā aññaṃ ajānāpetvā sayameva gantvā nirāvajjanatāya pamādena nisinnaṃ mahāpurisaṃ asinā paharitvā dve bhāge akāsi. Imassa rañño vijite aṭṭhamaṃ lohakūṭavassaṃ, navamaṃ kalalavassaṃ vassi. Iti imassāpi raṭṭhe nava vuṭṭhiyo patitā. So ca rājā sapariso mahāniraye nibbatto. Tenāha saṃkiccapaṇḍito –
他与随众一同覆灭,那时中部王的国土便成了一片森林。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upahacca manaṃ majjho, mātaṅgasmiṃ yasassine; Sapārisajjo ucchinno, majjhāraññaṃ tadā ahūti’’. (jā. 2.19.96) –
中部林成为森林的因缘,应如此了知。然因摩登伽仙人的缘故,那地方便被称为摩登伽林。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ majjhāraññassa araññabhūtabhāvo veditabbo. Mātaṅgassa pana isino vasena tadeva mātaṅgāraññanti vuttaṃ.
66 「问题与辩才」(Pañhapaṭibhānānīti):指对问题的解答。「应作反对者」(paccanīkaṃ katabbanti):意为应当成为对立的一方。「他们不认为」(Amaññissanti):意思是如同抱持反对立场的人那样。这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
66.Pañhapaṭibhānānīti pañhabyākaraṇāni. Paccanīkaṃ katabbanti paccanīkaṃ kātabbaṃ. Amaññissanti vilomabhāgaṃ gaṇhanto viya ahosinti attho.
67 「审察而行」(Anuviccakāranti):意为应先审察、思考、衡量之后再行动,也就是“你当这样做”。“是为善”(Sādhu hotīti):即这是好的。因为像你这样身份的人,若见到我就皈依我,见到尼干陀就皈依尼干陀,他人会想:“这位优波离是见到谁就皈依谁吗?”便会生起讥嫌。因此,世尊那样说是为了表明“对于像你们这样的人,审察而行方为善”。「他们会举起旗幡」(Paṭākaṃ parihareyyunti):据说,那些尼干陀得到这样的弟子后,会高举旗幡,在城中巡行宣告:“某某国王、大臣或长者已来皈依我们,成为弟子。”这样做有两个原因:一是“我们的尊荣将因此彰显”;二是若那人日后生起追悔:“我为何皈依这些人?”但转念又想“许多人都已知道我皈依他们的事实,现在退转是件苦事”,他便因此消除悔意,不再退转了。因此他说:“他们会举起旗幡”。显示巴利原文
67.Anuviccakāranti anuvicāretvā cintetvā tulayitvā kātabbaṃ karohīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sādhu hotīti sundaro hoti. Tumhādisasmiñhi maṃ disvā maṃ saraṇaṃ gacchante nigaṇṭhaṃ disvā nigaṇṭhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchante – ‘‘kiṃ ayaṃ upāli diṭṭhadiṭṭhameva saraṇaṃ gacchatī’’ti? Garahā uppajjissati, tasmā anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ sādhūti dasseti. Paṭākaṃ parihareyyunti te kira evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ labhitvā – ‘‘asuko nāma rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā seṭṭhi vā amhākaṃ saraṇaṃ gato sāvako jāto’’ti paṭākaṃ ukkhipitvā nagare ghosentā āhiṇḍanti. Kasmā? Evaṃ no mahantabhāvo āvi bhavissatīti ca, sace tassa ‘‘kimahaṃ etesaṃ saraṇaṃ gato’’ti vippaṭisāro uppajjeyya, tampi so ‘‘etesaṃ me saraṇagatabhāvaṃ bahū jānanti, dukkhaṃ idāni paṭinivattitu’’nti vinodetvā na paṭikkamissatīti ca. ‘‘Tenāha paṭākaṃ parihareyyu’’nti.
68 「成为井」(Opānabhūtanti):如同已准备好的水井那样安立在那里。「家」(Kulanti):指你的住所。“你应认为当给”:过去,即使见到十人、二十人乃至六十人前来,你也不会说“没有”而照样给予。如今,不要仅仅因为他们皈依了我,就截断对这些人的应施之物;因为对于成就者,是必定应当给予的。这是世尊的教诫。“我已听闻此,尊者”:这是从哪里听来的?从尼干陀那里听来的。据说尼干陀们在居家众中这样宣扬:“我们主张‘对任何人的成就都应给予’,而沙门乔达摩却说‘只应给我布施……乃至……给其他弟子的布施不是大果’。”这位居士正是针对这件事而说“我已听闻此”。显示巴利原文
68.Opānabhūtanti paṭiyattaudapāno viya ṭhitaṃ. Kulanti tava nivesanaṃ. Dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsīti pubbe dasapi vīsatipi saṭṭhipi jane āgate disvā natthīti avatvā deti. Idāni maṃ saraṇaṃ gatakāraṇamattenava mā imesaṃ deyyadhammaṃ, upacchindittha, sampattānañhi dātabbamevāti ovadati. Sutametaṃ, bhanteti kuto sutaṃ? Nigaṇṭhānaṃ santikā, te kira kulagharesu evaṃ pakāsenti – ‘‘mayaṃ ‘yassa kassaci sampattassa dātabba’nti vadāma, samaṇo pana gotamo ‘mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ…pe… na aññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphala’nti vadatī’’ti. Taṃ sandhāya ayaṃ gahapati ‘‘sutameta’’nti āha.
69 「次第论」:指依布施之后为戒、戒之后为生天、生天之后为道这样的顺序依次讲说。其中,「布施论」指:此布施是安乐的源泉,是成就的根本,是财富的依处,是遭遇苦难者的庇护、洞窟、皈依与归宿。无论现世还是他世,都没有与布施相似的依怙、立足处、所缘、庇护、洞窟、皈依、归宿。因为,布施作为依怙,如同宝造的狮子座;作为立足处,如同大地;作为支撑,如同支撑的绳索;作为度越苦难的工具,如同船;作为安慰,如同战场上的勇士;作为防护怖畏之处,如同建造坚固的城堡;由于不被悭吝的垢秽等所染污,如同莲花;由于能焚烧那些垢秽,如同火;由于难以接近,如同毒蛇;由于无所惊恐,如同狮子;由于有大力量,如同大象;由于被公认是最上的祥瑞,如同白牛;由于能抵达安稳之地,如同云马王。此布施是我曾行过的道,是我的传承。当我圆满十波罗蜜时,曾举办过诸如维拉摩大祀、摩诃高毗昙大祀、大善见王大祀、毗输安多罗大祀等众多大祀;当我生为兔时,将自己投入炽盛的火堆,摄受了前来乞求者的心。布施在世间中,能给予帝释的成就,给予魔罗的成就,给予显示巴利原文
69.Anupubbiṃkathanti dānānantaraṃ sīlaṃ, sīlānantaraṃ saggaṃ, saggānantaraṃ magganti evaṃ anupaṭipāṭikathaṃ. Tattha dānakathanti idaṃ dānaṃ nāma sukhānaṃ nidānaṃ, sampattīnaṃ mūlaṃ, bhogānaṃ patiṭṭhā, visamagatassa tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gatiparāyaṇaṃ, idhalokaparalokesu dānasadiso avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi. Idañhi avassayaṭṭhena ratanamayasīhāsanasadisaṃ, patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena mahāpathavisadisaṃ, ālambanaṭṭhena ālambanarajjusadisaṃ. Idañhi dukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhena nāvā, samassāsanaṭṭhena saṅgāmasūro, bhayaparittāṇaṭṭhena susaṅkhatanagaraṃ, maccheramalādīhi anupalittaṭṭhena padumaṃ, tesaṃ nidahanaṭṭhena aggi, durāsadaṭṭhena āsīviso. Asantāsanaṭṭhena sīho, balavantaṭṭhena hatthī, abhimaṅgalasammataṭṭhena setavasabho, khemantabhūmisampāpanaṭṭhena valāhako assarājā. Dānaṃ nāmebhaṃ mayhaṃ gatamaggo, mayheveso vaṃso, mayā dasa pāramiyo pūrentena velāmamahāyañño, mahāgovindamahāyañño mahāsudassanamahāyañño, vessantaramahāyaññoti anekamahāyaññā pavattitā, sasabhūtena jalite aggikkhandhe attānaṃ niyyādentena sampattayācakānaṃ cittaṃ gahitaṃ. Dānañhi loke sakkasampattiṃ deti, mārasampattiṃ deti, brahmasampattiṃ deti, cakkavattisampattiṃ deti, sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ, paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ, abhisambodhiñāṇaṃ detīti evamādiṃ dānaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.
又因为正在行布施的人能够受持戒,所以在布施论之后紧接着讲说戒论。「戒论」指:戒就是依怙、立足处、所缘、庇护、洞窟、皈依、归宿;戒就是我的传承。我在护螺龙王时、富利达多龙王时、瞻波龙王时、持戒龙王时、养母象王时、六牙象王时等无量生中,圆满过诸戒。在现世与他世的成就中,没有与戒相似的依怙,没有与戒相似的立足处、所缘、庇护、洞窟、皈依、归宿;没有与戒饰相似的装饰,没有与戒花相似的花,没有与戒香相似的香。由戒饰所庄严、佩戴着戒花、涂以戒香的人,即使天众见了,也不会感到满足。以上这些,就是关联戒功德的论述。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana dānaṃ dadanto sīlaṃ samādātuṃ sakkoti, tasmā tadanataraṃ sīlakathaṃ kathesi. Sīlakathanti sīlaṃ nāmetaṃ avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ, sīlaṃ nāmetaṃ mama vaṃso, ahaṃ saṅkhapālanāgarājakāle, bhūridattanāgarājakāle, campeyyanāgarājakāle, sīlavanāgarājakāle, mātuposakahatthirājakāle, chaddantahatthirājakāleti anantesu attabhāvesu sīlaṃ paripūresiṃ. Idhalokaparalokasampattīnañhi sīlasadiso avassayo, sīlasadisā patiṭṭhā, ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi, sīlālaṅkārasadiso alaṅkāro natthi, sīlapupphasadisaṃ pupphaṃ natthi, sīlagandhasadiso gandho natthi. Sīlālaṅkārena hi alaṅkataṃ sīlakusumapiḷandhanaṃ sīlagandhānulittaṃ sadevakopi loko olokento tittiṃ na gacchatīti evamādiṃ sīlaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.
为了显示依于此戒便能获得此生天,在戒论之后紧接着讲说生天论。「生天论」指:此天界是可意、可爱、可悦的;这里常有游戏,常能获得成就;四天王天享受九十万年天界的快乐与成就;三十三天享受三亿六万年天界的快乐与成就……以上这些,就是关联生天功德的论述。诸佛在讲说天界成就时,其口是说不尽的。这在经中也有说到:‘诸比丘,我若以种种方便来解说生天论……’等等。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ pana sīlaṃ nissāya ayaṃ saggo labbhatīti dassetuṃ sīlānantaraṃ saggakathaṃ kathesi. Saggakathanti ayaṃ saggo nāma iṭṭho kanto manāpo, niccamettha kīḷā, niccaṃ sampattiyo labbhanti, cātumahārājikā devā navutivassasatasahassāni dibbasukhaṃ dibbasampattiṃ anubhavanti, tāvatiṃsā tisso ca vassakoṭiyo saṭṭhi ca vassasatasahassānīti evamādiṃ saggaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ. Saggasampattiṃ kathayantānañhi buddhānaṃ mukhaṃ nappahoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘anekapariyāyena kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, saggakathaṃ katheyya’’ntiādi (ma. ni. 3.255).
如此以生天论诱导之后,又好比将大象装饰好后却截断其鼻子一般,为了指明“这天界也是无常、不坚固的,不应于此生起欲贪”,便以“诸欲被我说为少乐、多苦、多忧恼,此处更有大过患”等方式,宣说诸欲的过患、鄙秽与染污。其中,“过患”即过失与弊端;“鄙秽”即卑劣、低贱的性质;“染污”即由于这些欲,有情在轮回中受到染污,正如经中所说:“确实,诸有情被染污了。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ saggakathāya palobhetvā puna hatthiṃ alaṅkaritvā tassa soṇḍaṃ chindanto viya – ‘‘ayampi saggo anicco addhuvo, na ettha chandarāgo kātabbo’’ti dassanatthaṃ – ‘‘appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’’tiādinā (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.235) nayena kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ kathesi. Tattha ādīnavoti doso. Okāroti avakāro lāmakabhāvo. Saṃkilesoti tehi sattānaṃ saṃsāre saṃkilissanaṃ. Yathāha ‘‘kilissanti vata, bho, sattā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.351).
如此以欲的过患作警诫后,便宣说出离的功德。“心已调适”:指无病、健全之心。“最上法”:即自最上法,意为由自己提起、取出而执持的,由自然智所见的,不与其他所共之法。那是什么呢?即是圣谛的宣说,因此他说:“即苦、集、灭、道。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kāmādīnavena tajjitvā nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Kallacittanti arogacittaṃ. Sāmukkaṃsikāti sāmaṃ ukkaṃsikā attanāyeva gahetvā uddharitvā gahitā, sayambhūñāṇena diṭṭhā, asādhāraṇā aññesanti attho. Kā panesāti, ariyasaccadesanā? Tenevāha – ‘‘dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ magga’’nti.
“离尘、离垢”:因无贪等尘,故说离尘;因贪等垢已离去,故说离垢。“法眼”:在之前的《梵摩经》中,此指三道;在《小罗睺罗教诫》中,此指漏尽。而在此处,则是指入流道。为显示其生起之行相,故说“凡任何集起之法,一切皆是灭尽之法”。这入流道,即以灭尽为所缘,依其作用如此通达一切有为法而生起。显示巴利原文
Virajaṃ vītamalanti rāgarajādīnaṃ abhāvā virajaṃ, rāgamalādīnaṃ vigatattā vītamalaṃ. Dhammacakkhunti upari brahmāyusutte tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ, cūḷarāhulovāde āsavakkhayassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Idha pana sotāpattimaggo adhippeto. Tassa uppattiākāradassanatthaṃ ‘‘yaṃkiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti āha. Tañhi nirodhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā kiccavasena evaṃ sabbasaṅkhataṃ paṭivijjhantaṃ uppajjati.
因他见到了圣谛法,故称「见法者」。对其余诸词,理趣亦然。因他已度越了疑惑,故称「度疑者」。因他已除却了犹豫,故称「离犹豫者」。「得无所畏」:即在导师的教法中获得了无所畏。他不依赖于他人,不因信从他人而在此教法中行持,故称「不依他者」。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭho ariyasaccadhammo etenāti diṭṭhadhammo. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. Tiṇṇā vicikicchā anenāti tiṇṇavicikiccho. Vigatā kathaṃkathā assāti vigatakathaṃkatho. Vesārajjappattoti vesārajjaṃ patto. Kattha? Satthu sāsane. Nāssa paro paccayo, na parassa saddhāya ettha vattatīti aparappaccayo.
70 以心纳受而喜悦,以语称叹而随喜。「我遮止」:即覆盖、遮蔽。「不被遮」:即不被覆蔽、已打开、已敞开。显示巴利原文
70. Cittena sampaṭicchamāno abhinanditvā, vācāya pasaṃsamāno anumoditvā. Āvarāmīti thakemi pidahāmi. Anāvaṭanti na āvaritaṃ vivaṭaṃ ugghāṭitaṃ.
71 长苦行者听闻了。据说,自从那人离开之时起,他便一直如此思惟:「这位居士是智者,沙门乔达摩见地具足、能说导向解脱之法;他见到世尊会生净信,听法也会生净信,生信之后便会去皈依。居士已去皈依了?还是尚未去?」他就这样一边游走,一边竖耳倾听。因此,他最先听闻。显示巴利原文
71.Assosi kho dīghatapassīti so kira tassa gatakālato paṭṭhāya – ‘‘paṇḍito gahapati , samaṇo ca gotamo dassanasampanno niyyānikakatho, dassanepi tassa pasīdissati, dhammakathāyapi pasīdissati, pasīditvā saraṇaṃ gamissati, gato nu kho saraṇaṃ gahapati na tāva gato’’ti ohitasotova hutvā vicarati. Tasmā paṭhamaṃyeva assosi.
72 他被巨大的悲伤所淹没,即使听到了“就待在这儿”这句话,也没有领会其中的意思,只是与守门人说着话。显示巴利原文
72.Tena hi sammāti balavasokena abhibhūto ‘‘ettheva tiṭṭhā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvāpi atthaṃ asallakkhento dovārikena saddhiṃ sallapatiyeva.
“中门厅”:若宅院有七个门楼,则从最内或最外数起的第四个门楼,称为中门厅;若有五个门楼,则第三个门楼为中门厅;若有三个门楼,则第二个门楼为中门厅。若宅院仅有一个门楼,则依宅院中央的吉祥柱来确定中门厅。而那座宅院,据传有七个门楼,也有说五个。显示巴利原文
Majjhimāya dvārasālāyānti yassa gharassa satta dvārakoṭṭhakā, tassa sabbaabbhantarato vā sabbabāhirato vā paṭṭhāya catutthadvārakoṭṭhako, yassa pañca, tassa tatiyo, yassa tayo, tassa dutiyo dvārakoṭṭhako majjhimadvārasālā nāma. Ekadvārakoṭṭhakassa pana gharassa majjhaṭṭhāne maṅgalatthambhaṃ nissāya majjhimadvārasālā. Tassa pana gehassa satta dvārakoṭṭhakā, pañcātipi vuttaṃ.
73 “最上”等词,都是相互通用的同义词。这里的“yaṃ sudaṃ”指若提子,“sudaṃ”仅是一个填充词。“捉持”意为:用那件上衣缠绕腹部后握住。“令坐”意为:一面小心翼翼地说“老师,慢一点;老师,慢一点”,一面如安放大油罐般让他坐下。“汝被与”的意思是“你怎么如此愚蠢?”。“着于头”意为:缠绕在头上而捉持。“摘睾者”等虽为粗恶之语,但因侍者态度反常、生起强烈的忧伤,故在意识不到“我正说出这样的话”的情形下,胡乱地说了出来。显示巴利原文
73.Aggantiādīni sabbāni aññamaññavevacanāni. Yaṃ sudanti ettha yanti yaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ. Sudanti nipātamattaṃ. Pariggahetvāti teneva uttarāsaṅgena udare parikkhipanto gahetvā. Nisīdāpetīti saṇikaṃ ācariya, saṇikaṃ ācariyāti mahantaṃ telaghaṭaṃ ṭhapento viya nisīdāpeti. Dattosīti kiṃ jaḷosi jātoti attho. Paṭimukkoti sīse parikkhipitvā gahito. Aṇḍahārakotiādiṃ duṭṭhullavacanampi samānaṃ upaṭṭhākassa aññathābhāvena uppannabalavasokatāya idaṃ nāma bhaṇāmīti asallakkhetvāva bhaṇati.
74 “贤女,是回旋的”一句,尼干陀只是暗指那种幻术,而居士则是已经通达了预流道。“Tena hi”在此仅为语助词,意思是:“尊者,我为你作个譬喻。”或者,它是表原因的用词,即:“因为你们的教法不导向解脱,而我师的教法导向解脱,因此我为你作个譬喻。”他是这样说的。显示巴利原文
74.Bhaddikā, bhante, āvaṭṭanīti nigaṇṭho māyameva sandhāya vadati, upāsako attanā paṭividdhaṃ sotāpattimaggaṃ. Tena hīti nipātamattametaṃ, bhante, upamaṃ te karissāmicceva attho. Kāraṇavacanaṃ vā, yena kāraṇena tumhākaṃ sāsanaṃ aniyyānikaṃ, mama satthu niyyānikaṃ, tena kāraṇena upamaṃ te karissāmīti vuttaṃ hoti.
75 “将产”指即将分娩的时候。“猴崽”即猕猴幼崽。“买来”意思是:付了钱拿来。因为在集市上,无论有神识的还是无神识的,诸如猴子之类的玩具都可以贩卖,他正是针对这一点而说的。“所染色”指:想要这个——即取来厚厚的黄色涂料,染好之后所给予的东西。“被捶复捶”指:捶打之后,再翻转过来反复捶打。“两面磨光”指:用宝石在两面仔细研磨刮擦,使其外皮光洁。显示巴利原文
75.Upavijaññāti vijāyanakālaṃ upagatā. Makkaṭacchāpakanti makkaṭapotakaṃ. Kiṇitvā ānehīti mūlaṃ datvāva āhara. Āpaṇesu hi saviññāṇakampi aviññāṇakampi makkaṭādikīḷanabhaṇḍakaṃ vikkiṇanti. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ āha. Rajitanti bahalabahalaṃ pītāvalepanaraṅgajātaṃ gahetvā rajitvā dinnaṃ imaṃ icchāmīti attho. Ākoṭitapaccākoṭitanti ākoṭitañceva parivattetvā punappunaṃ ākoṭitañca. Ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhanti maṇipāsāṇena ubhosu passesu suṭṭhu vimaṭṭhaṃ ghaṭṭetvā uppāditacchaviṃ.
“堪染色”:因为无论是有神识还是无神识的东西,都会吸收染料,所以才这么说。“不堪捶打”:如果是有神识的东西,把它放在捶板上捶打腹部,腹部便会破裂,流出粪便;捶打头部,头部便会破裂,流出脑浆。如果是无神识的东西,则会碎成一块一块的。因此才这么说。“不堪磨光”:有神识的东西被宝石研磨时,会脱毛、损伤皮肤;无神识的东西则会化为粉末。因此才这么说。“于愚者堪染色”的意思是:对于愚笨迟钝的人来说,它能够染着,也就是说,它能生起一些染着,变得令人喜爱。但对于智者来说,无论是尼干陀的言论,还是像《婆罗多》《罗摩》《悉多劫持》这类无意义的言论,都不是他们所喜爱的。至于“不堪审察、不堪磨光”,这是说不能审察、不能思辨,犹如从谷壳中捣寻米粒、在芭蕉中寻找坚实之物,都是空虚不实的。然而,“于智者堪能染色”,实际上四圣谛的论述才是智者所喜爱的,即使听上一百年也不会满足,所以才这么说。而佛语,越深入研究便越如大海般深不可测,因此说“堪审察亦堪磨光”。最后,“卿且听之,我为其弟子”的意思是:“请……”显示巴利原文
Raṅgakkhamo hi khoti saviññāṇakampi aviññāṇakampi raṅgaṃ pivati. Tasmā evamāha. No ākoṭṭanakkhamoti saviññāṇakassa tāva ākoṭṭanaphalake ṭhapetvā kucchiyaṃ ākoṭitassa kucchi bhijjati, karīsaṃ nikkhamati. Sesī ākoṭitassa sīsaṃ bhijjati, mattaluṅgaṃ nikkhamati. Aviññāṇako khaṇḍakhaṇḍitaṃ gacchati. Tasmā evamāha. No vimajjanakkhamoti saviññāṇako maṇipāsāṇena vimaddiyamāno nillomataṃ nicchavitañca āpajjati, aviññāṇakopi vacuṇṇakabhāvaṃ āpajjati. Tasmā evamāha. Raṅgakkhamo hi kho bālānanti bālānaṃ mandabuddhīnaṃ raṅgakkhamo, rāgamattaṃ janeti, piyo hoti. Paṇḍitānaṃ pana nigaṇṭhavādo vā añño vā bhāratarāmasītāharaṇādi niratthakakathāmaggo appiyova hoti. No anuyogakkhamo, no vimajjanakkhamoti anuyogaṃ vā vīmaṃsaṃ vā na khamati, thuse koṭṭetvā taṇḍulapariyesanaṃ viya kadaliyaṃ sāragavesanaṃ viya ca rittako tucchakova hoti. Raṅgakkhamo ceva paṇḍitānanti catusaccakathā hi paṇḍitānaṃ piyā hoti, vassasatampi suṇanto tittiṃ na gacchati. Tasmā evamāha. Buddhavacanaṃ pana yathā yathāpi ogāhissati mahāsamuddo viya gambhīrameva hotīti ‘‘anuyogakkhamo ca vimajjanakkhamo cā’’ti āha. Suṇohiyassāhaṃ sāvakoti tassa guṇe suṇāhīti bhagavato vaṇṇe vattuṃ āraddho.
76 “智者”:此处所说的“慧”,即指坚稳的慧、了知……乃至……正见。具足此慧、善巧于了知界、处、缘起、处非处的人,即是智者。‘我是他的弟子,他是我的导师’——应如此理解一切文句中的关联。“已破荒芜者”:即已破除五种心之荒芜的人。“胜者”:已胜、正胜、当胜一切凡夫,故称胜者。何谓凡夫?即死魔、烦恼魔与天子魔。已战胜这些诸魔,故为‘胜者’。世尊即是此胜者。“无恼者”:已断除烦恼之苦与业报之苦,全然无苦之人。“心平等者”:于提婆达多、财护、央掘魔罗、罗睺罗长老等一切天与人,心皆完全平等。“增上戒者”:已增上善行之人。“妙慧者”:具有美妙智慧之人。“离偏歧者”:已超越、远离贪等不平等之处而安住之人。“离垢者”:已远离贪等垢秽之人。显示巴利原文
76.Dhīrassāti dhīraṃ vuccati paṇḍiccaṃ, yā paññā pajānanā…pe… sammādiṭṭhi, tena samannāgatassa dhātuāyatanapaṭiccasamuppādaṭṭhānāṭṭhānakusalassa paṇḍitassāhaṃ sāvako, so mayhaṃ satthāti evaṃ sabbapadesu sambandho veditabbo. Pabhinnakhīlassāti bhinnapañcacetokhilassa. Sabbaputhujjane vijiniṃsu vijinanti vijinissanti vāti vijayā. Ke te, maccumārakilesamāradevaputtamārāti? Te vijitā vijayā etenāti vijitavijayo. Bhagavā, tassa vijitavijayassa. Anīghassāti kilesadukkhenapi vipākadukkhenapi niddukkhassa. Susamacittassāti devadattadhanapālakaaṅgulimālarāhulatherādīsupi devamanussesu suṭṭhu samacittassa. Vuddhasīlassāti vaḍḍhitācārassa. Sādhupaññassāti sundarapaññassa. Vesamantarassāti rāgādivisamaṃ taritvā vitaritvā ṭhitassa. Vimalassāti vigatarāgādimalassa.
“喜悦者”:指心满意足之人。“已弃世间欲者”:即已唾弃欲乐功德之人。“喜者”:指住于喜心而喜悦之人,或此仅为重复之说。实则出于净信,确实会反复宣说同一功德。“已作沙门者”:即已完成沙门性,达到沙门法之顶峰的人,这是其含义。“人”:依世间通称,指一位众生。此“人”字是重复。若换一种说法,每个偈颂的十种功德便不足够分述了。显示巴利原文
Tusitassāti tuṭṭhacittassa. Vantalokāmisassāti vantakāmaguṇassa. Muditassāti muditāvihāravasena muditassa, punaruttameva vā etaṃ. Pasādavasena hi ekampi guṇaṃ punappunaṃ vadatiyeva. Katasamaṇassāti katasāmaññassa, samaṇadhammassa matthakaṃ pattassāti attho. Manujassāti lokavohāravasena ekassa sattassa. Narassāti punaruttaṃ. Aññathā vuccamāne ekekagāthāya dasa guṇā nappahonti.
“导师者”:即众生的引导者。“光洁法者”:即具足清净法的人。“照明者”:即放出光明的人。“勇者”:即具足精进的人。“牛王者”:于usabha、vasabha、nisabha等词中,一切处皆以‘无与伦比’的含义而称为牛王。“甚深者”:即具有甚深功德的人,或因功德而甚深的人。“得牟尼位者”:即已证得智慧的人。“明智者”:veda即是智,具足此智的人。“立于法者”:即安住于法的人。“防护者”:即已善为防护诸根的人。显示巴利原文
Venayikassāti sattānaṃ vināyakassa. Ruciradhammassāti sucidhammassa. Pabhāsakassāti obhāsakassa. Vīrassāti vīriyasampannassa. Nisabhassāti usabhavasabhanisabhesu sabbattha appaṭisamaṭṭhena nisabhassa. Gambhīrassāti gambhīraguṇassa, guṇehi vā gambhīrassa. Monapattassāti ñāṇapattassa. Vedassāti vedo vuccati ñāṇaṃ, tena samannāgatassa. Dhammaṭṭhassāti dhamme ṭhitassa. Saṃvutattassāti pihitattassa.
「龙象者」:以四种原因而为龙象。「住僻静坐卧处者」:即住于僻静坐卧处者。「具应对辩才者」:即具足应对辩才者。「牟尼者」:“牟尼”意为智,即具足此智者,或已抖落烦恼者。「调御者」:即已无过失者。显示巴利原文
Nāgassāti catūhi kāraṇehi nāgassa. Pantasenassāti pantasenāsanassa. Paṭimantakassāti paṭimantanapaññāya samannāgatassa. Monassāti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, tena samannāgatassa, dhutakilesassa vā. Dantassāti nibbisevanassa.
「第七仙者」:从毗婆尸佛等前六位仙人算起,为第七位。「得梵者」:即达到最胜者。「沐浴者」:即已沐浴烦恼者。「善造偈者」:即善于组合文字等而造偈颂者。「了知智者」:即已了知智慧者。「富兰陀罗」:即首先给予法施者。「可能者」:即有能力者。「得应得者」:即已证得应证功德者。「解释者」:即详细阐明义理者,因为世尊所说的一切,无一词无解释,一切义理皆已宣说。显示巴利原文
Isisattamassāti vipassiādayo cha isayo upādāya sattamassa. Brahmapattassāti seṭṭhapattassa. Nhātakassāti nhātakilesassa. Padakassāti akkharādīni samodhānetvā gāthāpadakaraṇakusalassa. Viditavedassāti viditañāṇassa. Purindadassāti sabbapaṭhamaṃ dhammadānadāyakassa. Sakkassāti samatthassa. Pattipattassāti ye pattabbā guṇā, te pattassa. Veyyākaraṇassāti vitthāretvā atthadīpakassa. Bhagavatā hi abyākataṃ nāma tanti padaṃ natthi sabbesaṃyeva attho kathito.
「观察者」:即具有观照者。「不曲者」:即不弯曲者。「不偏离者」:即不邪恶者。显示巴利原文
Vipassissāti vipassanakassa. Anabhinatassāti anatassa. No apanatassāti aduṭṭhassa.
「无随烦恼者」:指内心不被烦恼追随之人。「无执著者」:指无所系缚之人。显示巴利原文
Ananugatantarassāti kilese ananugatacittassa. Asitassāti abaddhassa.
「广慧者」:bhūri即大地,具足如大地般广大、深厚、宽广的智慧,故名。「大慧者」:即具足大智慧者。显示巴利原文
Bhūripaññassāti bhūri vuccati pathavī, tāya pathavīsamāya paññāya vipulāya mahantāya vitthatāya samannāgatassāti attho. Mahāpaññassāti mahāpaññāya samannāgatassa.
「不染著者」:不被贪爱、邪见等烦恼所染著之人。「应受供养者」:适合接受供养之人。「夜叉者」:因显示神变之义,或因值得被指称之义,世尊故称夜叉,因此说「yakkhassa」。「大者」:即伟大之人。「我是彼声闻」:对具足如此种种功德的导师,我是声闻。于近事男而言,无碍解即由清净道而来。由此,立足于无碍解之领域,以百颂宣说十力尊断除烦恼之功德,而解答了“居士,我们应认为您是谁的声闻?”这一问题。显示巴利原文
Anupalittassāti taṇhādiṭṭhikilesehi alittassa. Āhuneyyassāti āhutiṃ paṭiggahetuṃ yuttassa. Yakkhassāti ānubhāvadassanaṭṭhena ādissamānakaṭṭhena vā bhagavā yakkho nāma. Tenāha ‘‘yakkhassā’’ti. Mahatoti mahantassa. Tassa sāvakohamasmīti tassa evaṃvividhaguṇassa satthussa ahaṃ sāvakoti. Upāsakassa sobhāpattimaggeneva paṭisambhidā āgatā. Iti paṭisambhidāvisaye ṭhatvā padasatena dasabalassa kilesappahānavaṇṇaṃ kathento ‘‘kassa taṃ gahapati sāvakaṃ dhāremā’’ti pañhassa atthaṃ vissajjesi.
77 「Kadāsaññūḷhā」意为“何时聚集”,也就是“这些功德是什么时候汇集在一起的?”他心里这样想:“这人刚从沙门乔达摩那里回来,他是何时把这些功德收集、归拢起来的呢?”因此才这样问。「Vicittaṃ mālaṃ gantheyyā」意为“能编一个五彩缤纷的花环”:这一方面是由于他手艺高超,另一方面则因为花朵本身五颜六色,能编出单梗花环等各种杂色花环。「Evameva kho, bhante」意为“正是这样,尊者!”在这里,应把世尊的种种功德视为如同各种花朵堆成的大花堆——世尊的功德堆简直如须弥山一般。好比一位技艺精湛的花鬘师,优波离居士也是如此;花鬘师编成杂色花环,也就如同居士将如来的种种功德“编缀”在一处。显示巴利原文
77.Kadāsaññūḷhāti kadā sampiṇḍitā. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ idāneva samaṇassa gotamassa santikaṃ gantvā āgato, kadānena ete vaṇṇā sampiṇḍitā’’ti. Tasmā evamāha. Vicittaṃ mālaṃ gantheyyāti sayampi dakkhatāya pupphānampi nānāvaṇṇatāya ekatovaṇṭikādibhedaṃ vicitramālaṃ gantheyya. Evameva kho, bhanteti ettha nānāpupphānaṃ mahāpuppharāsi viya nānāvidhānaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ bhagavato sinerumatto vaṇṇarāsi daṭṭhabbo. Chekamālākāro viya upāli gahapati. Mālākārassa vicitramālāganthanaṃ viya gahapatino tathāgatassa vicitravaṇṇaganthanaṃ.
「Uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggañchīti」意为“滚烫的血从口中涌出”:他实在无法忍受世尊受到如此恭敬,心想:“如今这位居士已不需要我们了,从明天起,我再也不能带着五六十人进他家用餐,我的饭碗被砸了。”就这样,因侍者(优波离)离他而去,他心中生起极大的忧伤。这些有情果真只盘算着自己的利益。忧伤一起,体内便发起烧来,血液犹如熔化的铁汁,又如被大风掀起倒进染锅的染料一般,从口中涌出,大约有一钵的量。虽然吐出郁血后很少能活下去,但他当场便双膝一软,瘫倒在地。于是随从们用床轿把他抬到城外,朝波婆城的方向送去,不久他就死在了波婆城中。而这部经是借“闻即开悟者”为范例,圆满完成了教法的阐述。显示巴利原文
Uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggañchīti tassa hi bhagavato sakkāraṃ asahamānassa etadahosi – ‘‘anatthiko dāni ayaṃ gahapati amhehi, sve paṭṭhāya paṇṇāsa saṭṭhi jane gahetvā etassa gharaṃ pavisitvā bhuñjituṃ na labhissāmi, bhinnā me bhattakumbhī’’ti. Athassa upaṭṭhākavipariṇāmena balavasoko uppajji. Ime hi sattā attano attanova cintayanti. Tassa tasmiṃ soke uppanne abbhantaraṃ uṇhaṃ ahosi, lohitaṃ vilīyittha, taṃ mahāvātena samuddharitaṃ kuṭe pakkhittarajanaṃ viya pattamattaṃ mukhato uggañchi. Nidhānagatalohitaṃ vamitvā pana appakā sattā jīvituṃ sakkonti. Nigaṇṭho tattheva jāṇunā patito, atha naṃ pāṭaṅkiyā bahinagaraṃ nīharitvā mañcakasivikāya gahetvā pāvaṃ agamaṃsu, so na cirasseva pāvāyaṃ kālamakāsi. Imasmiṃ pana sutte ugghāṭitaññūpuggalassa vasena dhammadesanā pariniṭṭhitāti.
第七、关于《行狗戒者经》的注释显示巴利原文
7. Kukkuravatikasuttavaṇṇanā
78 「如是我闻」等起句,出自《狗戒者经》。其中,「在拘利人中(koliyesu)」是指名为拘利的地区。因为那里也是住在拘利城的拘利王子们的住处,故得此名,意谓在那个拘利人的地域。「哈利达瓦萨那(Haliddavasana)」:据说,这座市镇最初建立时,人们穿着黄衣举行星宿庆典。庆典过后,他们为市镇命名,便称其为“哈利达瓦萨那”。他以该市镇为托钵行境而居住——这是要表达的意思。这里虽未特别指明精舍,但应知世尊是住在与诸佛相应的坐卧具处。「持牛戒者(Govatiko)」是指领受了牛戒的人,他在头上安上角、绑上尾巴,跟牛一起像牛一样吃草活动。「裸形(Acelo)」即赤身裸体、不穿衣服。「色尼耶(Seniya)」是他的名字。显示巴利原文
78.Evaṃme sutanti kukkuravatikasuttaṃ. Tattha koliyesūti evaṃnāmake janapade. So hi ekopi kolanagare patiṭṭhitānaṃ koliyānaṃ rājakumārānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānattā evaṃ vuccati. Tasmiṃ koliyesu janapade. Haliddavasananti tassa kira nigamassa māpitakāle pītakavatthanivatthā manussā nakkhattaṃ kīḷiṃsu. Te nakkhattakīḷāvasāne nigamassa nāmaṃ āropentā haliddavasananti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Taṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvā viharatīti attho. Vihāro panettha kiñcāpi na niyāmito, tathāpi buddhānaṃ anucchavike senāsaneyeva vihāsīti veditabbo. Govatikoti samādinnagovato, sīse siṅgāni ṭhapetvā naṅguṭṭhaṃ bandhitvā gāvīhi saddhiṃ tiṇāni khādanto viya carati. Aceloti naggo niccelo. Seniyoti tassa nāmaṃ.
「行狗戒者」:即受持狗戒的人,履行一切狗的行为。他们两人是一起玩泥巴的伙伴。如同狗蜷卧:狗在主人身旁蹲坐时,会用两只前爪刨地,发出咕咕声后蹲下;这位行狗戒者为了行‘狗的行为’,在与世尊互相问候之后,便用双手刨地,摇头发出‘呜呜’声,然后弯屈手脚,如狗般蹲坐下来。「放在地上」:即置于地面。「圆满领受」:即完全彻底地受持。「有什么趣向」:即获得何种果报。「来世如何」:即于来世生于何处。‘够了,这将会是他不喜乐的法’:世尊如此遮止了三次。「狗行」:指受持狗戒这件事。显示巴利原文
Kukkuravatikoti samādinnakukkuravato, sabbaṃ sunakhakiriyaṃ karoti. Ubhopete sahapaṃsukīḷikā sahāyakā. Kukkurova palikujjitvāti sunakho nāma sāmikassa santike nisīdanto dvīhi pādehi bhūmiyaṃ vilekhitvā kukkurakūjitaṃ kūjanto nisīdati, ayampi ‘‘kukkurakiriyaṃ karissāmī’’ti bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammoditvā dvīhi hatthehi bhūmiyaṃ vilekhitvā sīsaṃ vidhunanto ‘bhū bhū’ti katvā hatthapāde samiñjitvā sunakho viya nisīdi. Chamānikkhittanti bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapitaṃ. Samattaṃ samādinnanti paripuṇṇaṃ katvā gahitaṃ. Kā gatīti kā nipphatti. Ko abhisamparāyoti abhisamparāyamhi kattha nibbatti. Alanti tassa appiyaṃ bhavissatīti yāvatatiyaṃ paṭibāhati. Kukkuravatanti kukkuravatasamādānaṃ.
79 「培育」:即增长。「圆满」:即无有欠缺。「无间」:即不间断。「狗戒」:指狗的行为方式。「狗心」:指生起这样的心:‘从今日起,我将做狗所应做之事’。「狗仪」:狗有行走的姿态、站立的姿态、坐着的姿态、躺卧的姿态、大小便的姿态,以及看到其他狗时龇牙咧嘴走过去的姿态,这些便称为狗仪,他所修习的正是这些。关于‘以此戒’等经文,意思是:我以这样的行为,或这样的禁戒受持,或这样的难行苦行,或这样的离淫梵行。「天」:指帝释天、夜摩天等中的一位天神。「某天」:指其中第二、第三阶位等的某位天神。「邪见者」:因为他生起了这样的邪见:将并非通往天界的道,执取为通往天界的道,所以他是一位邪见者。「我说某一趣处」:因为对他来说,除了地狱或畜生道之外,没有别的趣处。显示巴利原文
79.Bhāvetīti vaḍḍheti. Paripuṇṇanti anūnaṃ. Abbokiṇṇanti nirantaraṃ. Kukkurasīlanti kukkurācāraṃ. Kukkuracittanti ‘‘ajja paṭṭhāya kukkurehi kātabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti evaṃ uppannacittaṃ. Kukkurākappanti kukkurānaṃ gamanākāro atthi, tiṭṭhanākāro atthi, nisīdanākāro atthi, sayanākāro atthi, uccārapassāvakaraṇākāro atthi, aññe kukkure disvā dante vivaritvā gamanākāro atthi, ayaṃ kukkurākappo nāma, taṃ bhāvetīti attho . Imināhaṃ sīlenātiādīsu ahaṃ iminā ācārena vā vatasamādānena vā dukkaratapacaraṇena vā methunaviratibrahmacariyena vāti attho. Devoti sakkasuyāmādīsu aññataro. Devaññataroti tesaṃ dutiyatatiyaṭṭhānādīsu aññataradevo. Micchādiṭṭhīti adevalokagāmimaggameva devalokagāmimaggoti gahetvā uppannatāya sā assa micchādiṭṭhi nāma hoti. Aññataraṃ gatiṃ vadāmīti tassa hi nirayato vā tiracchānayonito vā aññā gati natthi, tasmā evamāha. Sampajjamānanti diṭṭhiyā asammissaṃ hutvā nipajjamānaṃ.
「尊者!世尊对我如此说,我并不是为此而哭泣」的意思是:尊者!世尊对我那样说,我并非因为世尊的那段授记而哭泣、悲叹、哀伤。此处应知,这是就有目的的行为而说,并非仅仅指流下眼泪。显示巴利原文
Nāhaṃ, bhante, etaṃ rodāmi, yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evamāhāti yaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, ahametaṃ bhagavato byākaraṇaṃ na rodāmi na paridevāmi, na anutthunāmīti attho. Evaṃ sakammakavasenettha attho veditabbo, na assumuñcanamattena.
母亲啊,人们或为死者哭泣,或为那活着却不得相见的人哭泣。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mataṃ vā amma rodanti, yo vā jīvaṃ na dissati; Jīvantaṃ amma passantī, kasmā maṃ amma rodasī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.239) –
这便是此处的运用。尊者,我这长时受持的狗戒,无论成就还是退失,皆未见任何增长。我如此省察着自己的退堕:‘我长久以来所修之行,尽成徒劳。’尊者,我因此而哭泣。显示巴利原文
Ayañcettha payogo. Apica me idaṃ, bhanteti apica kho me idaṃ, bhante, kukkuravataṃ dīgharattaṃ samādinnaṃ, tasmiṃ sampajjantepi vuddhi natthi, vipajjantepi. Iti ‘‘ettakaṃ kālaṃ mayā katakammaṃ moghaṃ jāta’’nti attano vipattiṃ paccavekkhamāno rodāmi, bhanteti.
80 “牛行”等,应如“狗行”等中所说的方法来理解。“牛仪”即牛的行为仪态。其余与狗仪中所说类似,只是那里见到其他狗便露齿而行,这里见到其他牛则竖起耳朵而行。应知除此之外皆同。显示巴利原文
80.Govatantiādīni kukkuravatādīsu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Gavākappanti goākappaṃ. Sesaṃ kukkurākappe vuttasadisameva. Yathā pana tattha aññe kukkure disvā dante vivaritvā gamanākāro, evamidha aññe gāvo disvā kaṇṇe ukkhipitvā gamanākāro veditabbo. Sesaṃ tādisameva.
81 “富楼那,有这四种业”——世尊为何开始此开示?因为此开示是依某些业的造作差别而说,讲说这四种业时,这些人的行为便会清楚,故开始此开示。再者,教导这四种业时,他们将会了知,此后一人将皈依,另一人将出家而证得阿拉汉果。世尊知道这个教导恰合他们,便开始了此开示。显示巴利原文
81.Cattārimānipuṇṇa kammānīti kasmā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi? Ayañhi desanā ekaccakammakiriyavasena āgatā, imasmiñca kammacatukke kathite imesaṃ kiriyā pākaṭā bhavissatīti imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Apica imaṃ kammacatukkameva desiyamānaṃ ime sañjānissanti , tato eko saraṇaṃ gamissati, eko pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatīti ayameva etesaṃ sappāyāti ñatvāpi imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
其中,“黑”指黑暗的十不善业道之业。“黑报”指因堕恶趣而感得的黑暗果报。“白”指明亮的十善业道之业。“白报”指因生天界而得的明亮果报。“黑白”指杂染之业。“黑白报”指苦乐交杂的果报。因为造作杂业:由不善业投生为畜生道中的吉祥象等,再由善业而在生命中感受快乐;由善业投生王族,却由不善业而在生命中感受痛苦。“非黑非白”指能尽灭诸业的四道思之业,此即其意。因为若此业是黑,便应给与黑报;若是白,便应给与白报。然而由于它不给予这两种果报,具有非黑非白的果报,故说为“非黑非白”。这是简要释义中的含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha kaṇhanti kāḷakaṃ dasaakusalakammapathakammaṃ. Kaṇhavipākanti apāye nibbattanato kāḷakavipākaṃ. Sukkanti paṇḍaraṃ dasakusalakammapathakammaṃ. Sukkavipākanti sagge nibbattanato paṇḍaravipākaṃ. Kaṇhasukkanti vomissakakammaṃ. Kaṇhasukkavipākanti sukhadukkhavipākaṃ. Missakakammañhi katvā akusalena tiracchānayoniyaṃ maṅgalahatthiṭṭhānādīsu uppanno kusalena pavatte sukhaṃ vediyati. Kusalena rājakulepi nibbatto akusalena pavatte dukkhaṃ vediyati. Akaṇhaṃ asukkanti kammakkhayakaraṃ catumaggacetanākammaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tañhi yadi kaṇhaṃ bhaveyya, kaṇhavipākaṃ dadeyya. Yadi sukkaṃ bhaveyya, sukkavipākaṃ dadeyya. Ubhayavipākassa pana adānato akaṇhāsukkavipākattā ‘‘akaṇhaṃ asukka’’nti vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva uddese attho.
在释义中,「有恼」即与苦俱。在身行等中,于身门因执取等而引发生表的十二种不善思,称为「有恼身行」。于语门因颔部动作而引发语表的那同样十二种不善思,称为「有恼语行」。尚未具足这两种动作,独处思惟时在意门中生起的,称为「有恼意行」。应当了知,如此在三门中属于身恶行等品类的不善思,即是「行」。在此经中,以思为主导;而在《优波离经》中,以业为主导。「造作」即是汇集、合为一团之义。「再生于有恼之世间」:即投生于有苦的世间。「触有恼之触」:即触到伴随痛苦的异熟触。「一向苦」:指无有间断之苦。「何以故」:此处是以因义使用从格,意即由那样的业而有众生的出生。换言之:众生如何造作如实的业,便依那样的业,按照与业相应的方式而再生。因此说「造何业,便如何再生」。这里,「彼」看似指业,但再生实际上由异熟所生。然而异熟以业为因,故说「以它为根本因的业而生起」,此乃此处之意。「触其触」:指以何种业的异熟而出生,便会触到与那业异熟相应的触。「业之嗣」:即是业的继承者,我说业就是他们的遗产。显示巴利原文
Niddese pana sabyābajjhanti sadukkhaṃ. Kāyasaṅkhārādīsu kāyadvāre gahaṇādivasena copanappattā dvādasa akusalacetanā sabyābajjhakāyasaṅkhāro nāma. Vacīdvāre hanusañcopanavasena vacībhedapavattikā tāyeva dvādasa vacīsaṅkhāro nāma. Ubhayacopanaṃ appattā raho cintayantassa manodvāre pavattā manosaṅkhāro nāma. Iti tīsupi dvāresu kāyaduccaritādibhedā akusalacetanāva saṅkhārāti veditabbā. Imasmiñhi sutte cetanā dhuraṃ, upālisutte kammaṃ. Abhisaṅkharitvāti saṅkaḍḍhitvā, piṇḍaṃ katvāti attho. Sabyābajjhaṃ lokanti sadukkhaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sabyābajjhā phassā phusantīti sadukkhā vipākaphassā phusanti. Ekantadukkhanti nirantaradukkhaṃ. Bhūtāti hetvatthe nissakkavacanaṃ, bhūtakammato bhūtassa sattassa uppatti hoti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathābhūtaṃ kammaṃ sattā karonti, tathābhūtena kammena kammasabhāgavasena tesaṃ upapatti hoti. Tenevāha ‘‘yaṃ karoti tena upapajjatī’’ti. Ettha ca tenāti kammena viya vuttā, upapatti ca nāma vipākena hoti. Yasmā pana vipākassa kammaṃ hetu, tasmā tena mūlahetubhūtena kammena nibbattatīti ayamettha attho. Phassā phusantīti yena kammavipākena nibbatto, taṃkammavipākaphassā phusanti. Kammadāyādāti kammadāyajjā kammameva nesaṃ dāyajjaṃ santakanti vadāmi.
「无恼」即无苦。在此类别中,于身门生起的八种欲界善思,称为「身行」。同样这些思于语门生起的,称为「语行」。于意门生起的那同样八种欲界善思,再加上三种下分禅那的思,称为「无恼意行」。禅那的思暂且不论,欲界思何以称为无恼意行?在遍处准备阶段与遍处修习阶段皆可了知。欲界思与初禅思相连,第四禅思与第三禅思相连。如此,应当了知在三门中,以身善行等种类的善思,即是「行」。第三项应了知为两者混合的情形。显示巴利原文
Abyābajjhanti niddukkhaṃ . Imasmiṃ vāre kāyadvāre pavattā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā kāyasaṅkhāro nāma. Tāyeva vacīdvāre pavattā vacīsaṅkhāro nāma. Manodvāre pavattā tāyeva aṭṭha, tisso ca heṭṭhimajhānacetanā abyābajjhamanosaṅkhāro nāma. Jhānacetanā tāva hotu, kāmāvacarā kinti abyābajjhamanosaṅkhāro nāma jātāti. Kasiṇasajjanakāle ca kasiṇāsevanakāle ca labbhanti. Kāmāvacaracetanā paṭhamajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā, catutthajjhānacetanā tatiyajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā. Iti tīsupi dvāresu kāyasucaritādibhedā kusalacetanāva saṅkhārāti veditabbo. Tatiyavāro ubhayamissakavasena veditabbā.
「譬如人」等:人中,时而有乐、时而有苦,这固然显而易见;于诸天中,地居天神时而有乐、时而有苦;于堕恶趣者中,宫殿饿鬼时而有乐、时而有苦;象等畜生道中也是如此。应当如此了知。显示巴利原文
Seyyathāpi manussātiādīsu manussānaṃ tāva kālena sukhaṃ kālena dukkhaṃ pākaṭameva, devesu pana bhummadevatānaṃ, vinipātikesu vemānikapetānaṃ kālena sukhaṃ kālena dukkhaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Hatthiādīsu tiracchānesupi labbhatiyeva.
“其中”:即在这三种业中。“为断彼之思”:指为断除彼业而起的道思。与业相较,没有比道思更白净的法了。然而,依此四种业来说,十二种不善思称为“黑”,三界善思称为“白”,道思则称为“非黑非白”。显示巴利原文
Tatrāti tesu tīsu kammesu. Tassa pahānāya yā cetanāti tassa pahānatthāya maggacetanā. Kammaṃ patvāva maggacetanāya añño paṇḍarataro dhammo nāma natthi. Idaṃ pana kammacatukkaṃ patvā dvādasa akusalacetanā kaṇhā nāma, tebhūmakakusalacetanā sukkā nāma, maggacetanā akaṇhā asukkāti āgatā.
82 “愿我获得,尊者。”这是仙尼耶这样思惟后说出的话:“长久以来,我把自己投入不导向解脱的派别中自我折腾,就像在干涸的河岸边打滚想沐浴,又像捶打谷壳一般,不曾成就任何真实的利益。从今以后,我应当把自己安立于正确的修行中。”随后,世尊依犍度中所制定的外道别住——即先前是外道者,须安立沙弥位,依“尊者,我某某,先前是外道,于此法律中希望受具足戒。我,尊者,向僧团乞求四个月别住”等文受持别住——而开示说:“仙尼耶,若有先前是外道者……”等等。显示巴利原文
82.‘‘Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante’’ti idaṃ so ‘‘ciraṃ vata me aniyyānikapakkhe yojetvā attā kilamito, ‘sukkhanadītīre nhāyissāmī’ti samparivattentena viya thuse koṭṭentena viya ca na koci attho nipphādito, handāhaṃ attānaṃ yoge yojemī’’ti cintetvā āha. Atha bhagavā yonena khandhake titthiyaparivāso paññatto, yaṃ aññatitthiyapubbo sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ ṭhito – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṃ, svāhaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācāmī’’tiādinā (mahāva. 86) nayena samādiyitvā parivasati, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘yo kho, seniya, aññatitthiyapubbo’’tiādimāha.
此处,“出家”只是用语的简略。实际上,不必经历别住即可获得出家。然而,欲求受具足戒者,必须在不早不晚的适当时间,完成入村等八项义务而行别住。“心悦者”:指圆满八项义务而内心欢喜。这是此处的概要。详细内容可依《一切善见》律疏中《出家犍度注释》所明而了知。又,这里“我了知人之差别”,即我清楚地了知人的种种不同,也就是说:“此人适合别住,此人不适合别住”,这对我而言是清楚明白的。显示巴利原文
Tattha pabbajjanti vacanasiliṭṭhatāvaseneva vuttaṃ. Aparivasitvāyeva hi pabbajjaṃ labhati. Upasampadatthikena pana nātikālena gāmappavesanādīni aṭṭha vattāni pūrentena parivasitabbaṃ . Āraddhacittāti aṭṭhavattapūraṇena tuṭṭhacittā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārato panesa titthiyaparivāso samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāya pabbajjakhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 86) vuttanayeneva veditabbo . Apica metthāti apica me ettha. Puggalavemattatā viditāti puggalanānattaṃ viditaṃ. Ayaṃ puggalo parivāsāraho, ayaṃ na parivāsārahoti idaṃ mayhaṃ pākaṭanti dasseti.
于是仙尼耶心想:“啊,佛陀的教法真是奇妙!在其中如此研磨、粉碎之后,只取合适的,舍弃不合适的。”于是他对出家生起了更强烈的欣乐,说出了“若如此,尊者……”等语。世尊了知他强烈的欣乐,知道仙尼耶不应受别住,便吩咐某位比丘:“去,比丘,为仙尼耶沐浴,让他出家,然后将他带来。”那位比丘照做,令其出家后带到世尊前。世尊坐于僧众中,为他授了具足戒。因此说:“裸形者仙尼耶在世尊跟前得出家,得受具足戒。”显示巴利原文
Tato seniyo cintesi – ‘‘aho acchariyaṃ buddhasāsanaṃ, yattha evaṃ ghaṃsitvā koṭṭetvā yuttameva gaṇhanti, ayuttaṃ chaḍḍentī’’ti. Tato suṭṭhutaraṃ pabbajjāya sañjātussāho sace, bhantetiādimāha. Atha bhagavā tassa tibbacchandataṃ viditvā na seniyo parivāsaṃ arahatīti aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, bhikkhu, seniyaṃ nhāpetvā pabbājetvā ānehī’’ti. So tathā katvā taṃ pabbājetvā bhagavato santikaṃ ānayi. Bhagavā gaṇe nisīditvā upasampādesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘alattha kho acelo seniyo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ alattha upasampada’’nti.
“不久受具足戒”:受具足戒后不久。“远离”:从所缘欲与烦恼欲中,身心远离。“不放逸”:于业处中不失正念。“精勤”:依名为身精进、心精进所摄的精进热诚而精勤。“已派遣自我者”:因于身体与生命无所顾念,故为已派遣、已放舍自身者。“为了哪个目标”:为了那个目标。“善男子”:具修行之善男子们。“完全正确地”:依于因、依于缘。“那无上的”:那无上的。“梵行终结”:作为道之梵行究竟的阿罗汉果。善男子们正是为此目的而出家。“在现世”:在现有的自身中。“自己以通智作证”:以自身智慧亲证,即不依赖他人而了知。“达到后而住”:到达、证得后安住。如此安住,彻知“生已尽……”等。显示巴利原文
Acirūpasampannoti upasampanno hutvā nacirameva. Vūpakaṭṭhoti vatthukāmakilesakāmehi kāyena ca cittena ca vūpakaṭṭho. Appamattoti kammaṭṭhāne satiṃ avijahanto. Ātāpīti kāyikacetasikasaṅkhātena vīriyātāpena ātāpī. Pahitattoti kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhatāya pesitatto vissaṭṭhaattabhāvo. Yassatthāyāti yassa atthāya. Kulaputtāti ācārakulaputtā. Sammadevāti hetunāva kāraṇeneva. Tadanuttaranti taṃ anuttaraṃ. Brahmacariyapariyosānanti maggabrahmacariyapariyosānabhūtaṃ arahattaphalaṃ. Tassa hi atthāya kulaputtā pabbajanti. Diṭṭheva dhammeti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvāti attanāyeva paññāya paccakkhaṃ katvā, aparappaccayaṃ ñatvāti attho. Upasampajja vihāsīti pāpuṇitvā sampādetvā vihāsi. Evaṃ viharantova khīṇā jāti…pe… abbhaññāsi.
像这样为他显示了观察的基础之后,为了以阿罗汉的最高境界来结束教导,便说:“那一位尊者仙尼耶成为了诸阿罗汉之一。”其中,“一位”即一人。“阿罗汉”即阿罗汉们,意为成为世尊的声闻阿罗汉中的一员,这是真正的含义与所指。其余各处皆浅显明了。显示巴利原文
Evamassa paccavekkhaṇabhūmiṃ dassetvā arahattanikūṭeneva desanaṃ niṭṭhāpetuṃ ‘‘aññataro kho panāyasmā seniyo arahataṃ ahosī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha aññataroti eko. Arahatanti arahantānaṃ, bhagavato sāvakānaṃ arahantānaṃ abbhantaro ahosīti ayamevattha adhippāyo. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
第八《无畏王子经》的注释显示巴利原文
8. Abhayarājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā
83 “如是我闻”一句是《无畏经》的开头。其中,“无畏”(Abhayo)是他的名字;“王子”(Rājakumāro)指频婆娑罗王的亲生儿子。“挑起论诤”(Vādaṃ āropehi)意指挑起过失。“堕地狱者”(Nerayiko)指生于地狱的人。“住劫者”(Kappaṭṭho)指住于劫中的人。“不可救治者”(Atekiccho)指即使千位佛陀也救治不了的人。“吐出”(Uggilituṃ)指他不能把话的两头拆开来讲,因而无法像吐出东西一样把它弄到外面去。“吞下”(Ogilitunti)指他在提问中找出过失后,却不能将其带走,无法像吞东西一样吞进肚子里。显示巴利原文
83.Evaṃme sutanti abhayasuttaṃ. Tattha abhayoti tassa nāmaṃ. Rājakumāroti bimbisārassa orasaputto. Vādaṃ āropehīti dosaṃ āropehi. Nerayikoti niraye nibbattako. Kappaṭṭhoti kappaṭṭhitiko. Atekicchoti buddhasahassenāpi tikicchituṃ na sakkā. Uggilitunti dve ante mocetvā kathetuṃ asakkonto uggilituṃ bahi nīharituṃ na sakkhiti. Ogilitunti pucchāya dosaṃ datvā hāretuṃ asakkonto ogilituṃ anto pavesetuṃ na sakkhiti.
“是的,尊者!”据说尼干陀这样想:“沙门乔达摩把我的弟子们分化拉拢了过去,那么我要准备一个问题,让沙门乔达摩被问到时,就像一个蹲下后就再也站不起来的人一样。”他在无畏王子家中受供养,享用着甘美的食物,边准备了许多问题,并一一作了标记:“到这里沙门乔达摩会指出这样的过失,到这里会指出那样的过失。”他抛掉了所有其他问题,在第四个月的最后一天,找到了这个问题。那时他心想:“对于这个问题,无论是提问还是解答,都挑不出毛病,它就像一个密实的实心球。谁能带着它去向沙门乔达摩挑起论诤呢?”于是他决定:“无畏王子很聪明,他能行。”就把问题教给了王子。王子喜好辩论,便接受了他的话,说道:“是的,尊者!”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ, bhanteti nigaṇṭho kira cintesi – ‘‘samaṇo gotamo mayhaṃ sāvake bhinditvā gaṇhāti, handāhaṃ ekaṃ pañhaṃ abhisaṅkharomi, yaṃ puṭṭho samaṇo gotamo ukkuṭiko hutvā nisinno uṭṭhātuṃ na sakkhissatī’’ti. So abhayassa gehā nīhaṭabhatto siniddhabhojanaṃ bhuñjanto bahū pañhe abhisaṅkharitvā – ‘‘ettha samaṇo gotamo imaṃ nāma dosaṃ dassessati, ettha imaṃ nāmā’’ti sabbe pahāya cātumāsamatthake imaṃ pañhaṃ addasa. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘imassa pañhassa pucchāya vā vissajjane vā na sakkā doso dātuṃ, ovaṭṭikasāro ayaṃ, ko nu kho imaṃ gahetvā samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropessatī’’ti. Tato ‘‘abhayo rājakumāro paṇḍito, so sakkhissatīti taṃ uggaṇhāpemī’’ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā uggaṇhāpesi. So vādajjhāsayatāya tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchanto ‘‘evaṃ, bhante,’’ti āha.
84 “今日非时”(Akālokho ajja)这句的意思是:这个问题准备了四个月,他心里想,如果把准备的内容一一回答,一个白天的时间根本不够用。“那现在”(So dāni)指的是明天。“自己第四人”(Attacatuttho)的意思是,为什么他不与众人一同邀请呢?据说他这样想:“如果许多人坐着,供食之后世尊说法,就会引用另一部经、另一个理由、另一类恰当的事例来开示,这样便会产生争论或喧闹。如果我只邀请世尊一个人,我又会招来非议:‘这位无畏真是极其吝啬,明明看到世尊天天和上百位、上千位比丘一起游行,却只邀请世尊一个人。’”而这样邀请就没有过失了,所以他请了另外三人,连同自己一共四人,进行了邀请。显示巴利原文
84.Akālokho ajjāti ayaṃ pañho catūhi māsehi abhisaṅkhato, tattha idaṃ gahetvā idaṃ vissajjiyamāne divasabhāgo nappahossatīti maññanto evaṃ cintesi. So dānīti sve dāni. Attacatutthoti kasmā bahūhi saddhiṃ na nimantesi? Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘bahūsu nisinnesu thokaṃ datvā vadantassa aññaṃ suttaṃ aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ aññaṃ tathārūpaṃ vatthuṃ āharitvā dassessati, evaṃ sante kalaho vā kolāhalameva vā bhavissati. Athāpi ekakaṃyeva nimantessāmi, evampi me garahā uppajjissati ‘yāvamaccharī vāyaṃ abhayo, bhagavantaṃ divase divase bhikkhūnaṃ satenapi sahassenapi saddhiṃ carantaṃ disvāpi ekakaṃyeva nimantesī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ pana doso na bhavissatī’’ti aparehi tīhi saddhiṃ attacatutthaṃ nimantesi.
85 “Na khvettha, rājakumāra, ekaṃsenā”意为:王子,这里并非一向确定。因为如来对于这样的话,可说可不说;若见到说了能带来利益,他便说;若见不到利益,他便不说。就这样,世尊把大尼犍陀花了四个月所准备的问题,仅以一句话便击碎了,犹如霹雳击碎山顶。“Anassuṃ nigaṇṭhā”意为:尼犍陀们败亡消散。显示巴利原文
85.Na khvettha, rājakumāra, ekaṃsenāti na kho, rājakumāra, ettha pañhe ekaṃsena vissajjanaṃ hoti. Evarūpañhi vācaṃ tathāgato bhāseyyāpi na bhāseyyāpi. Bhāsitapaccayena atthaṃ passanto bhāseyya, apassanto na bhāseyyāti attho. Iti bhagavā mahānigaṇṭhena catūhi māsehi abhisaṅkhataṃ pañhaṃ asanipātena pabbatakūṭaṃ viya ekavacaneneva saṃcuṇṇesi. Anassuṃ nigaṇṭhāti naṭṭhā nigaṇṭhā.
86 “Aṅke nisinno hoti(坐于膝上)”指坐在大腿上。那些持诡辩论调的人,在立论时往往拿着某个水果、花朵或书本坐下。若自己辩赢了,便压制对方;若对方辩赢了,便假装吃水果、嗅花朵或翻阅书本,显出心不在焉的样子。可是这位无畏王子却这样思惟:“这位是正自觉者,已止息一切争论,能摧破外道之论。若我赢了,那自然好;若赢不了,我就让这孩子哭。然后便说:‘诸位请看,这孩子哭了,先起来吧,以后再说。’”因此他抱着孩子坐下了。然而,世尊的辩才比王子殊胜千倍、十万倍,世尊心想:“我便以这孩子为喻,破除他的论题。”于是说道:“王子,依你之见……”等等。显示巴利原文
86.Aṅke nisinno hotīti ūrūsu nisinno hoti. Lesavādino hi vādaṃ paṭṭhapentā kiñcideva phalaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā potthakaṃ vā gahetvā nisīdanti. Te attano jaye sati paraṃ ajjhottharanti, parassa jaye sati phalaṃ khādantā viya pupphaṃ ghāyantā viya potthakaṃ vācentā viya vikkhepaṃ dassenti. Ayaṃ pana cintesi – ‘‘sammāsambuddho esa osaṭasaṅgāmo paravādamaddano. Sace me jayo bhavissati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce bhavissati, dārakaṃ vijjhitvā rodāpessāmi. Tato passatha, bho, ayaṃ dārako rodati, uṭṭhahatha tāva, pacchāpi jānissāmā’’ti tasmā dārakaṃ gahetvā nisīdi. Bhagavā pana rājakumārato sahassaguṇenapi satasahassaguṇenapi vādīvarataro, ‘‘imamevassa dārakaṃ upamaṃ katvā vādaṃ bhindissāmī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi rājakumārā’’tiādimāha.
其中,“mukhe āhareyyā”(应放到口中)指应放进口里。“Āhareyyassāhanti”意为:我应为他移除那该移除之物。“Ādikenevāti”指仅凭最初的行动。“Abhūtanti”指不实之事。“Atacchanti”指不真实。“Anatthasaṃhitanti”指不具利益、不导向增长。“Appiyā amanāpāti”指既不令人喜爱,也不令人愉悦。循此道理,于一切处皆应知其义。显示巴利原文
Tattha mukhe āhareyyāti mukhe ṭhapeyya. Āhareyyassāhanti apaneyyaṃ assa ahaṃ. Ādikenevāti paṭhamapayogeneva. Abhūtanti abhūtatthaṃ. Atacchanti na tacchaṃ. Anatthasaṃhitanti na atthasaṃhitaṃ na vaḍḍhinissitaṃ. Appiyā amanāpāti neva piyā na manāpā. Iminā nayeneva sabbattha attho daṭṭhabbo.
于此,于不可意方面,第一种话是把并非贼者说为“贼”、把并非奴者说为“奴”、把并非邪行者说为“邪行者”等而说出的话。如来不说这样的话。第二种话是把确实是贼者说为“贼”等而说出的话。如来亦不说这样的话。第三种话是应当以大众的义利为先、以法为先、以教诫为先而说的话,例如:“如今你因未曾修福,而落得悲惨、丑陋、无势之位;纵使安住于此,你仍不修福业。当第二念生起之际,你又怎能从四恶趣中解脱呢?”于此,“如来是知时者”即指:针对那第三类语,如来为了宣说如是之语而成为知时者,亦即他在了知大众能够接受、能够领会的时刻之后,方才作答。显示巴利原文
Tattha appiyapakkhe paṭhamavācā acoraṃyeva coroti, adāsaṃyeva dāsoti, aduppayuttaṃyeva duppayuttoti pavattā. Na taṃ tathāgato bhāsati. Dutiyavācā coraṃyeva coro ayantiādivasena pavattā. Tampi tathāgato na bhāsati. Tatiyavācā ‘‘idāni akatapuññatāya duggato dubbaṇṇo appesakkho , idha ṭhatvāpi puna puññaṃ na karosi, dutiyacittavāre kathaṃ catūhi apāyehi na muccissasī’’ti evaṃ mahājanassa atthapurekkhārena dhammapurekkhārena anusāsanīpurekkhārena ca vattabbavācā. Tatra kālaññū tathāgatoti tasmiṃ tatiyabyākaraṇe tassā vācāya byākaraṇatthāya tathāgato kālaññū hoti, mahājanassa ādānakālaṃ gahaṇakālaṃ jānitvāva byākarotīti attho.
于可意方面,第一种话名为无稽之谈。应如此理解:据说,有一群恶棍想要欺骗一位从村庄来到城市、在酒铺喝酒的长老。他们站在饮酒处陪他一起喝谷酒,心中盘算:“我们要把这老人所穿戴的衣袍乃至他手上所有的家当全部夺走。”于是他们相互约定:“我们每人各说一件自己亲证之事,若谁说那事‘不实’,或谁不信他人所说,便视其为奴,夺其所有。”他们问那长老:“您老也同意吧?”长老说:“孩子们,就这样吧。”显示巴利原文
Piyapakkhe paṭhamavācā aṭṭhāniyakathā nāma. Sā evaṃ veditabbā – evaṃ kira gāmavāsimahallakaṃ nagaraṃ āgantvā pānāgāre pivantaṃ vañcetukāmā sambahulā dhuttā pītaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā tena saddhiṃ suraṃ pivantā ‘‘imassa nivāsanapāvuraṇampi hatthe bhaṇḍakampi sabbaṃ gaṇhissāmā’’ti cintetvā katikaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘ekekaṃ attapaccakkhakathaṃ kathema, yo ‘abhūta’nti kathesi, kathitaṃ vā na saddahati, taṃ dāsaṃ katvā gaṇhissāmā’’ti. Tampi mahallakaṃ pucchiṃsu ‘‘tumhākampi tāta ruccatī’’ti. Evaṃ hotu tātāti.
一位恶棍说道:“朋友,且听我说:当我还在母胎时,我母亲特别想吃木苹果。因找不到他人去取木苹果,母亲便差遣我去。我到了那里,自己无法爬树,便用双手抓住自己的双脚,如同投掷木槌一般将自己抛到树上;随后我在枝间游走,采了果实,却无法下树,于是又回家搬来梯子,顺梯而下,来到母亲跟前,把果实交给她。那些果实极其硕大,每个都有水缸那般大。然后,我母亲独坐一处,把约莫膝盖骨那么多的果肉吃掉了。我用一侧腰身带回的那些果子,剩下的部分便分给了我们族中在村里的老少。我们家那幢房舍高十六肘,搬开屋内其余器物,仅用木苹果就塞得满满当当,一直堆到屋顶;多余的果子还堆在门口,堆积如山,高八十肘。朋友,像这样的事,你们能相信吗?”显示巴利原文
Eko dhutto āha – mayhaṃ, bho mātu, mayi kucchigate kapiṭṭhaphaladohalo ahosi. Sā aññaṃ kapiṭṭhahārakaṃ alabbhamānā maṃyeva pesesi. Ahaṃ gantvā rukkhaṃ abhiruhituṃ asakkonto attanāva attānaṃ pāde gahetvā muggaraṃ viya rukkhassa upari khipiṃ; atha sākhato sākhaṃ vicaranto phalāni gahetvā otarituṃ asakkonto gharaṃ gantvā nisseṇiṃ āharitvā oruyha mātu santikaṃ gantvā phalāni mātuyā adāsiṃ; tāni pana mahantāni honti cāṭippamāṇāni. Tato me mātarā ekāsane nisinnāya samasaṭṭhiphalāni khāditāni. Mayā ekucchaṅgena ānītaphalesu sesakāni kulasantake gāme khuddakamahallakānaṃ ahesuṃ. Amhākaṃ gharaṃ soḷasahatthaṃ, sesaparikkhārabhaṇḍakaṃ apanetvā kapiṭṭhaphaleheva yāva chadanaṃ pūritaṃ. Tato atirekāni gahetvā gehadvāre rāsiṃ akaṃsu. So asītihatthubbedho pabbato viya ahosi. Kiṃ īdisaṃ, bho sakkā, saddahitunti?
那位村长长者先是默然坐着,等到大家的话都说完了,有人问他时,他才说:“孩子们,也许会有这种事吧,国土那么辽阔,因为国土辽阔,倒还能勉强接受。”等到其他人也都说了类似那种毫无根据的话之后,他又这样说道:“孩子们,你们也来听听我的。并非只有你们有家世,我家也是大家世。在我家留存的田地中,有一块棉花田最为广大。在那块有好几百卡利沙大的棉花田正中央,长着一棵巨大的棉花树,高达八十肘。此树有五条大枝干,其余枝干都不结果,唯独朝东边的那枝结了一个果子,大小如同水缸。那果子有六道棱,从六道棱上开了六团棉花。我理了须发,沐浴涂香后,走到田间,看见那六团棉花正开着,便站在原地伸手去摘。那六团棉花力大无比,当下就变成了六个奴隶。他们全都丢下我一个人逃跑了。我走了这么远的路,一直没有找到他们,没想到今天见到了——你们这六个人,就是他们。你名叫难陀,你名叫富楼那,你名叫跋陀罗,你名叫质多,你名叫吉祥,你名叫波提耶。”说完,他便站起来,把还坐在那里的那些人一个个抓住顶髻。那些人竟连“我们不是奴隶”都说不出来。于是显示巴利原文
Gāmikamahallako tuṇhī nisīditvā sabbesaṃ kathāpariyosāne pucchito āha – ‘‘evaṃ bhavissati tātā, mahantaṃ raṭṭhaṃ, raṭṭhamahantatāya sakkā saddahitu’’nti. Yathā ca tena, evaṃ sesehipi tathārūpāsu nikkāraṇakathāsu kathitāsu āha – mayhampi tātā suṇātha, na tumhākaṃyeva kulāni, amhākampi kulaṃ mahākulaṃ, amhākaṃ pana avasesakhettehi kappāsakhettaṃ mahantataraṃ . Tassa anekakarīsasatassa kappāsakhettassa majjhe eko kappāsarukkho mahā asītihatthubbedho ahosi. Tassa pañca sākhā, tāsu avasesasākhā phalaṃ na gaṇhiṃsu, pācīnasākhāya ekameva mahācāṭimattaṃ phalaṃ ahosi. Tassa cha aṃsiyo, chasu aṃsīsu cha kappāsapiṇḍiyo pupphitā. Ahaṃ massuṃ kāretvā nhātavilitto khettaṃ gantvā tā kappāsapiṇḍiyo pupphitā disvā ṭhitakova hatthaṃ pasāretvā gaṇhiṃ. Tā kappāsapiṇḍiyo thāmasampannā cha dāsā ahesuṃ. Te sabbe maṃ ekakaṃ ohāya palātā. Ettake addhāne te na passāmi, ajja diṭṭhā, tumhe te cha janā. Tvaṃ nando nāma, tvaṃ puṇṇo nāma, tvaṃ vaḍḍhamāno nāma, tvaṃ citto nāma tvaṃ maṅgalo nāma, tvaṃ poṭṭhiyo nāmāti vatvā uṭṭhāya nisinnakeyeva cūḷāsu gahetvā aṭṭhāsi. Te ‘‘na mayaṃ dāsā’’tipi vattuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Atha ne kaḍḍhanto vinicchayaṃ netvā lakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā yāvajīvaṃ dāse katvā paribhuñji. Evarūpiṃ kathaṃ tathāgato na bhāsati.
第二类语,是为了贪求利养、谄媚讨好等,以种种方式称赞他人的言语,以及随“盗贼论、国王论”等门径而起的畜生论。那样的语,如来也不说。第三类语,是依止圣谛而起的言语,纵令有智慧的人听上一百年,也绝不会生起满足。因此,如来并非绝对不说一切不悦语,也并非绝对不说悦语,而是不越过所应说的时机,只在那时宣说第三类语。于此,应当了知:前面所举关于年幼童子的譬喻,正是针对这第三类语中的不悦语而说的。显示巴利原文
Dutiyavācā āmisahetucāṭukamyatādivasena nānappakārā paresaṃ thomanavācā ceva, corakathaṃ rājakathanti ādinayappavattā tiracchānakathā ca. Tampi tathāgato na bhāsati. Tatiyavācā ariyasaccasannissitakathā, yaṃ vassasatampi suṇantā paṇḍitā neva tittiṃ gacchanti. Iti tathāgato neva sabbampi appiyavācaṃ bhāsati na piyavācaṃ. Tatiyaṃ tatiyameva pana bhāsitabbakālaṃ anatikkamitvā bhāsati. Tattha tatiyaṃ appiyavācaṃ sandhāya heṭṭhā daharakumāraupamā āgatāti veditabbaṃ.
87 “Udāhu ṭhānasoveta”(或是依处而现)的意思是:他在问,那件事对于如来而言,是否凭借依处所生的智慧,于当下刹那便立即现前?“Saññāto”(已知)指已被知晓、被了别、已显明。“Dhammadhātu”(法界)指法的自性,这是一切知智的别名。此法界,世尊已善加通达,握在手中。是故,凡世尊所欲之事,一切皆依其处而显现。其余文句,各处皆浅显易解。而这段说法,是以所应引导的补特伽罗为依据,圆满完成的。显示巴利原文
87.Udāhu ṭhānasovetanti udāhu ṭhānuppattikañāṇena taṅkhaṇaṃyeva taṃ tathāgatassa upaṭṭhātīti pucchati. Saññātoti ñāto paññāto pākaṭo. Dhammadhātūti dhammasabhāvo. Sabbaññutaññāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ . Taṃ bhagavatā suppaṭividdhaṃ, hatthagataṃ bhagavato. Tasmā so yaṃ yaṃ icchati, taṃ taṃ sabbaṃ ṭhānasova paṭibhātīti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva. Ayaṃ pana dhammadesanā neyyapuggalavasena pariniṭṭhitāti.
第九、《多受经》注释显示巴利原文
9. Bahuvedanīyasuttavaṇṇanā
88 “如是我闻”:这是《多受经》。其中,“般遮康嘎木匠”:“般遮康嘎”是他的名字。因具备斧、锛、刀、棍、锤、黑线、卷尺这些名为“五支”的器具,故被称为“五支者”。“木匠”:即木工师傅。“优陀夷”:即智慧长老优陀夷。显示巴利原文
88.Evaṃme sutanti bahuvedanīyasuttaṃ. Tattha pañcakaṅgo thapatīti pañcakaṅgoti tassa nāmaṃ. Vāsipharasunikhādanadaṇḍamuggarakāḷasuttanāḷisaṅkhātehi vā aṅgehi samannāgatattā so pañcaṅgoti paññāto. Thapatīti vaḍḍhakījeṭṭhako. Udāyīti paṇḍitaudāyitthero.
89 “方式”指原因。“阿难,有二”即阿难,有两种。“以方式”即凭藉某种原因。在此,应知由身、心之别而有二种受;由乐等差别而有三种受;据根能分辨乐根等五种受;据门能分辨眼触所生等六种受;据近伺能分辨“以眼见色后,近伺能令喜悦生起之色”等十八种受;六种依于居家的喜悦、六种依于出离的喜悦、六种依于居家的忧、六种依于出离的忧、六种依于居家的舍、六种依于出离的舍,如此合为三十六种。过去有此三十六种,未来有三十六种,现在有三十六种,如是应知共有一百零八种受。显示巴利原文
89.Pariyāyanti kāraṇaṃ. Dvepānandāti dvepi, ānanda. Pariyāyenāti kāraṇena. Ettha ca kāyikacetasikavasena dve veditabbā. Sukhādivasena tisso, indriyavasena sukhindriyādikā pañca, dvāravasena cakkhusamphassajādikā cha, upavicāravasena ‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā somanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicaratī’’tiādikā aṭṭhārasa, cha gehassitāni somanassāni, cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni, cha gehassitāni domanassāni, cha nekkhammasitāni domanassāni, cha gehassitā upekkhā, cha nekkhammasitāti evaṃ chattiṃsa, tā atīte chattiṃsa, anāgate chattiṃsa, paccuppanne chattiṃsāti evaṃ aṭṭhavedanāsataṃ veditabbaṃ.
90 “阿难,有此五种五欲功德”,这是一段独立的意趣。世尊并非仅以两种受为始施设诸受,也曾以某种方式开示过单一受。为说明此义,亦为支持般遮康嘎木匠的说法,世尊便开演了这段教法。显示巴利原文
90.Pañca kho ime, ānanda, kāmaguṇāti ayaṃ pāṭiekko anusandhi. Na kevalampi dve ādiṃ katvā vedanā bhagavatā paññattā, pariyāyena ekāpi vedanā kathitā. Taṃ dassento pañcakaṅgassa thapatino vādaṃ upatthambhetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
“更美妙”即更美好、更胜妙。“更殊胜”即更无热恼。此外,从此处起,从第四禅开始有不苦不乐受,此受也因寂静之义、殊胜之义而被称为乐。六种依于居家生活的喜悦被称为乐;灭尽定因无感受之乐而被称为乐。由五欲功德与八等至所生的受,称为有感受之乐;灭尽定则称为无感受之乐。因此,不论是有感受之乐,还是无感受之乐,由于“无苦即乐”这一含义,一切都成为唯一绝对的乐。显示巴利原文
Abhikkantataranti sundarataraṃ. Paṇītataranti atappakataraṃ. Ettha ca catutthajjhānato paṭṭhāya adukkhamasukhā vedanā, sāpi santaṭṭhena paṇītaṭṭhena ca sukhanti vuttā. Cha gehassitāni sukhanti vuttāni. Nirodho avedayitasukhavasena sukhaṃ nāma jāto. Pañcakāmaguṇavasena hi aṭṭhasamāpattivasena ca uppannaṃ vedayitasukhaṃ nāma. Nirodho avedayitasukhaṃ nāma. Iti vedayitasukhaṃ vā hotu avedayitasukhaṃ vā, taṃ niddukkhabhāvasaṅkhātena sukhaṭṭhena ekantasukhameva jātaṃ.
91 “无论在任何处所”:无论在什么地方。“得到乐”:获得有感受的乐或无感受的乐。“如来便将其安立为乐”:如来将这一切无苦的状态都安立为乐。在此,世尊以灭尽定为最上,针对应受引导的补特伽罗,以阿拉汉果为顶点,结束了这次说法。显示巴利原文
91.Yatthayatthāti yasmiṃ yasmiṃ ṭhāne. Sukhaṃ upalabbhatīti vedayitasukhaṃ vā avedayitasukhaṃ vā upalabbhati. Taṃ taṃ tathāgato sukhasmiṃ paññapetīti taṃ sabbaṃ tathāgato niddukkhabhāvaṃ sukhasmiṃyeva paññapetīti. Idha bhagavā nirodhasamāpattiṃ sīsaṃ katvā neyyapuggalavasena arahattanikūṭeneva desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesīti.
第十、《无戏论经》注释显示巴利原文
10. Apaṇṇakasuttavaṇṇanā
92 “如是我闻”等,即是《无风险经》。其中,“游行”指不匆忙的游历。显示巴利原文
92.Evaṃme sutanti apaṇṇakasuttaṃ. Tattha cārikanti aturitacārikaṃ.
93 “诸位居士,你们有什么见解吗?”为何这样说呢?据说那个村庄坐落之处有八座城门。各类沙门、婆罗门白天行路,傍晚便进入村中住宿。村民们为他们铺设床座,洗脚、涂油,供养如法的饮品,第二天再邀请他们应供。那些沙门婆罗门心生净信,在与他们交谈时这样问道:“诸位居士,你们持有何种见解?”“没有,尊者!”“居士们,没有见解便无法从世间出离。你们应当信受一种见解,认同之后加以把握。去把握‘世间是常住的’这种见吧!”说完便离开了。第二天,另一批人来了,也这样问。村民们便告诉他们:“是的,尊者!前几天有像你们这样的沙门婆罗门来,让我们把握了‘世间是常住的’这种见,然后走了。”“那些愚人懂什么?你们应该把握‘这世间是断灭的’这种断灭见!”就这样,他们也令村民们把握了断灭见后才离开。同样地,又有人让他们把握‘某一部分常住’的见,有人让他们把握‘有边无边’的见,还有人让他们把握‘不死矫乱’的见,就这样让他们学习了六十二种见。然而,村民们对任何一种见都无法确立。最后,世尊来了,为了饶益他们而问:“诸位居士,显示巴利原文
93.Atthi pana vo gahapatayoti kasmā āha? So kira gāmo aṭavidvāre niviṭṭho. Nānāvidhā samaṇabrāhmaṇā divasaṃ maggaṃ gantvā sāyaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ vāsatthāya upenti, tesaṃ te manussā mañcapīṭhāni pattharitvā pāde dhovitvā pāde makkhetvā kappiyapānakāni datvā punadivase nimantetvā dānaṃ denti. Te pasannacittā tehi saddhiṃ sammantayamānā evaṃ vadanti ‘‘atthi pana vo gahapatayo kiñci dassanaṃ gahita’’nti? Natthi, bhanteti. ‘‘Gahapatayo vinā dassanena loko na niyyāti, ekaṃ dassanaṃ ruccitvā khamāpetvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, ‘sassato loko’ti dassanaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vatvā pakkantā. Aparadivase aññe āgatā. Tepi tatheva pucchiṃsu. Te tesaṃ ‘‘āma, bhante, purimesu divasesu tumhādisā samaṇabrāhmaṇā āgantvā ‘sassato loko’ti amhe idaṃ dassanaṃ gāhāpetvā gatā’’ti ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Te bālā kiṃ jānanti? ‘Ucchijjati ayaṃ loko’ti ucchedadassanaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti evaṃ tepi ucchedadassanaṃ gaṇhāpetvā pakkantā. Etenupāyena aññe ekaccasassataṃ, aññe antānantaṃ , aññe amarāvikkhepanti evaṃ dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhiyo uggaṇhāpesuṃ. Te pana ekadiṭṭhiyampi patiṭṭhātuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Sabbapacchā bhagavā agamāsi. So tesaṃ hitatthāya pucchanto ‘‘atthi pana vo gahapatayo’’tiādimāha. Tattha ākāravatīti kāraṇavatī sahetukā. Apaṇṇakoti aviraddho advejjhagāmī ekaṃsagāhiko.
94 “无布施”等十事邪见,在之前的《萨勒雅迦经》中已详加说明。同样,与之相反的正见,也是如此。显示巴利原文
94.Natthi dinnantiādi dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi heṭṭhā sāleyyakasutte vitthāritā. Tathā tabbipaccanīkabhūtā sammādiṭṭhi.
95 “出离功德”:指对于从诸不善中出离的状态所具有的功德,以及那属于清净分、光明分的部分,他们不见此义。“非法教说”:即对不真实法的教说。“自赞”:即“除了我,还有谁能让他人接受我的见解?”像这样抬高自己。“贬他”:即“在这许多人中,没有一个人能让他人接受自己的见解”,像这样贬低他人。然而,在先前,当他执取邪见时,善戒便已断除,无道德的状态就现前了。如是,他的这些邪见等七个法便生起。然而,正是由于辗转生起,仅以邪见为缘,诸多罪恶的不善法便生起。显示巴利原文
95.Nekkhamme ānisaṃsanti yo nesaṃ akusalato nikkhantabhāve ānisaṃso, yo ca vodānapakkho visuddhipakkho, taṃ na passantīti attho. Asaddhammasaññattīti abhūtadhammasaññāpanā . Attānukkaṃsetīti ṭhapetvā maṃ ko añño attano dassanaṃ pare gaṇhāpetuṃ sakkotīti attānaṃ ukkhipati. Paraṃ vambhetīti ettakesu janesu ekopi attano dassanaṃ pare gaṇhāpetuṃ na sakkotīti evaṃ paraṃ heṭṭhā khipati. Pubbeva kho panāti pubbe micchādassanaṃ gaṇhantasseva susīlyaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, dussīlabhāvo paccupaṭṭhito. Evamassimeti evaṃ assa ime micchādiṭṭhiādayo satta. Aparāparaṃ uppajjanavasena pana teyeva micchādiṭṭhipaccayā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti nāma.
‘在那里’:即在那些沙门婆罗门的见解中。‘落败执’:即落败的执取。‘受持不善好’:即执取恶、把握恶。‘遍满一方而住’:即只遍满一方、一个部分,也就是只遍满并确定于自己的观点而住立,例如‘如果没有他世’,即使实情如此,也能带来平安。‘舍弃’:即回避。显示巴利原文
Tatrāti tāsu tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ laddhīsu. Kaliggahoti parājayaggāho. Dussamatto samādinnoti duggahito dupparāmaṭṭho. Ekaṃsaṃ pharitvā tiṭṭhatīti ekantaṃ ekakoṭṭhāsaṃ sakavādameva pharitvā adhimuccitvā tiṭṭhati, ‘‘sace kho natthi paro loko’’ti evaṃ santeyeva sotthibhāvāvaho hoti. Riñcatīti vajjeti.
96 ‘正法教说’:即对真实法的教说。显示巴利原文
96.Saddhammasaññattīti bhūtadhammasaññāpanā.
‘胜执’:即胜利的执取。‘受持善良’:即执取善、把握善。‘遍满两方而住’:即遍满两方、两种部分,也就是遍满并确定于自己的论点及他人的论点而住立,例如‘若有他世’如是,‘若无他世’如是,皆能带来平安。之后,对于一方与两方的道理,也应以此方法理解其义。显示巴利原文
Kaṭaggahoti jayaggāho. Susamatto samādinnoti suggahito suparāmaṭṭho. Ubhayaṃsaṃpharitvā tiṭṭhatīti ubhayantaṃ ubhayakoṭṭhāsaṃ sakavādaṃ paravādañca pharitvā adhimuccitvā tiṭṭhati ‘‘sace kho atthi paro loko’’ti evaṃ santepi ‘‘sace kho natthi paro loko’’ti evaṃ santepi sotthibhāvāvaho hoti. Paratopi ekaṃsaubhayaṃsesu imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
97 「自作」:指亲手作。「令他作」:指通过命令让他人作。「砍」:指砍断他人的手、足等。「烧」:指以杖压迫或威胁他人。「令忧」:指通过夺取他人财物等方式,令自己生起忧愁,或令他人心生忧恼。「令疲」:指断绝饮食、捆绑、关入室内等,令自身感到疲惫,或令他人受此疲苦。「悸动」与「使悸动」:谓他人悸动时,自己也随之悸动,并令他人亦生悸动。「杀生」:指自己断绝生命,或令人断绝生命。因此,于所有此类情形,皆应从“自作”与“令他作”的角度来理解。显示巴利原文
97.Karototi sahatthā karontassa. Kārayatoti āṇattiyā kārentassa. Chindatoti paresaṃ hatthādīni chindantassa. Pacatoti daṇḍena pīḷentassa vā tajjentassa vā. Socayatoti parassa bhaṇḍaharaṇādīhi sokaṃ sayaṃ karontassapi parehi kārentassapi. Kilamatoti āhārūpaccheda-bandhanāgārappavesanādīhi sayaṃ kilamantassāpi parehi kilamāpentassāpi. Phandato phandāpayatoti paraṃ phandantaṃ phandanakāle sayampi phandato parampi phandāpayato. Pāṇamatipātayatoti pāṇaṃ hanantassapi hanāpentassapi. Evaṃ sabbattha karaṇakārāpanavaseneva attho veditabbo.
「连接」:指房屋之间的连接处。「大掠夺」:指大规模的劫掠。「一家」:指包围一户人家而夺掠。「拦路而住」:指为了掠夺来往行旅而立于路上。至于“作恶却未作恶”,是指虽怀着“我在作某种恶”的想法而去作,实则此恶未被作,亦无恶可得;然而,有情众生却生起“我在作恶”之想。「以刀刃为边缘」:指以刀轮为边缘,亦指边缘犹如刀刃。「一个肉堆」:即肉聚。「堆」:与此同义。「以此为因缘」:指形成一个肉堆的因缘。南岸之人行径残忍、心性凶暴,因此针对他们说杀害等事;北岸之人信心具足、心意喜悦,乃是皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧的修行者,因此针对他们说布施等事。显示巴利原文
Sandhinti gharasandhiṃ. Nillopanti mahāvilopaṃ. Ekāgārikanti ekameva gharaṃ parivāretvā vilumpanaṃ. Paripanthetiṭṭhatoti āgatāgatānaṃ acchindanatthaṃ magge tiṭṭhato. Karoto na karīyati pāpanti yaṃkiñci pāpaṃ karomīti saññāya karotopi pāpaṃ na karīyati, natthi pāpaṃ. Sattā pana karomāti evaṃsaññino hontīti attho. Khurapariyantenāti khuraneminā, khuradhārasadisapariyantena vā. Ekaṃ maṃsakhalanti ekaṃ maṃsarāsiṃ. Puñjanti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Tatonidānanti ekamaṃsakhalakaraṇanidānaṃ. Dakkhiṇatīre manussā kakkhaḷā dāruṇā, te sandhāya hanantotiādi vuttaṃ. Uttaratīre saddhā honti pasannā buddhamāmakā dhammamāmakā saṅghamāmakā, te sandhāya dadantotiādi vuttaṃ.
其中,「祭祀」:指举行大祭祀。「以调御」:指通过调御诸根及行布萨业。「以自制」:指通过戒律的自制。「以说真实语」:指通过宣说真实语。「来」:即到来,指的是流转、相续之意。他们全然否定善与恶的造作本身。白分也应当以同样方式来理解。此处的其余内容,与前面所说相似。显示巴利原文
Tattha yajantoti mahāyāgaṃ karonto. Damenāti indriyadamena uposathakammena. Saṃyamenāti sīlasaṃyamena. Saccavajjenāti saccavacanena. Āgamoti āgamanaṃ, pavattīti attho. Sabbathāpi pāpapuññānaṃ kiriyameva paṭikkhipanti. Sukkapakkhopi vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Sesamettha purimavāre vuttasadisameva.
100 “没有因、没有缘”:此处“缘”是“因”的同义词。依此二者,他们否定了实际存在的身恶行等杂染之缘,以及身善行等清净之缘。“没有力、没有精进、没有男子劲力、没有男子勇猛”:这是说,众生没有能令自身杂染或清净的力量与精进,也不存在所谓应由男子造作的男子劲力或男子勇猛。显示巴利原文
100.Natthi hetu natthi paccayoti ettha paccayo hetuvevacanaṃ. Ubhayenāpi vijjamānakameva kāyaduccaritādisaṃkilesapaccayaṃ kāyasucaritādivisuddhipaccayaṃ paṭikkhipanti. Natthibalaṃ, natthi vīriyaṃ, natthi purisathāmo, natthi purisaparakkamoti sattānaṃ saṃkilesituṃ vā visujjhituṃ vā balaṃ vā vīriyaṃ vā purisena kātabbo nāma purisathāmo vā purisaparakkamo vā natthi.
“一切众生”,他们将骆驼、牛、驴等一切毫无遗漏地包含在内。“一切生类”,是依单根生、两根生等分类而说。“一切已生者”,是针对卵生、胎生、湿生、化生中的众生而说。“一切命者”,是针对稻、麦等植物而说,因为他们见到那些植物有生长之相,便认为它们有生命。“没有自在、没有力量、没有精进”,是指这些众生并没有属于自己的自在、力量与精进。“被决定性、结合及本性所转变”:其中,“决定性”即定数;“结合”指六种生类在各处的流转;“本性”即众生自身的体性。如是,由决定性、结合与本性的作用,众生被转变而呈现种种不同的形态。他们表明:那些应当成为某种形态的,就那样成为;不应当成为的,就不会成为。“就在六种生类当中”,是说众生就在这六种生类中领受乐与苦,除此之外,再没有其他产生苦乐之处,他们如此显示。显示巴利原文
Sabbe sattāti oṭṭhagoṇagadrabhādayo anavasese nidassenti. Sabbe pāṇāti ekindriyo pāṇo dvindriyo pāṇoti ādivasena vadanti. Sabbe bhūtāti aṇḍakosavatthikosesu bhūte sandhāya vadanti. Sabbe jīvāti sāliyavagodhumādayo sandhāya vadanti. Tesu hete viruhanabhāvena jīvasaññino. Avasā abalā avīriyāti tesaṃ attano vaso vā balaṃ vā vīriyaṃ vā natthi. Niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatāti ettha niyatīti niyatatā. Saṅgatīti channaṃ abhijātīnaṃ tattha tattha gamanaṃ. Bhāvoti sabhāvoyeva. Evaṃ niyatiyā ca saṅgatiyā ca bhāvena ca pariṇatā nānappakārataṃ pattā. Yena hi yathā bhavitabbaṃ, so tatheva bhavati. Yena no bhavitabbaṃ, so na bhavatīti dassenti. Chasvevābhijātīsūti chasu eva abhijātīsu ṭhatvā sukhañca dukkhañca paṭisaṃvedenti, aññā sukhadukkhabhūmi natthīti dassenti.
这里所说的六种生,即:黑生、蓝生、红生、黄生、白生、最胜白生。其中,捕鸟者、屠猪者、猎人、渔夫、盗贼、刽子手,以及其他从事残酷行业的人,称为黑生。他们把比丘称为蓝生。据说这些比丘在四种资具中放进荆棘而后受用,他们的经文中确有“比丘荆棘行”之说。又或者,他们称某种出家人为“荆棘行者”,因为也有“沙门荆棘行者”的经文。他们称只穿一衣的尼干陀为红生,并说这些尼干陀较前两种更为白净。在家且是裸形者弟子的白衣信众称为黄生,如此他们便将自己的施主置于比尼干陀更高的位置。他们称难陀、婆磋、僧揭多为白生,据说这些又较前四种更为白净。而他们将邪命外道称为最胜白生,据说这些是一切中最为白净者。显示巴利原文
Tattha cha abhijātiyo nāma kaṇhābhijāti nīlābhijāti lohitābhijāti haliddābhijāti sukkābhijāti paramasukkābhijātīti. Tattha sākuṇiko sūkariko luddo macchaghātako coro coraghātako, ye vā panaññepi keci kurūrakammantā, ayaṃ kaṇhābhijāti nāma. Bhikkhū nīlābhijātīti vadanti. Te kira catūsu paccayesu kaṇṭake pakkhipitvā khādanti. ‘‘Bhikkhū ca kaṇṭakavuttino’’ti ayañhi nesaṃ pāḷiyeva. Atha vā kaṇṭakavuttikā evaṃ nāma eke pabbajitāti vadanti. ‘‘Samaṇakaṇṭakavuttikā’’tipi hi nesaṃ pāḷi. Lohitābhijāti nāma nigaṇṭhā ekasāṭakāti vadanti. Ime kira purimehi dvīhi paṇḍaratarā. Gihī acelakasāvakā haliddābhijātīti vadanti. Iti attano paccayadāyake nigaṇṭhehipi jeṭṭhakatare karonti. Nando, vaccho, saṅkicco, ayaṃ sukkābhijātīti vadanti. Te kira purimehi catūhi paṇḍaratarā. Ājīvake pana paramasukkābhijātīti vadanti. Te kira sabbehi paṇḍaratarā.
他们执持的见解是:一切有情最初皆为捕鸟者之类,此后经由净化而成为释迦沙门,再经由净化成为尼乾陀,复次成为邪命外道的弟子,又成为难陀等众,最后成为邪命外道。白分可依前文所说的相反道理来了知。其余部分也与前文所述相同。显示巴利原文
Tattha sabbe sattā paṭhamaṃ sākuṇikādayova honti, tato visujjhamānā sakyasamaṇā honti, tato visujjhamānā nigaṇṭhā, tato ājīvakasāvakā, tato nandādayo, tato ājīvakāti ayametesaṃ laddhi. Sukkapakkho vuttapaccanīkena veditabbo. Sesamidhāpi purimavāre vuttasadisameva.
在这三种邪见中,“无有见”障碍果报,“无作见”障碍业,而“无因见”则对二者皆作障碍。实则,在障碍业时,果报已同时被障;在障碍果报时,业也同样被障。因此从真实义来说,这些人全都是对两者都作障碍者,既是无有论者,也是无因论者,更是无作论者。若有人接受他们的见解,无论居于夜间住处或白昼住处,坐下作意、审察,在面对“施无、供无、恶行无有异熟、无因、无缘”等所缘时,便会安立起邪念,心得等无间缘而专注,速行心即生起。在第一速行心的刹那,尚可对治;第二、第三等速行心亦复如是。待到第七速行心生起时,纵是诸佛亦无能为力,无由令其回转,犹如不动的刺。显示巴利原文
Imāsu pana tīsu diṭṭhīsu natthikadiṭṭhi vipākaṃ paṭibāhati, akiriyadiṭṭhi kammaṃ paṭibāhati, ahetukadiṭṭhi ubhayampi paṭibāhati. Tattha kammaṃ paṭibāhantenāpi vipāko paṭibāhito hoti, vipākaṃ paṭibāhantenāpi kammaṃ paṭibāhitaṃ. Iti sabbepete atthato ubhayapaṭibāhakā natthikavādā ceva ahetukavādā akiriyavādā ca honti. Ye pana tesaṃ laddhiṃ gahetvā rattiṭṭhāne divāṭṭhāne nisinnā sajjhāyanti vīmaṃsanti, tesaṃ – ‘‘natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ, karoto na kariyati pāpaṃ, natthi hetu natthi paccayo’’ti tasmiṃ ārammaṇe micchāsati santiṭṭhati , cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, javanāni javanti, paṭhamajavane satekicchā honti, tathā dutiyādīsu. Sattame buddhānampi atekicchā anivattino ariṭṭhakaṇṭakasadisā.
于这些人中,有人入一种邪见,有人入两种,亦有人入三种。纵然只入一种,或入两种、三种,他皆成“决定邪见者”,已然获得天道的障碍与解脱道的障碍。在此蕴身谢灭之后,他甚至不能往生天界,更何况得证解脱。这些有情名为“轮回树桩”,如同障覆大地的树桩一般。然而,他是唯于这一蕴身中成为决定的,抑或于他蕴身中亦成决定呢?仅在那一蕴身中决定而已。然因串习之力,于未来生中,他仍会乐著他们邪见。对于此类有情,大多数情况下,都无从出离于“有”。显示巴利原文
Tattha koci ekaṃ dassanaṃ okkamati, koci dve, koci tīṇipi, ekasmiṃ okkantepi dvīsu tīsu okkantesupi niyatamicchādiṭṭhikova hoti, patto saggamaggāvaraṇañceva mokkhamaggāvaraṇañca, abhabbo tassa attabhāvassa anantaraṃ saggampi gantuṃ, pageva mokkhaṃ. Vaṭṭakhāṇu nāmesa satto pathavīgopako. Kiṃ panesa ekasmiṃyeva attabhāve niyato hoti, udāhu aññasmimpīti? Ekasmiññeva niyato, āsevanavasena pana bhavantarepi taṃ taṃ diṭṭhiṃ rocetiyeva. Evarūpassa hi yebhuyyena bhavato vuṭṭhānaṃ nāma natthi.
因此,对于不善之人,应如对待毒蛇一般,
希求吉祥的智者,应当远远避开。
显示巴利原文 Tasmā akalyāṇajanaṃ, āsīvisamivoragaṃ; Ārakā parivajjeyya, bhūtikāmo vicakkhaṇoti.
103 “完全没有无色”(natthi sabbaso āruppā):意为所谓的无色梵天界统然不存在。“意所成”:由禅那心所成。“想所成”:由无色禅那的想所成。“为了对色的厌离、离染、灭尽而行道”——此修行者,或为已证得者,或为思辨者。已证得者,指已证得色界禅那之人。他对色界没有疑惑,对无色界有疑惑。他这样想:“我既听到有人说无色存在,也听到有人说无色不存在,然我自己并不知是有是无。我将以第四禅为近依,修习无色界禅那。若无色存在,我便于彼处转生;若不存在,我便于色界梵天转生。如此,对我而言,此无过失的法便是无过失、不会出错的。”他依此而行。思辨者则指尚未证得禅那之人,他对色界禅那也没有疑惑,唯对无色界有疑惑。他这样想:“我既听到有人说无色存在,也听到有人说无色不存在,然我自己并不知是有是无。我将修习遍业处,证成第四禅,再以它为近依,修习无色界禅那。若无色存在,我便于彼处转生;若不存在,我便于色界梵天转生。如此,对我而言,此无过失的法便是无过失、不会出错的。”他依此而行。显示巴利原文
103.Natthi sabbaso āruppāti arūpabrahmaloko nāma sabbākārena natthi. Manomayāti jhānacittamayā. Saññāmayāti arūpajjhānasaññāya saññāmayā. Rūpānaṃyeva nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti ayaṃ lābhī vā hoti takkī vā. Lābhī nāma rūpāvacarajjhānalābhī. Tassa rūpāvacare kaṅkhā natthi, arūpāvacaraloke atthi . So – ‘‘ahaṃ āruppā atthīti vadantānampi natthīti vadantānampi suṇāmi, atthi natthīti pana na jānāmi. Catutthajjhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ katvā arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ nibbattessāmi. Sace āruppā atthi, tattha nibbattissāmi, sace natthi, rūpāvacarabrahmaloke nibbattissāmi. Evaṃ me apaṇṇako dhammo apaṇṇakova aviraddhova bhavissatī’’ti tathā paṭipajjati. Takkī pana appaṭiladdhajjhāno, tassāpi rūpajjhāne kaṅkhā natthi, arūpaloke pana atthi. So – ‘‘ahaṃ āruppā atthīti vadantānampi natthīti vadantānampi suṇāmi, atthi natthīti pana na jānāmi. Kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā taṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ katvā arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ nibbattessāmi. Sace āruppā atthi, tattha nibbattissāmi. Sace natthi, rūpāvacarabrahmaloke nibbattissāmi. Evaṃ me apaṇṇako dhammo apaṇṇakova aviraddhova bhavissatī’’ti tathā paṭipajjati.
104 “有灭”:即涅槃。“于有染著者近处而行道”:“有染著者”指因贪染而流转于轮回中的人;“近处”即依止于其身边。“为了结”:为了以渴爱为性的结缚。“为了欢喜”:为了以渴爱与邪见为性的欢喜。这位修行者,或是已证得者,或是思辨者。已证得者即已证得八等至的人。他对无色界没有疑惑,对涅槃有疑惑。他这样想:“我听说灭存在,也听说灭不存在,而我自己并不知道。我将以等至为近依,增长观智。如果灭存在,我就在证得阿拉汉果之后般涅槃;如果不存在,便转生无色界。”他依此而修。思辨者则对任何一等至都未曾证得,但他对无色界没有疑惑,而对有灭有疑惑。他这样想:“我听说灭存在,也听说灭不存在,而我自己并不知道。我将修习遍业处,成就八等至,再以等至为近依,增长观智。如果灭存在,我就在证得阿拉汉果之后般涅槃;如果不存在,便转生无色界。”他依此而修。在此,有人问:“那么,‘有布施’等可以说成无过失,而‘无布施’等又怎能称为无过失呢?”答案是:这取决于执取的方式。因为它们被执取为“无过失、无过失”,所以才称为无过失。显示巴利原文
104.Bhavanirodhoti nibbānaṃ. Sārāgāya santiketi rāgavasena vaṭṭe rajjanassa santike. Saṃyogāyāti taṇhāvasena saṃyojanatthāya. Abhinandanāyāti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena abhinandanāya. Paṭipanno hotīti ayampi lābhī vā hoti takkī vā. Lābhī nāma aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī. Tassa āruppe kaṅkhā natthi, nibbāne atthi. So – ‘‘ahaṃ nirodho atthītipi natthītipi suṇāmi, sayaṃ na jānāmi. Samāpattiṃ pādakaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhessāmi. Sace nirodho bhavissati, arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyissāmi. No ce bhavissati, āruppe nibbattissāmī’’ti evaṃ paṭipajjati. Takkī pana ekasamāpattiyāpi na lābhī, āruppe panassa kaṅkhā natthi, bhavanirodhe atthi. So – ‘‘ahaṃ nirodho atthītipi natthītipi suṇāmi, sayaṃ na jānāmi, kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā aṭṭhasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā samāpattipadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhessāmi. Sace nirodho bhavissati, arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyissāmi. No ce bhavissati, āruppe nibbattissāmī’’ti evaṃ paṭipajjati. Etthāha – ‘‘atthi dinnantiādīni tāva apaṇṇakāni bhavantu, natthi dinnantiādīni pana kathaṃ apaṇṇakānī’’ti. Gahaṇavasena. Tāni hi apaṇṇakaṃ apaṇṇakanti evaṃ gahitattā apaṇṇakāni nāma jātāni.
105 “四者”:此处开启了一段特别的关联。无有论者、无因论者、无作论者,加上“无色不存在”论者与“灭不存在”论者这两种,合为五种人,实际上前面只是三种人。有有论者等五种人,也就是这第四种人。为了阐明此义,世尊便开示了这段教法。此处一切意义都浅显易懂。显示巴利原文
105.Cattārometi ayaṃ pāṭiekko anusandhi. Natthikavādo, ahetukavādo akiriyavādo, āruppā natthi nirodho natthīti evaṃvādino ca dveti ime pañca puggalā heṭṭhā tayo puggalāva honti. Atthikavādādayo pañca eko catutthapuggalova hoti. Etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ bhagavā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha sabbaṃ atthato uttānamevāti.